m physical modeling / IICSM

ONE WORLD. MANY SCALES.

From atoms to the macro world.

Browse all models ↓
THE SCALE OF POSSIBILITYFIG. 01
A molecule, a material lattice and an engineered structure connected across scales; schematic, not a simulation 01 / MOLECULE02 / MATERIAL03 / SYSTEM
Quantum → Continuum → Systems↗

01 / ATOMIC & MOLECULAR

Atoms & molecules

Explore quantum states, electronic structure, and atomistic interactions.

Conceptual scale bands, not a calibrated length scale. Select a model to open its description; use “Go back to the slider” to return here.

CONNECTED DERIVATIONS

Physics foundations & states of matter.

Follow atom → solid → liquid → gas → plasma through equations, assumptions, and worked examples.

Read the complete derivation pathway →

Solid → liquid: line-by-line derivations & worked examples →

DEDICATED SUBJECT GUIDES

Physics, engineering & computing

Each guide includes definitions, assumptions, mathematical derivations, references, labeled graphs, and worked examples. Follow the related-subject links to connect the disciplines.

HOW THE MODELS CONNECT

A tree of modeling approaches.

Explore scale → discipline → model. Branches organize all 269 entries; select a model to see its description and relationships. Cross-scale connections appear in each model’s “Relationships to other models” section.

This is a browsing hierarchy, not a universal derivation tree. “Same discipline” means shared subject area; specific links distinguish approximations, extensions, closures, numerical methods, and coupling.

269 models in the tree

Physical & engineering modeling 269 entries
Atomic / molecular 40
Quantum & electronic structure 12
Molecular dynamics & force fields 16
Liquid-state physics 6
Solid-state physics 6
Micro / meso 20
Mesoscale & microstructure 12
Circuits & semiconductor devices 8
Cross-scale 89
Thermodynamics & equilibrium 10
Chemical reactions & transport 12
Electromagnetics & optics 10
Biological & biomechanical systems 8
Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics 12
Numerical solution methods 14
Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models 15
Physical analogs & experimental models 8
Continuum / component 70
Fluid mechanics 12
Turbulence & multiphase flow 12
Heat transfer 10
Solid mechanics & structures 12
Plasticity, damage & durability 16
Porous media & geomechanics 8
Component / system 38
Dynamics, vibration & acoustics 10
Electrochemistry & energy storage 8
Aerospace, vehicles & power systems 10
Control, estimation & systems 10
Regional / planetary 12
Water, atmosphere & Earth systems 12
↑ Go back to the slider

THE PHYSICAL WORLD, REPRESENTED

Small particles.
Big systems.
A world of models.

Explore the ideas we use to understand, predict, and engineer reality — from molecular interactions to planetary systems.

Explore the catalog ↓

269 entries · 25 disciplines · References for every entry

115 cumulative daily visits · View visitor map ↘

CHANGE YOUR PERSPECTIVE

Explore by scale

THE REFERENCE COLLECTION

Find your model.

Download catalog JSON ↓

A broad, expandable atlas of established models and model families. It is not an exhaustive inventory of every model ever published. Scale labels indicate typical use, not strict physical boundaries.

Showing 269 of 269 entries

Quantum & electronic structure001

Schrödinger model

Evolves a nonrelativistic quantum state using a Hamiltonian.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

iℏ∂ψ∂t=Hψi\hbar\frac{\partial\psi}{\partial t}=H\psiH=−ℏ2∇22m+VH=-\frac{\hbar^2\nabla^2}{2m}+V

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Start with the nonrelativistic energy E = p²/(2m) + V.
  2. Represent momentum by −iℏ∇ and energy by iℏ∂/∂t acting on ψ.
  3. Applying these operators gives the time-dependent Schrödinger equation.

Symbols & assumptions

ψ is the wavefunction, m the particle mass, V the potential, and ℏ the reduced Planck constant; the Hamiltonian must include the interactions relevant to the system.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Quantum & electronic structure

Practical use

Electron confinement in a quantum dot.

Product / system examples

Quantum-dot emitters

Named product or implementation route

QuTiP ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Electron confinement in a quantum dot.

Model-family limitations

Approximations to electron correlation, basis size and relativistic effects must match the material and observable.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Ground-state probability in an infinite well

Ground-state probability in an infinite well

Problem & parameters. A particle is confined by infinite walls at x = 0 and L. Find the normalized ground-state probability density.

L∣ψ1∣2=2sin⁡2(πx/L)L|\psi_1|^2=2\sin^2(\pi x/L)

Solution. The walls select ψ = A sin(πx/L). Normalization gives A = √(2/L); square the wavefunction to obtain the plotted density.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 2. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 2 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Smooth-field discretizationSpectral collocation ↗

    Approximates smooth fields globally and enforces the equation at selected nodes.

    For sufficiently smooth fields in compatible geometries; use suitable bases, dealiasing, and boundary treatment.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Quantum & electronic structure

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Quantum & electronic structure002

Dirac model

Describes relativistic spin-half particles with a spinor wave equation.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

iℏ∂ψ∂t=[cα⋅p+βmc2]ψi\hbar\frac{\partial\psi}{\partial t}=[c\alpha\cdot p+\beta mc^2]\psi

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Seek a first-order wave equation whose square reproduces E² = c²p² + m²c⁴.
  2. Require anticommuting matrices α and β so the cross terms cancel.
  3. This matrix structure makes ψ a spinor and yields the Dirac Hamiltonian.

Symbols & assumptions

Free-particle form; α and β are Dirac matrices, c the speed of light. Electromagnetic coupling requires potentials and p → p − qA.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Quantum & electronic structure

Practical use

Spin-orbit effects in heavy elements.

Product / system examples

Heavy-element molecular sensors

Named product or implementation route

DIRAC quantum chemistry ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Spin-orbit effects in heavy elements.

Model-family limitations

Approximations to electron correlation, basis size and relativistic effects must match the material and observable.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Positive free-particle energy

Positive free-particle energy

Problem & parameters. For a free massive Dirac particle, evaluate the positive-energy branch versus momentum.

E/(mc2)=1+(p/mc)2E/(mc^2)=\sqrt{1+(p/mc)^2}

Solution. Squaring the free Dirac Hamiltonian gives E² = m²c⁴+p²c². Select its positive root.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1.8028. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.8028 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Smooth-field discretizationSpectral collocation ↗

    Approximates smooth fields globally and enforces the equation at selected nodes.

    For sufficiently smooth fields in compatible geometries; use suitable bases, dealiasing, and boundary treatment.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Quantum & electronic structure

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Quantum & electronic structure003

Born–Oppenheimer approximation

Separates electronic motion from slower nuclear motion.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Ψ(r,R)≈ψn(r;R)χn(R)\Psi(r,R)\approx\psi_n(r;R)\chi_n(R)He(R)ψn=En(R)ψnH_e(R)\psi_n=E_n(R)\psi_n

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Write the total Hamiltonian as nuclear kinetic energy plus an electronic Hamiltonian at fixed nuclear coordinates R.
  2. Expand the full state in electronic eigenstates.
  3. Neglect couplings generated by nuclear derivatives of the electronic states to obtain motion on one potential-energy surface Eₙ(R).

Symbols & assumptions

r and R denote electronic and nuclear coordinates; the approximation can fail near electronic degeneracies or rapid nonadiabatic transitions.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Quantum & electronic structure

Practical use

Computing a molecular potential-energy surface.

Product / system examples

Catalyst molecules

Named product or implementation route

Q-Chem ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Computing a molecular potential-energy surface.

Model-family limitations

Approximations to electron correlation, basis size and relativistic effects must match the material and observable.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Nuclear motion on a harmonic energy surface

Nuclear motion on a harmonic energy surface

Problem & parameters. Approximate one Born–Oppenheimer potential-energy surface near its minimum by a spring of stiffness k.

(U−U0)/(kℓ2)=12q2,q=(R−Re)/ℓ(U-U_0)/(k\ell^2)=\tfrac12q^2,\quad q=(R-R_e)/\ell

Solution. Taylor-expand the electronic energy about its minimum. The linear term vanishes; retain the quadratic term.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Local harmonic approximation on a single adiabatic surface; electronic crossings and nonadiabatic coupling are excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Smooth-field discretizationSpectral collocation ↗

    Approximates smooth fields globally and enforces the equation at selected nodes.

    For sufficiently smooth fields in compatible geometries; use suitable bases, dealiasing, and boundary treatment.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Quantum & electronic structure

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Quantum & electronic structure004

Hartree–Fock model

Approximates a many-electron wavefunction by one self-consistent Slater determinant.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Fϕi=εiϕiF\phi_i=\varepsilon_i\phi_iF=h+∑j(Jj−Kj)F=h+\sum_j(J_j-K_j)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Approximate the many-electron state by one antisymmetrized determinant.
  2. Minimize its energy subject to orbital orthonormality using Lagrange multipliers.
  3. Variation with respect to each orbital produces the Fock equation, solved self-consistently.

Symbols & assumptions

Spin-orbital form; h is the one-electron operator, J Coulomb and K exchange. Electron correlation beyond exchange is omitted.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Quantum & electronic structure

Practical use

Estimating molecular orbitals before a correlation calculation.

Product / system examples

Molecular electronic materials

Named product or implementation route

Q-Chem ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Estimating molecular orbitals before a correlation calculation.

Model-family limitations

Approximations to electron correlation, basis size and relativistic effects must match the material and observable.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: One-electron hydrogenic radial probability

One-electron hydrogenic radial probability

Problem & parameters. Use the normalized hydrogen 1s state for one electron in a Coulomb potential. Plot probability per radial interval.

a0P(r)=4(r/a0)2e−2r/a0a_0P(r)=4(r/a_0)^2e^{-2r/a_0}

Solution. The 1s density is exp(−2r/a₀)/(πa₀³). Multiply by the spherical volume factor 4πr².

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 3, calculated vertical coordinate 0.089235. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 3, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.089235 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Hartree–Fock is exact for this one-electron case. For DFT this is an exact-functional reference; approximate functionals need not reproduce it exactly.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Self-consistency / couplingFixed-point iteration ↗

    Iterates a rearranged equation until the state stops changing.

    For a contractive or suitably relaxed fixed-point formulation; monitor residuals and possible divergence.

  • Nonlinear solveBroyden method ↗

    Updates an approximate Jacobian from observed changes.

    For smooth nonlinear residuals when repeated full Jacobians are expensive; scale and safeguard the iteration.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Quantum & electronic structure

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Quantum & electronic structure005

Density functional theory (DFT)

Uses electron density to determine ground-state properties with an approximate exchange-correlation functional.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

[−ℏ2∇22me+vext+vH[n]+vxc[n]]ϕi=εiϕi[-\frac{\hbar^2\nabla^2}{2m_e}+v_{\mathrm{ext}}+v_H[n]+v_{\mathrm{xc}}[n]]\phi_i=\varepsilon_i\phi_in(r)=∑ifi∣ϕi(r)∣2n(r)=\sum_i f_i|\phi_i(r)|^2

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Express the ground-state energy as a density functional including kinetic, external, Hartree and exchange-correlation terms.
  2. Represent the noninteracting kinetic term using orbitals, with n(r) = Σᵢ fᵢ∣φᵢ(r)∣².
  3. Vary the orbitals under orthonormality constraints to obtain the Kohn–Sham equations.

Symbols & assumptions

fᵢ are orbital occupations. vxc = δExc/δn is approximated in practical calculations.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Quantum & electronic structure

Practical use

Screening electrode materials.

Product / system examples

Battery electrode materials

Named product or implementation route

Quantum ESPRESSO ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Screening electrode materials.

Model-family limitations

Approximations to electron correlation, basis size and relativistic effects must match the material and observable.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: One-electron hydrogenic radial probability

One-electron hydrogenic radial probability

Problem & parameters. Use the normalized hydrogen 1s state for one electron in a Coulomb potential. Plot probability per radial interval.

a0P(r)=4(r/a0)2e−2r/a0a_0P(r)=4(r/a_0)^2e^{-2r/a_0}

Solution. The 1s density is exp(−2r/a₀)/(πa₀³). Multiply by the spherical volume factor 4πr².

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 3, calculated vertical coordinate 0.089235. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 3, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.089235 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Hartree–Fock is exact for this one-electron case. For DFT this is an exact-functional reference; approximate functionals need not reproduce it exactly.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Self-consistency / couplingFixed-point iteration ↗

    Iterates a rearranged equation until the state stops changing.

    For a contractive or suitably relaxed fixed-point formulation; monitor residuals and possible divergence.

  • Nonlinear solveBroyden method ↗

    Updates an approximate Jacobian from observed changes.

    For smooth nonlinear residuals when repeated full Jacobians are expensive; scale and safeguard the iteration.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Quantum & electronic structure

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Quantum & electronic structure006

Time-dependent DFT (TDDFT)

Evolves electron density to approximate excited-state response.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

iℏ∂ϕi∂t=[−ℏ2∇22me+vs[n](r,t)]ϕii\hbar\frac{\partial\phi_i}{\partial t}=[-\frac{\hbar^2\nabla^2}{2m_e}+v_s[n](r,t)]\phi_i

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Map the interacting time-dependent density onto an auxiliary noninteracting orbital system.
  2. Require the effective potential vs to reproduce that density.
  3. Propagating the orbitals yields density and response; linearizing around a stationary state gives excitation-response equations.

Symbols & assumptions

Time-dependent Kohn–Sham form; practical exchange-correlation potentials often neglect memory and may misrepresent charge-transfer excitations.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Quantum & electronic structure

Practical use

Predicting optical absorption of a molecule.

Product / system examples

Organic light-emitting materials

Named product or implementation route

Q-Chem ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Predicting optical absorption of a molecule.

Model-family limitations

Approximations to electron correlation, basis size and relativistic effects must match the material and observable.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: A coherent two-state population

A coherent two-state population

Problem & parameters. Consider a resonantly driven, noninteracting two-level reference starting in its lower state.

P2(t)=sin⁡2(Ωt/2)P_2(t)=\sin^2(\Omega t/2)

Solution. Solve the resonant two-amplitude system to obtain upper-state amplitude −i sin(Ωt/2), then take its squared magnitude.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 3.1416, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 3.1416, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Two-level rotating-wave reference for time-dependent electronic calculations; not a general TDDFT solution.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Smooth-field discretizationSpectral collocation ↗

    Approximates smooth fields globally and enforces the equation at selected nodes.

    For sufficiently smooth fields in compatible geometries; use suitable bases, dealiasing, and boundary treatment.

  • Time integrationCrank-Nicolson ↗

    Averages endpoint slopes to obtain a second-order implicit step.

    For smooth evolution where a second-order implicit scheme fits; stiff transients may ring without adequate resolution.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Quantum & electronic structure

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Quantum & electronic structure007

Tight-binding model

Represents electronic states with localized orbitals and hopping parameters.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

H=∑iεici†ci+∑ijtijci†cjH=\sum_i\varepsilon_i c_i^\dagger c_i+\sum_{ij}t_{ij}c_i^\dagger c_j

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Expand electronic states in localized atomic-like orbitals.
  2. Project the electronic Hamiltonian into that basis.
  3. Retain selected on-site and hopping matrix elements to obtain a finite matrix eigenproblem.

Symbols & assumptions

cᵢ† and cᵢ create and remove electrons at orbital i; εᵢ and tᵢⱼ are fitted or computed energies. Overlap requires a generalized eigenproblem if the basis is nonorthogonal.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Quantum & electronic structure

Practical use

Electronic bands in a semiconductor.

Product / system examples

Semiconductor nanodevices

Named product or implementation route

Kwant ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Electronic bands in a semiconductor.

Model-family limitations

Approximations to electron correlation, basis size and relativistic effects must match the material and observable.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Nearest-neighbor chain band

Nearest-neighbor chain band

Problem & parameters. An infinite one-orbital chain has nearest-neighbor hopping tₕ and zero on-site energy.

E(k)/th=−2cos⁡(ka)E(k)/t_h=-2\cos(ka)

Solution. Insert a Bloch state exp(ikna) into the hopping equation; the two neighbors contribute −tₕ(exp(ika)+exp(−ika)).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate -2. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain -2 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Rank / inverse analysisSingular value decomposition ↗

    Separates matrix directions by their amplification strengths.

    For reduced bases, rank diagnosis, or regularized inverse fitting; select truncation using the data and error budget.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Quantum & electronic structure

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Quantum & electronic structure008

Hubbard model

Models competition between particle hopping and local electron interactions.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

H=−t∑⟨i,j⟩,σ(ciσ†cjσ+h.c.)+U∑ini↑ni↓H=-t\sum_{\langle i,j\rangle,\sigma}(c_{i\sigma}^\dagger c_{j\sigma}+\mathrm{h.c.})+U\sum_i n_{i\uparrow}n_{i\downarrow}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Start from a localized-orbital description with electron-electron repulsion.
  2. Retain nearest-neighbor hopping and only the dominant on-site repulsion.
  3. Opposite-spin occupancy of one site then costs energy U.

Symbols & assumptions

Single-band Hubbard form; t is hopping energy, U on-site repulsion, n occupation, and h.c. the Hermitian conjugate.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Quantum & electronic structure

Practical use

Exploring correlation-driven insulating behavior.

Product / system examples

Correlated-electron materials

Named product or implementation route

ALPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Exploring correlation-driven insulating behavior.

Model-family limitations

Approximations to electron correlation, basis size and relativistic effects must match the material and observable.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Hubbard dimer singlet ground energy

Hubbard dimer singlet ground energy

Problem & parameters. Find the two-electron singlet ground energy of a two-site Hubbard dimer with hopping tₕ > 0 and repulsion U.

E0/th=12[u−u2+16],u=U/thE_0/t_h=\tfrac12[u-\sqrt{u^2+16}],\quad u=U/t_h

Solution. In the coupled singlet/double-occupancy block the matrix has diagonal 0,U and off-diagonal −2tₕ. Solve its quadratic characteristic equation and select the lower eigenvalue.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 6, calculated vertical coordinate -0.60555. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 6, into the displayed formula to obtain -0.60555 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Rank / inverse analysisSingular value decomposition ↗

    Separates matrix directions by their amplification strengths.

    For reduced bases, rank diagnosis, or regularized inverse fitting; select truncation using the data and error budget.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Quantum & electronic structure

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Quantum & electronic structure009

Heisenberg spin model

Represents interacting localized magnetic moments.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

H=−∑⟨i,j⟩JijSi⋅Sj−gμBB⋅∑iSiH=-\sum_{\langle i,j\rangle}J_{ij}S_i\cdot S_j-g\mu_B B\cdot\sum_i S_i

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Restrict the low-energy degrees of freedom to localized magnetic moments.
  2. Represent rotationally invariant pair coupling by a scalar product.
  3. Add the Zeeman interaction with an external field.

Symbols & assumptions

Sᵢ are dimensionless spin operators; positive J favors parallel spins under this sign convention. g is the Landé factor and μB the Bohr magneton.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Quantum & electronic structure

Practical use

Temperature-dependent magnetic ordering.

Product / system examples

Magnetic recording materials

Named product or implementation route

ALPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Temperature-dependent magnetic ordering.

Model-family limitations

Approximations to electron correlation, basis size and relativistic effects must match the material and observable.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Two classical spins

Two classical spins

Problem & parameters. Two classical unit spins interact through −J s₁·s₂ with J > 0.

E/J=−cos⁡θE/J=-\cos\theta

Solution. The dot product of two unit vectors is cos θ. Parallel alignment minimizes the energy.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.5708, calculated vertical coordinate -6.1232e-17. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.5708, into the displayed formula to obtain -6.1232e-17 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Classical two-spin special case; quantum spin spectra require a different treatment.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Equilibrium / posterior samplingMetropolis-Hastings sampling ↗

    Builds a Markov chain with a desired stationary density.

    For a specified target distribution; diagnose mixing and correlation. Samples do not generally represent physical time.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Quantum & electronic structure

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Quantum & electronic structure010

Ising model

Represents discrete spins with interaction energies.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

H=−J∑⟨i,j⟩sisj−h∑isiH=-J\sum_{\langle i,j\rangle}s_i s_j-h\sum_i s_isi=±1s_i=\pm1

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Restrict each local moment to two orientations along one axis.
  2. Assign an interaction energy to neighboring pairs and a field energy to each spin.
  3. Summing these contributions gives the Ising Hamiltonian.

Symbols & assumptions

J and h have energy units; dimensionality, interaction range and boundary conditions change the predicted behavior.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Quantum & electronic structure

Practical use

Studying phase transitions in a simplified magnet.

Product / system examples

Magnetic films

Named product or implementation route

ALPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Studying phase transitions in a simplified magnet.

Model-family limitations

Approximations to electron correlation, basis size and relativistic effects must match the material and observable.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: One Ising spin in a field

One Ising spin in a field

Problem & parameters. A single spin s = ±1 has energy −hs at inverse temperature β. Find its thermal mean.

⟨s⟩=tanh⁡(βh)\langle s\rangle=\tanh(\beta h)

Solution. Its partition function is 2 cosh(βh). The weighted spin sum is 2 sinh(βh); divide to obtain tanh(βh).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Equilibrium / posterior samplingMetropolis-Hastings sampling ↗

    Builds a Markov chain with a desired stationary density.

    For a specified target distribution; diagnose mixing and correlation. Samples do not generally represent physical time.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Quantum & electronic structure

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Quantum & electronic structure011

Quantum harmonic oscillator

Describes a quantum degree of freedom in a quadratic potential.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

H=p22m+12mω2x2H=\frac{p^2}{2m}+\frac12 m\omega^2 x^2En=ℏω(n+12)E_n=\hbar\omega(n+\frac12)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Expand a smooth potential about a stable minimum to quadratic order.
  2. Rewrite the quantum Hamiltonian using raising and lowering operators.
  3. Their commutator gives equally spaced eigenvalues and a nonzero ground-state energy.

Symbols & assumptions

n = 0,1,…; x measures displacement from equilibrium and ω is the natural frequency. Anharmonic terms are neglected.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Quantum & electronic structure

Practical use

Approximating vibrational levels near equilibrium.

Product / system examples

Infrared molecular sensors

Named product or implementation route

QuTiP ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Approximating vibrational levels near equilibrium.

Model-family limitations

Approximations to electron correlation, basis size and relativistic effects must match the material and observable.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Oscillator ground-state density

Oscillator ground-state density

Problem & parameters. Use oscillator length ℓ = √(ℏ/mω) and find the normalized ground-state density.

ℓ∣ψ0∣2=π−1/2e−(x/ℓ)2\ell|\psi_0|^2=\pi^{-1/2}e^{-(x/\ell)^2}

Solution. Substitute a Gaussian into the stationary Schrödinger equation. The ground-state wavefunction is exp(−x²/2ℓ²)/(π¼√ℓ); square it.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0.56419. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.56419 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Smooth-field discretizationSpectral collocation ↗

    Approximates smooth fields globally and enforces the equation at selected nodes.

    For sufficiently smooth fields in compatible geometries; use suitable bases, dealiasing, and boundary treatment.

  • DiscretizationFinite difference method ↗

    Approximates derivatives with weighted values on a grid.

    For fields on structured grids; design boundary stencils and check mesh convergence.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Quantum & electronic structure

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Quantum & electronic structure012

Particle-in-a-box model

Confines a quantum particle within idealized boundaries.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

ψn(x)=2Lsin⁡nπxL\psi_n(x)=\sqrt{\frac2L}\sin\frac{n\pi x}{L}En=n2π2ℏ22mL2E_n=\frac{n^2\pi^2\hbar^2}{2mL^2}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Solve the stationary free-particle Schrödinger equation inside a one-dimensional box.
  2. Impose ψ(0) = ψ(L) = 0, which selects k = nπ/L.
  3. Normalize the sine functions and substitute k into E = ℏ²k²/(2m).

Symbols & assumptions

Infinite-wall box, 0 < x < L, n = 1,2,…; finite barriers give different states and allow penetration outside the box.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Quantum & electronic structure

Practical use

Understanding size-dependent electronic energy levels.

Product / system examples

Quantum-well semiconductor devices

Named product or implementation route

QuTiP ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Understanding size-dependent electronic energy levels.

Model-family limitations

Approximations to electron correlation, basis size and relativistic effects must match the material and observable.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Ground-state probability in an infinite well

Ground-state probability in an infinite well

Problem & parameters. A particle is confined by infinite walls at x = 0 and L. Find the normalized ground-state probability density.

L∣ψ1∣2=2sin⁡2(πx/L)L|\psi_1|^2=2\sin^2(\pi x/L)

Solution. The walls select ψ = A sin(πx/L). Normalization gives A = √(2/L); square the wavefunction to obtain the plotted density.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 2. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 2 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Smooth-field discretizationSpectral collocation ↗

    Approximates smooth fields globally and enforces the equation at selected nodes.

    For sufficiently smooth fields in compatible geometries; use suitable bases, dealiasing, and boundary treatment.

  • DiscretizationFinite difference method ↗

    Approximates derivatives with weighted values on a grid.

    For fields on structured grids; design boundary stencils and check mesh convergence.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Quantum & electronic structure

Specific connections

  • Special case of Schrödinger model

    Uses idealized confining walls and the associated boundary conditions.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Molecular dynamics & force fields013

Classical molecular dynamics (MD)

Integrates atomic motion under specified interaction forces.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

mid2ridt2=−∇iU(r1,…,rN)m_i\frac{d^2r_i}{dt^2}=-\nabla_i U(r_1,\ldots,r_N)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Specify a potential energy U for the atomic configuration.
  2. Differentiate U with respect to each position to obtain force.
  3. Apply Newton’s second law and integrate positions and velocities in time.

Symbols & assumptions

rᵢ and mᵢ are atomic positions and masses. Thermostats, constraints and long-range electrostatics modify the practical equations or integration.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Molecular dynamics & force fields

Practical use

Diffusion of a liquid in a nanopore.

Product / system examples

Nanoporous separation membranes

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Diffusion of a liquid in a nanopore.

Model-family limitations

Force fields are fitted for particular chemistries and conditions; classical trajectories omit most quantum effects.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Isolated harmonic vibration

Isolated harmonic vibration

Problem & parameters. Take one isolated coordinate with potential kq²/2, initial displacement A, and zero initial velocity.

q(τ)=cos⁡τq(\tau)=\cos\tau

Solution. Newton’s equation reduces to q″+ω²q = 0. The initial data select A cos(ωt).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 3.1416, calculated vertical coordinate -1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 3.1416, into the displayed formula to obtain -1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Harmonic force benchmark for MD or locally harmonic ab initio dynamics; real many-atom trajectories are not generally sinusoidal.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Molecular dynamics & force fields

Specific connections

  • Supplies correlations for Green-Kubo viscosity relation

    Integrate equilibrium shear-pressure autocorrelations after checking statistical convergence.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Molecular dynamics & force fields014

Ab initio molecular dynamics

Computes interatomic forces from electronic-structure calculations during motion.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

MIR¨I=−∇IEelec(R)M_I\ddot R_I=-\nabla_I E_{\mathrm{elec}}(R)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. At each nuclear configuration, solve an electronic-structure problem.
  2. Use its converged energy as the nuclear potential-energy surface.
  3. Differentiate that energy to obtain nuclear forces and integrate the nuclei classically.

Symbols & assumptions

Born–Oppenheimer MD form; Mᴵ and Rᴵ are nuclear masses and positions. Electronic convergence and force consistency matter.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Molecular dynamics & force fields

Practical use

Studying reactive liquid environments.

Product / system examples

Electrolytes and catalysts

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Studying reactive liquid environments.

Model-family limitations

Force fields are fitted for particular chemistries and conditions; classical trajectories omit most quantum effects.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Isolated harmonic vibration

Isolated harmonic vibration

Problem & parameters. Take one isolated coordinate with potential kq²/2, initial displacement A, and zero initial velocity.

q(τ)=cos⁡τq(\tau)=\cos\tau

Solution. Newton’s equation reduces to q″+ω²q = 0. The initial data select A cos(ωt).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 3.1416, calculated vertical coordinate -1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 3.1416, into the displayed formula to obtain -1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Harmonic force benchmark for MD or locally harmonic ab initio dynamics; real many-atom trajectories are not generally sinusoidal.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Molecular dynamics & force fields

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Molecular dynamics & force fields015

Lennard–Jones potential

Combines short-range repulsion with an inverse-sixth-power attraction.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

U(r)=4ε[(σ/r)12−(σ/r)6]U(r)=4\varepsilon[(\sigma/r)^{12}-(\sigma/r)^6]F(r)=−dUdrF(r)=-\frac{dU}{dr}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Model dispersion attraction by −C₆/r⁶.
  2. Approximate short-range repulsion by a steeper r⁻¹² term.
  3. Choose ε and σ to set the well depth and zero crossing, then differentiate for force.

Symbols & assumptions

r is pair separation, ε the energy scale and σ the length scale; this pair model is not a general description of chemical bonding.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Molecular dynamics & force fields

Practical use

A simplified simulation of an argon fluid.

Product / system examples

Noble-gas fluid systems

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A simplified simulation of an argon fluid.

Model-family limitations

Force fields are fitted for particular chemistries and conditions; classical trajectories omit most quantum effects.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Lennard–Jones pair contribution

Lennard–Jones pair contribution

Problem & parameters. Evaluate an unshifted 12–6 pair potential at reduced separation r/σ.

U/ε=4[(σ/r)12−(σ/r)6]U/\varepsilon=4[(\sigma/r)^{12}-(\sigma/r)^6]

Solution. Insert the reduced distance into the two inverse powers. Differentiating gives a minimum at r/σ = 2^(1/6), with U/ε = −1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.975, calculated vertical coordinate -0.066264. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.975, into the displayed formula to obtain -0.066264 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. For water and Martini entries, this is only a Lennard–Jones interaction contribution; electrostatics, constraints, and other sites are not included.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Molecular dynamics & force fields016

Morse potential

Represents an anharmonic bond with a finite dissociation energy.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

U(r)=De[1−exp⁡(−a(r−re))]2U(r)=D_e[1-\exp(-a(r-r_e))]^2

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Seek a bond potential with a minimum at rₑ and finite dissociation energy.
  2. Square an exponential displacement expression to obtain both properties.
  3. A small-displacement expansion gives U ≈ Dₑa²(r − rₑ)² and spring constant k = 2Dₑa².

Symbols & assumptions

Dₑ is well depth, a inverse length; this convention sets U(rₑ) = 0 and U(∞) = Dₑ.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Molecular dynamics & force fields

Practical use

Bond stretching beyond the harmonic regime.

Product / system examples

Molecular spectroscopy standards

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Bond stretching beyond the harmonic regime.

Model-family limitations

Force fields are fitted for particular chemistries and conditions; classical trajectories omit most quantum effects.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Morse bond stretching

Morse bond stretching

Problem & parameters. Evaluate a Morse bond with its dissociation limit set to zero.

U/De=[1−e−q]2−1,q=a(r−re)U/D_e=[1-e^{-q}]^2-1,\quad q=a(r-r_e)

Solution. At q = 0 the energy is −Dₑ. As q increases, the exponential tends to zero and the energy approaches the dissociation limit.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.7, calculated vertical coordinate -0.33199. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.7, into the displayed formula to obtain -0.33199 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Molecular dynamics & force fields017

Embedded-atom method (EAM)

Combines pair interactions with an embedding energy dependent on local electron density.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

U=∑iFi(ρi)+12∑i≠jϕij(rij)U=\sum_i F_i(\rho_i)+\frac12\sum_{i\ne j}\phi_{ij}(r_{ij})ρi=∑j≠ifj(rij)\rho_i=\sum_{j\ne i}f_j(r_{ij})

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Approximate the local electronic environment by a sum of neighbor density contributions.
  2. Assign an embedding cost F to inserting an atom into that environment.
  3. Add pair interactions and differentiate the total energy to obtain many-body forces.

Symbols & assumptions

F is embedding energy, φ pair energy and f a density contribution; parameters are element- and alloy-specific.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Molecular dynamics & force fields

Practical use

Dislocations in a metal crystal.

Product / system examples

Metal alloy components

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Dislocations in a metal crystal.

Model-family limitations

Force fields are fitted for particular chemistries and conditions; classical trajectories omit most quantum effects.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Illustrative embedding-energy contribution

Illustrative embedding-energy contribution

Problem & parameters. Choose the illustrative embedding function F = −E*√(ρ/ρ*). Plot its density dependence.

F(ρ)/E∗=−ρ/ρ∗F(\rho)/E_*=-\sqrt{\rho/\rho_*}

Solution. Substitute the normalized local density into the chosen function. This evaluates the embedding contribution before summing pair terms.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.005, calculated vertical coordinate -1.416. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.005, into the displayed formula to obtain -1.416 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Illustrative EAM-type embedding function; not a fitted material parameterization. MEAM angular screening and density corrections are held fixed.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Molecular dynamics & force fields

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Molecular dynamics & force fields018

Modified embedded-atom method (MEAM)

Extends embedding models with angular information.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

U=∑iFi(ρˉi)+12∑i≠jSijϕij(rij)U=\sum_i F_i(\bar\rho_i)+\frac12\sum_{i\ne j}S_{ij}\phi_{ij}(r_{ij})

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Begin with the embedded-atom energy.
  2. Construct an effective density ρ̄ that includes angular information.
  3. Use screening S to account for the local environment of a bond.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative MEAM structure; angular-density definitions and screening functions depend on the parameterization.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Molecular dynamics & force fields

Practical use

Deformation in alloys with directional bonding.

Product / system examples

Multicomponent alloy parts

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Deformation in alloys with directional bonding.

Model-family limitations

Force fields are fitted for particular chemistries and conditions; classical trajectories omit most quantum effects.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Illustrative embedding-energy contribution

Illustrative embedding-energy contribution

Problem & parameters. Choose the illustrative embedding function F = −E*√(ρ/ρ*). Plot its density dependence.

F(ρ)/E∗=−ρ/ρ∗F(\rho)/E_*=-\sqrt{\rho/\rho_*}

Solution. Substitute the normalized local density into the chosen function. This evaluates the embedding contribution before summing pair terms.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.005, calculated vertical coordinate -1.416. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.005, into the displayed formula to obtain -1.416 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Illustrative EAM-type embedding function; not a fitted material parameterization. MEAM angular screening and density corrections are held fixed.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Molecular dynamics & force fields

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Molecular dynamics & force fields019

Tersoff bond-order potential

Makes bond strength depend on the local bonding environment.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

U=12∑i≠jfc(rij)[fR(rij)+bijfA(rij)]U=\frac12\sum_{i\ne j}f_c(r_{ij})[f_R(r_{ij})+b_{ij}f_A(r_{ij})]

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Split pair contributions into repulsive and attractive parts.
  2. Let the attractive bond strength b depend on coordination and bond angles.
  3. Apply a cutoff fc and sum to obtain environment-dependent bonding.

Symbols & assumptions

fR and fA are radial terms, b is bond order. A full parameter set is required for a particular material.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Molecular dynamics & force fields

Practical use

Silicon or carbon deformation.

Product / system examples

Silicon wafers and carbon nanostructures

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Silicon or carbon deformation.

Model-family limitations

Force fields are fitted for particular chemistries and conditions; classical trajectories omit most quantum effects.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: A frozen bond-order pair

A frozen bond-order pair

Problem & parameters. In a Tersoff-form pair term, hold cutoff and bond order at one and choose two exponential terms with coefficients 1 and 2.

U/E∗=e−2q−2e−qU/E_*=e^{-2q}-2e^{-q}

Solution. Substitute the fixed bond order into the repulsive-minus-attractive energy. Differentiate the resulting two exponentials to inspect the force.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2, calculated vertical coordinate -0.25235. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2, into the displayed formula to obtain -0.25235 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Toy fixed-environment pair contribution; this excludes environment-dependent bond order and cutoff transitions.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Molecular dynamics & force fields020

Stillinger–Weber potential

Uses two-body and three-body terms to favor local tetrahedral structure.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

U=∑i<jV2(rij)+∑i, j<kV3(rij,rik,θjik)U=\sum_{i<j}V_2(r_{ij})+\sum_{i,\,j<k}V_3(r_{ij},r_{ik},\theta_{jik})

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Start with radial pair interactions.
  2. Add an angular energy penalizing departures from a preferred bond geometry.
  3. Sum pair and three-body contributions to obtain forces that favor the chosen local structure.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative Stillinger–Weber decomposition; V₃ often contains an angular square and radial cutoff factors.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Molecular dynamics & force fields

Practical use

A simplified silicon solidification study.

Product / system examples

Silicon semiconductor materials

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A simplified silicon solidification study.

Model-family limitations

Force fields are fitted for particular chemistries and conditions; classical trajectories omit most quantum effects.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Tetrahedral angular penalty

Tetrahedral angular penalty

Problem & parameters. Hold the radial factor of a Stillinger–Weber three-body term fixed and vary the included angle.

U3/K=(cos⁡θ+1/3)2U_3/K=(\cos\theta+1/3)^2

Solution. The squared angular factor vanishes at cos θ = −1/3, giving the tetrahedral angle.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.5708, calculated vertical coordinate 0.11111. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.5708, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.11111 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Angular contribution only, with fixed radial prefactor K > 0.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Molecular dynamics & force fields021

ReaxFF reactive force field

Uses variable bond orders and charge equilibration to represent chemical reactions.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

U=Ubond(BO)+Uangle+Utorsion+UvdW+UCoulomb+⋯U=U_{\mathrm{bond}}(\mathrm{BO})+U_{\mathrm{angle}}+U_{\mathrm{torsion}}+U_{\mathrm{vdW}}+U_{\mathrm{Coulomb}}+\cdots

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Represent bond order BO as a continuous function of atom separations.
  2. Use bond orders to adjust bonded energies as coordination changes.
  3. Combine them with nonbonded and charge-equilibration contributions to obtain a reactive potential.

Symbols & assumptions

Schematic ReaxFF energy decomposition, not a complete implementation. Chemistry-specific terms and parameters are essential.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Molecular dynamics & force fields

Practical use

Surface oxidation in an atomistic simulation.

Product / system examples

Reactive protective coatings

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Surface oxidation in an atomistic simulation.

Model-family limitations

Force fields are fitted for particular chemistries and conditions; classical trajectories omit most quantum effects.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Local harmonic bond-energy example

Local harmonic bond-energy example

Problem & parameters. Near a stable isolated bond minimum, use the local quadratic energy with curvature k > 0.

ΔU/(kℓ2)=q2/2\Delta U/(k\ell^2)=q^2/2

Solution. The energy gradient vanishes at equilibrium. Retaining the second Taylor derivative gives ΔU = k(Δr)²/2.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Local Taylor benchmark, not the full force field or a trained potential prediction; reactive changes and other coordinates are held fixed.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Molecular dynamics & force fields022

AMBER force-field family

Uses parameterized bonded and nonbonded interactions for biomolecules.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

U=∑bkb(b−b0)2+∑θkθ(θ−θ0)2+∑ϕVn[1+cos⁡(nϕ−δ)]+UnbU=\sum_b k_b(b-b_0)^2+\sum_\theta k_\theta(\theta-\theta_0)^2+\sum_\phi V_n[1+\cos(n\phi-\delta)]+U_{\mathrm{nb}}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Represent bond stretching and angle bending by harmonic expansions.
  2. Use periodic Fourier terms for torsions.
  3. Add electrostatic and van der Waals interactions for nonbonded pairs.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative AMBER form; numerical prefactors, 1–4 scaling and parameters must follow the selected version. Unb denotes nonbonded energy.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Molecular dynamics & force fields

Practical use

Protein motion in explicit water.

Product / system examples

Protein-based research reagents

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Protein motion in explicit water.

Model-family limitations

Force fields are fitted for particular chemistries and conditions; classical trajectories omit most quantum effects.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Local harmonic bond-energy example

Local harmonic bond-energy example

Problem & parameters. Near a stable isolated bond minimum, use the local quadratic energy with curvature k > 0.

ΔU/(kℓ2)=q2/2\Delta U/(k\ell^2)=q^2/2

Solution. The energy gradient vanishes at equilibrium. Retaining the second Taylor derivative gives ΔU = k(Δr)²/2.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Local Taylor benchmark, not the full force field or a trained potential prediction; reactive changes and other coordinates are held fixed.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Molecular dynamics & force fields023

CHARMM force-field family

Models biomolecular interactions with chemistry-specific parameter sets.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

U=Ubond+Uangle+Udihedral+Uimproper+UUB+UnbU=U_{\mathrm{bond}}+U_{\mathrm{angle}}+U_{\mathrm{dihedral}}+U_{\mathrm{improper}}+U_{\mathrm{UB}}+U_{\mathrm{nb}}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Expand local molecular distortions around fitted geometries.
  2. Add periodic torsions and improper terms to maintain stereochemistry.
  3. Include Urey–Bradley distance terms and nonbonded interactions where specified.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative CHARMM family form; selected force fields may add CMAP or polarization terms. UUB is a 1–3 distance contribution.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Molecular dynamics & force fields

Practical use

A lipid membrane simulation.

Product / system examples

Lipid membrane formulations

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A lipid membrane simulation.

Model-family limitations

Force fields are fitted for particular chemistries and conditions; classical trajectories omit most quantum effects.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Local harmonic bond-energy example

Local harmonic bond-energy example

Problem & parameters. Near a stable isolated bond minimum, use the local quadratic energy with curvature k > 0.

ΔU/(kℓ2)=q2/2\Delta U/(k\ell^2)=q^2/2

Solution. The energy gradient vanishes at equilibrium. Retaining the second Taylor derivative gives ΔU = k(Δr)²/2.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Local Taylor benchmark, not the full force field or a trained potential prediction; reactive changes and other coordinates are held fixed.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Molecular dynamics & force fields024

OPLS force-field family

Uses parameterized molecular interactions developed for condensed phases.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Utorsion=12[V1(1+cos⁡ϕ)+V2(1−cos⁡2ϕ)+V3(1+cos⁡3ϕ)+V4(1−cos⁡4ϕ)]U_{\mathrm{torsion}}=\frac12[V_1(1+\cos\phi)+V_2(1-\cos2\phi)+V_3(1+\cos3\phi)+V_4(1-\cos4\phi)]

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Describe rotation around a bond by a periodic energy function.
  2. Expand it in a cosine series with OPLS phase conventions.
  3. Fit the coefficients and combine the torsion with bonded and nonbonded energy terms.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative OPLS torsional term; it is one component of the force field, with version-specific charges, combining rules and pair scaling.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Molecular dynamics & force fields

Practical use

Liquid properties of organic molecules.

Product / system examples

Organic solvents and coatings

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Liquid properties of organic molecules.

Model-family limitations

Force fields are fitted for particular chemistries and conditions; classical trajectories omit most quantum effects.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: One torsional Fourier term

One torsional Fourier term

Problem & parameters. Retain only the first OPLS torsion coefficient V₁.

U/V1=12(1+cos⁡ϕ)U/V_1=\tfrac12(1+\cos\phi)

Solution. Set the other Fourier coefficients to zero and evaluate the remaining cosine term.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 3.1416, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 3.1416, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Single torsional energy contribution, not the full molecular force field.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Molecular dynamics & force fields025

SPC/E water model

Approximates water using a rigid three-site classical model.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

U=∑i<jqiqj4πε0rij+∑O<O′4ε[(σ/rOO′)12−(σ/rOO′)6]U=\sum_{i<j}\frac{q_iq_j}{4\pi\varepsilon_0r_{ij}}+\sum_{O<O'}4\varepsilon[(\sigma/r_{OO'})^{12}-(\sigma/r_{OO'})^6]

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Fix each water molecule’s three-site geometry.
  2. Place charges on oxygen and hydrogens and a Lennard–Jones site on oxygen.
  3. Sum intermolecular electrostatic and dispersion-repulsion terms; SPC/E also includes a mean polarization-energy correction.

Symbols & assumptions

Only intermolecular terms are shown; rigid geometry, charges and the SPC/E correction must use the published parameter set.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Molecular dynamics & force fields

Practical use

Bulk water diffusion.

Product / system examples

Aqueous formulations

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Bulk water diffusion.

Model-family limitations

Force fields are fitted for particular chemistries and conditions; classical trajectories omit most quantum effects.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Lennard–Jones pair contribution

Lennard–Jones pair contribution

Problem & parameters. Evaluate an unshifted 12–6 pair potential at reduced separation r/σ.

U/ε=4[(σ/r)12−(σ/r)6]U/\varepsilon=4[(\sigma/r)^{12}-(\sigma/r)^6]

Solution. Insert the reduced distance into the two inverse powers. Differentiating gives a minimum at r/σ = 2^(1/6), with U/ε = −1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.975, calculated vertical coordinate -0.066264. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.975, into the displayed formula to obtain -0.066264 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. For water and Martini entries, this is only a Lennard–Jones interaction contribution; electrostatics, constraints, and other sites are not included.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Molecular dynamics & force fields026

TIP4P water-model family

Uses a four-site geometry with an off-oxygen charge site.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

U=∑i<jqiqj4πε0rij+UOO,LJU=\sum_{i<j}\frac{q_iq_j}{4\pi\varepsilon_0r_{ij}}+U_{OO,\mathrm{LJ}}qO=0q_O=0

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Separate the Lennard–Jones oxygen site from the negative-charge site M.
  2. Place positive charges on the two hydrogens and negative charge on M.
  3. Evaluate intermolecular Coulomb and oxygen-oxygen Lennard–Jones energies.

Symbols & assumptions

Rigid four-site TIP4P family; M position, charges and parameters vary across TIP4P variants.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Molecular dynamics & force fields

Practical use

Liquid-water and ice studies with a chosen parameter variant.

Product / system examples

Water and ice simulation datasets

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Liquid-water and ice studies with a chosen parameter variant.

Model-family limitations

Force fields are fitted for particular chemistries and conditions; classical trajectories omit most quantum effects.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Lennard–Jones pair contribution

Lennard–Jones pair contribution

Problem & parameters. Evaluate an unshifted 12–6 pair potential at reduced separation r/σ.

U/ε=4[(σ/r)12−(σ/r)6]U/\varepsilon=4[(\sigma/r)^{12}-(\sigma/r)^6]

Solution. Insert the reduced distance into the two inverse powers. Differentiating gives a minimum at r/σ = 2^(1/6), with U/ε = −1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.975, calculated vertical coordinate -0.066264. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.975, into the displayed formula to obtain -0.066264 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. For water and Martini entries, this is only a Lennard–Jones interaction contribution; electrostatics, constraints, and other sites are not included.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Molecular dynamics & force fields027

Drude polarizable model

Uses auxiliary charged particles to represent induced polarization.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

UDrude=12kDd2−qDd⋅EU_{\mathrm{Drude}}=\frac12 k_D d^2-q_D d\cdot Eα=qD2kD\alpha=\frac{q_D^2}{k_D}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Attach an auxiliary charge qD to an atom by a harmonic spring.
  2. Minimize its energy in an electric field, giving kD d = qD E.
  3. The induced dipole p = qD d is therefore αE.

Symbols & assumptions

d is displacement, kD spring stiffness and α polarizability in consistent units; short-range damping and thermostat treatment are often required.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Molecular dynamics & force fields

Practical use

Electrostatic response in a polarizable liquid.

Product / system examples

Polarizable electrolytes

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Electrostatic response in a polarizable liquid.

Model-family limitations

Force fields are fitted for particular chemistries and conditions; classical trajectories omit most quantum effects.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Induced dipole in a uniform field

Induced dipole in a uniform field

Problem & parameters. A charged Drude oscillator has harmonic stiffness k and charge q. Find its static induced dipole.

p/(αE∗)=E/E∗p/(\alpha E_*)=E/E_*

Solution. Balance kx = qE. Then p = qx = (q²/k)E, so α = q²/k.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Molecular dynamics & force fields028

Machine-learned interatomic potential

Fits atomic energies and forces from reference data using statistical learning.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Eθ(R)=∑iεθ(Di(R))E_\theta(R)=\sum_i\varepsilon_\theta(D_i(R))Fi=−∂Eθ∂riF_i=-\frac{\partial E_\theta}{\partial r_i}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Encode each atomic neighborhood with descriptors Dᵢ or learned equivariant features.
  2. Fit energy and force predictions to reference calculations.
  3. Differentiate the fitted energy to enforce conservative forces.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative local machine-learning potential; θ are trained parameters. Long-range effects and out-of-distribution configurations need additional treatment.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Molecular dynamics & force fields

Practical use

Accelerating repeated atomistic calculations within a validated training domain.

Product / system examples

Machine-learned materials simulation packages

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Accelerating repeated atomistic calculations within a validated training domain.

Model-family limitations

Force fields are fitted for particular chemistries and conditions; classical trajectories omit most quantum effects.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Local harmonic bond-energy example

Local harmonic bond-energy example

Problem & parameters. Near a stable isolated bond minimum, use the local quadratic energy with curvature k > 0.

ΔU/(kℓ2)=q2/2\Delta U/(k\ell^2)=q^2/2

Solution. The energy gradient vanishes at equilibrium. Retaining the second Taylor derivative gives ΔU = k(Δr)²/2.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Local Taylor benchmark, not the full force field or a trained potential prediction; reactive changes and other coordinates are held fixed.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Design / calibrationBFGS quasi-Newton ↗

    Updates an inverse-Hessian approximation using gradient differences.

    For smooth moderate-size parameter fitting without explicit Hessians; use accurate gradients and a line search.

  • Design / calibrationNewton optimization ↗

    Uses curvature to compute a local stationary-point correction.

    For a smooth objective with usable curvature; distinguish optimization from solving the physical state equations.

  • CalibrationGauss-Newton least squares ↗

    Linearizes residuals to solve a nonlinear least-squares problem.

    For differentiable residual-based parameter fitting, especially near a suitable small-residual solution.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Mesoscale & microstructure029

Coarse-grained molecular model

Groups atoms into effective interaction sites.

Micro / mesoPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

UCG(R)=−kBTln⁡∫δ[M(r)−R]exp⁡[−U(r)/(kBT)] dr+CU_{\mathrm{CG}}(R)=-k_BT\ln\int\delta[M(r)-R]\exp[-U(r)/(k_BT)]\,dr+C

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Map atomistic coordinates r to coarse coordinates R through M.
  2. Integrate the microscopic Boltzmann distribution over the eliminated coordinates.
  3. Take its negative logarithm to define a potential of mean force.

Symbols & assumptions

Exact equilibrium coarse graining is generally many-body and state-dependent; practical pair approximations lose some information.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Mesoscale & microstructure

Practical use

Long-time motion of a polymer melt.

Product / system examples

Polymer packaging films

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Long-time motion of a polymer melt.

Model-family limitations

Coarse graining removes microscopic details; mobilities, free energies and effective interactions require calibration.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Gaussian coarse-coordinate free energy

Gaussian coarse-coordinate free energy

Problem & parameters. Let a coarse variable have Gaussian probability proportional to exp(−q²/2).

F(q)/(kBT)=q2/2F(q)/(k_BT)=q^2/2

Solution. Apply F = −kBT ln P, and remove the additive normalization constant.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exactly solvable Gaussian coarse-graining example; it does not assert that arbitrary coarse models are harmonic.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Rare-event / expectation estimationImportance sampling ↗

    Changes the sampling distribution to focus on influential regions.

    For a known target and proposal with correct support and controlled weight variance.

Relationships to other models

Micro / meso → Mesoscale & microstructure

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Mesoscale & microstructure030

Martini coarse-grained model

Uses mapped molecular beads and parameterized interactions.

Micro / mesoPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

U=Ubonded+∑i<j[ULJ(rij)+UCoulomb(rij)]U=U_{\mathrm{bonded}}+\sum_{i<j}[U_{\mathrm{LJ}}(r_{ij})+U_{\mathrm{Coulomb}}(r_{ij})]

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Map groups of atoms to bead types.
  2. Assign bead interactions to reproduce selected thermodynamic and structural targets.
  3. Combine nonbonded bead interactions with mapped bonded terms.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative Martini architecture; mapping, bead types, interaction matrices and electrostatics depend on the selected version.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Mesoscale & microstructure

Practical use

Self-assembly of a membrane.

Product / system examples

Lipid vesicle formulations

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Self-assembly of a membrane.

Model-family limitations

Coarse graining removes microscopic details; mobilities, free energies and effective interactions require calibration.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Lennard–Jones pair contribution

Lennard–Jones pair contribution

Problem & parameters. Evaluate an unshifted 12–6 pair potential at reduced separation r/σ.

U/ε=4[(σ/r)12−(σ/r)6]U/\varepsilon=4[(\sigma/r)^{12}-(\sigma/r)^6]

Solution. Insert the reduced distance into the two inverse powers. Differentiating gives a minimum at r/σ = 2^(1/6), with U/ε = −1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.975, calculated vertical coordinate -0.066264. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.975, into the displayed formula to obtain -0.066264 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. For water and Martini entries, this is only a Lennard–Jones interaction contribution; electrostatics, constraints, and other sites are not included.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Rare-event / expectation estimationImportance sampling ↗

    Changes the sampling distribution to focus on influential regions.

    For a known target and proposal with correct support and controlled weight variance.

Relationships to other models

Micro / meso → Mesoscale & microstructure

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Mesoscale & microstructure031

Dissipative particle dynamics (DPD)

Combines conservative, dissipative and random pair forces.

Micro / mesoPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Fij=FijC−γwD(r)(vij⋅r^)r^+σwR(r)ξijr^F_{ij}=F^C_{ij}-\gamma w^D(r)(v_{ij}\cdot\hat r)\hat r+\sigma w^R(r)\xi_{ij}\hat rσ2=2γkBT\sigma^2=2\gamma k_BT

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Resolve particles as coarse fluid parcels.
  2. Add pairwise drag to dissipate relative motion and random forcing to restore thermal fluctuations.
  3. Impose fluctuation-dissipation balance with wD = (wR)².

Symbols & assumptions

ξ denotes appropriately normalized symmetric noise; discrete integrators introduce time-step factors. Pair forces conserve momentum when applied antisymmetrically.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Mesoscale & microstructure

Practical use

Mesoscale mixing of soft materials.

Product / system examples

Emulsions and soft-matter formulations

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Mesoscale mixing of soft materials.

Model-family limitations

Coarse graining removes microscopic details; mobilities, free energies and effective interactions require calibration.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Mean relative velocity under fixed pair drag

Mean relative velocity under fixed pair drag

Problem & parameters. Hold pair distance and weight fixed; the mean relative velocity obeys dy/dτ = −y. Random force has zero mean.

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}

Solution. Separate dy/dτ = −y, integrate ln(y) = −τ + C, and apply y(0) = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Mean of a linear frozen-geometry pair reduction. DPD sample trajectories fluctuate and require a stochastic integrator.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Rare-event / expectation estimationImportance sampling ↗

    Changes the sampling distribution to focus on influential regions.

    For a known target and proposal with correct support and controlled weight variance.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

Relationships to other models

Micro / meso → Mesoscale & microstructure

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Mesoscale & microstructure032

Brownian dynamics

Uses overdamped stochastic motion for particles in a surrounding medium.

Micro / mesoPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

dri=μiFi dt+2Di dWidr_i=\mu_i F_i\,dt+\sqrt{2D_i}\,dW_iDi=μikBTD_i=\mu_i k_BT

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Start from Langevin motion with rapid momentum relaxation.
  2. Neglect inertia on time scales long compared with m/ζ.
  3. Balance drift and thermal diffusion to obtain overdamped motion.

Symbols & assumptions

Independent constant mobility μᵢ shown; hydrodynamic interactions or position-dependent mobility introduce matrix diffusion and additional drift.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Mesoscale & microstructure

Practical use

Colloidal particle diffusion.

Product / system examples

Colloidal inks

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Colloidal particle diffusion.

Model-family limitations

Coarse graining removes microscopic details; mobilities, free energies and effective interactions require calibration.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: One-dimensional mean-square displacement

One-dimensional mean-square displacement

Problem & parameters. For free Brownian motion in one dimension take D = 1 m²/s and initial position zero.

⟨[x(t)−x(0)]2⟩=2Dt\langle[x(t)-x(0)]^2\rangle=2Dt

Solution. Integrate dx = √(2D)dW. Since the variance of W(t) is t, the mean-square displacement is 2Dt.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Ensemble expectation, not a single random trajectory; illustrative diffusivity.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Rare-event / expectation estimationImportance sampling ↗

    Changes the sampling distribution to focus on influential regions.

    For a known target and proposal with correct support and controlled weight variance.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

Relationships to other models

Micro / meso → Mesoscale & microstructure

Specific connections

  • Overdamped limit of Langevin dynamics

    Neglect inertia after rapid momentum relaxation, with a consistent diffusion model.

  • Can use diffusivity from Stokes-Einstein diffusion relation

    Applies to dilute spherical probes under the stated continuum no-slip assumptions.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Mesoscale & microstructure033

Langevin dynamics

Adds friction and random forces to a dynamical model.

Micro / mesoPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

mv˙=F−ζv+η(t)m\dot v=F-\zeta v+\eta(t)⟨ηa(t)ηb(t′)⟩=2ζkBTδabδ(t−t′)\langle\eta_a(t)\eta_b(t')\rangle=2\zeta k_BT\delta_{ab}\delta(t-t')

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Separate resolved forces from fast environmental effects.
  2. Approximate the latter as linear friction and white noise.
  3. Choose the noise covariance so the equilibrium velocity distribution has temperature T.

Symbols & assumptions

ζ is friction; noise is idealized as memoryless and Gaussian. Generalized Langevin models retain memory kernels.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Mesoscale & microstructure

Practical use

Thermal motion of a trapped nanoparticle.

Product / system examples

Nanoparticle suspensions

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Thermal motion of a trapped nanoparticle.

Model-family limitations

Coarse graining removes microscopic details; mobilities, free energies and effective interactions require calibration.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Mean velocity after an impulse

Mean velocity after an impulse

Problem & parameters. A free Langevin particle has linear drag γ, mass m, mean initial speed v₀, and zero-mean thermal noise. Use τ = γt/m.

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}

Solution. Separate dy/dτ = −y, integrate ln(y) = −τ + C, and apply y(0) = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Ensemble mean velocity; the plotted smooth decay is not an individual noisy trajectory.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Rare-event / expectation estimationImportance sampling ↗

    Changes the sampling distribution to focus on influential regions.

    For a known target and proposal with correct support and controlled weight variance.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

Relationships to other models

Micro / meso → Mesoscale & microstructure

Specific connections

  • Has overdamped limit Brownian dynamics

    Neglect inertia after rapid momentum relaxation, with a consistent diffusion model.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Mesoscale & microstructure034

Kinetic Monte Carlo

Samples transitions between states using event rates.

Micro / mesoNumerical method
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Δt=−ln⁡u1K\Delta t=-\frac{\ln u_1}{K}P(event i)=kiKP(\text{event }i)=\frac{k_i}{K}K=∑ikiK=\sum_i k_i

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume independent exponential waiting times for allowed events.
  2. The probability that no event occurs before t is exp(−Kt).
  3. Invert that survival distribution and select an event in proportion to its rate.

Symbols & assumptions

u₁ is uniform on (0,1); rates kᵢ must represent the relevant Markov transitions.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Mesoscale & microstructure

Practical use

Surface diffusion over long time scales.

Product / system examples

Thin-film deposition processes

Named product or implementation route

SPPARKS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Surface diffusion over long time scales.

Model-family limitations

Coarse graining removes microscopic details; mobilities, free energies and effective interactions require calibration.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Probability of a first event

Probability of a first event

Problem & parameters. A kinetic Monte Carlo process has one constant total escape rate λ. Find the probability that its first event has occurred.

P(T≤t)=1−e−λtP(T\le t)=1-e^{-\lambda t}

Solution. The survival probability solves S′ = −λS with S(0) = 1. Subtract S from one.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.91792. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.91792 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Waiting-time distribution for a fixed state and rate, not the entire evolving event network.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Rare-event / expectation estimationImportance sampling ↗

    Changes the sampling distribution to focus on influential regions.

    For a known target and proposal with correct support and controlled weight variance.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

Relationships to other models

Micro / meso → Mesoscale & microstructure

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Mesoscale & microstructure035

Cahn–Hilliard model

Evolves a conserved composition field through chemical-potential gradients.

Micro / mesoPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂c∂t=∇⋅(M∇μ)\frac{\partial c}{\partial t}=\nabla\cdot(M\nabla\mu)μ=f′(c)−κ∇2c\mu=f'(c)-\kappa\nabla^2c

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Define free energy F = ∫[f(c)+κ∣∇c∣²/2]dV.
  2. Take its variational derivative to obtain chemical potential μ.
  3. Use flux J = −M∇μ in composition conservation ∂tc = −∇·J.

Symbols & assumptions

c is conserved composition, M mobility and κ gradient-energy coefficient; boundary conditions determine mass and energy behavior.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Mesoscale & microstructure

Practical use

Phase separation in an alloy.

Product / system examples

Phase-separated alloy components

Named product or implementation route

MOOSE ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Phase separation in an alloy.

Model-family limitations

Coarse graining removes microscopic details; mobilities, free energies and effective interactions require calibration.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: A linear conserved-composition mode

A linear conserved-composition mode

Problem & parameters. Use dimensionless Cahn–Hilliard dynamics with M = a = κ = 1, quadratic free energy ac²/2, periodic boundaries, and initial perturbation cos x. Plot t = 1.

c−cˉ=e−2cos⁡xc-\bar c=e^{-2}\cos x

Solution. For wave number one, the amplitude satisfies A′ = −M(a+κ)A = −2A. Thus A(1) = exp(−2).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 3.1416, calculated vertical coordinate -0.13534. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 3.1416, into the displayed formula to obtain -0.13534 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact quadratic-free-energy special case, not nonlinear phase separation.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Smooth-field discretizationSpectral collocation ↗

    Approximates smooth fields globally and enforces the equation at selected nodes.

    For sufficiently smooth fields in compatible geometries; use suitable bases, dealiasing, and boundary treatment.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Code verificationMethod of manufactured solutions ↗

    Tests a PDE implementation using a constructed exact solution.

    For an accessible differential operator, construct compatible forcing and boundaries; this tests implementation rather than physical realism.

Relationships to other models

Micro / meso → Mesoscale & microstructure

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Mesoscale & microstructure036

Allen–Cahn model

Evolves a nonconserved order parameter toward lower free energy.

Micro / mesoPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂η∂t=−LδFδη\frac{\partial\eta}{\partial t}=-L\frac{\delta F}{\delta\eta}F=∫[f(η)+κ∣∇η∣2/2] dVF=\int[f(\eta)+\kappa|\nabla\eta|^2/2]\,dV

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Use an order parameter η that need not be conserved.
  2. Choose local gradient descent of the free energy.
  3. This gives ∂tη = −L[f′(η)−κ∇²η], which reduces F for L > 0 under suitable boundaries.

Symbols & assumptions

η labels phases or orientations; L is mobility. Physical time calibration requires kinetic information.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Mesoscale & microstructure

Practical use

Migration of a phase boundary.

Product / system examples

Heat-treated metal parts

Named product or implementation route

MOOSE ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Migration of a phase boundary.

Model-family limitations

Coarse graining removes microscopic details; mobilities, free energies and effective interactions require calibration.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: A relaxing Allen–Cahn mode

A relaxing Allen–Cahn mode

Problem & parameters. Take mobility, positive quadratic free-energy curvature, and gradient coefficient all equal to one, with initial cos x.

η(x,1)=e−2cos⁡x\eta(x,1)=e^{-2}\cos x

Solution. The local and gradient terms each contribute −A to the amplitude equation. Integrate A′ = −2A.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 3.1416, calculated vertical coordinate -0.13534. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 3.1416, into the displayed formula to obtain -0.13534 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Linear quadratic-free-energy special case; domain walls of a double-well model are not represented.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Smooth-field discretizationSpectral collocation ↗

    Approximates smooth fields globally and enforces the equation at selected nodes.

    For sufficiently smooth fields in compatible geometries; use suitable bases, dealiasing, and boundary treatment.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Code verificationMethod of manufactured solutions ↗

    Tests a PDE implementation using a constructed exact solution.

    For an accessible differential operator, construct compatible forcing and boundaries; this tests implementation rather than physical realism.

Relationships to other models

Micro / meso → Mesoscale & microstructure

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Mesoscale & microstructure037

Phase-field crystal model

Uses a periodic density-like field to represent crystalline ordering.

Micro / mesoPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

F=∫{12ψ[r+(q02+∇2)2]ψ+ψ4/4} dVF=\int\{\frac12\psi[r+(q_0^2+\nabla^2)^2]\psi+\psi^4/4\}\,dV∂tψ=M∇2(δF/δψ)\partial_t\psi=M\nabla^2(\delta F/\delta\psi)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Choose a free-energy operator favoring spatial modulation at wave number q₀.
  2. Add a stabilizing nonlinear term.
  3. Use conserved gradient flow for the density-like field ψ.

Symbols & assumptions

A common dimensionless phase-field-crystal form; r is a control parameter, not a spatial coordinate here.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Mesoscale & microstructure

Practical use

Defect evolution over diffusive time scales.

Product / system examples

Nanocrystalline materials

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL equation-based modeling ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Defect evolution over diffusive time scales.

Model-family limitations

Coarse graining removes microscopic details; mobilities, free energies and effective interactions require calibration.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Linearized phase-field-crystal mode

Linearized phase-field-crystal mode

Problem & parameters. Linearize ∂tψ = ∇²[(r+(1+∇²)²)ψ+ψ³] about ψ = 0 with r = 1; initial amplitude A₀ = 0.01 and wave number one.

δψ(x,1)=A0e−1cos⁡x\delta\psi(x,1)=A_0e^{-1}\cos x

Solution. The operator (1+∂xx) annihilates cos x. The remaining linear amplitude equation is A′ = −A.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 3.1416, calculated vertical coordinate -0.0036788. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 3.1416, into the displayed formula to obtain -0.0036788 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Linearized small-perturbation solution; the cubic term is omitted.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Smooth-field discretizationSpectral collocation ↗

    Approximates smooth fields globally and enforces the equation at selected nodes.

    For sufficiently smooth fields in compatible geometries; use suitable bases, dealiasing, and boundary treatment.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Code verificationMethod of manufactured solutions ↗

    Tests a PDE implementation using a constructed exact solution.

    For an accessible differential operator, construct compatible forcing and boundaries; this tests implementation rather than physical realism.

Relationships to other models

Micro / meso → Mesoscale & microstructure

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Mesoscale & microstructure038

Potts grain-growth model

Represents grain orientations as discrete lattice states.

Micro / mesoPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

E=J∑⟨i,j⟩(1−δsi,sj)E=J\sum_{\langle i,j\rangle}(1-\delta_{s_i,s_j})Paccept=min⁡[1,exp⁡(−ΔE/(kBT))]P_{\mathrm{accept}}=\min[1,\exp(-\Delta E/(k_BT))]

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assign each lattice site a discrete grain-orientation label.
  2. Penalize boundaries between unlike neighboring labels.
  3. Propose label changes and accept energy-lowering or thermally weighted moves.

Symbols & assumptions

Monte Carlo steps are not physical time without calibration; lattice anisotropy and temperature choice affect kinetics.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Mesoscale & microstructure

Practical use

Coarsening of a polycrystalline metal.

Product / system examples

Polycrystalline ceramic components

Named product or implementation route

SPPARKS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Coarsening of a polycrystalline metal.

Model-family limitations

Coarse graining removes microscopic details; mobilities, free energies and effective interactions require calibration.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Two-site Potts equilibrium alignment

Two-site Potts equilibrium alignment

Problem & parameters. For a three-state two-site Potts pair with energy −J when the states agree, compute the equilibrium agreement probability.

Psame=eueu+q−1,q=3P_{\rm same}=\frac{e^u}{e^u+q-1},\quad q=3

Solution. There are q agreeing states with Boltzmann weight exp(J/kBT), and q(q−1) disagreeing states with weight one. Normalize their sums.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.85898. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.85898 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Finite equilibrium toy problem, not a simulated grain-growth history.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Rare-event / expectation estimationImportance sampling ↗

    Changes the sampling distribution to focus on influential regions.

    For a known target and proposal with correct support and controlled weight variance.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

Relationships to other models

Micro / meso → Mesoscale & microstructure

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Mesoscale & microstructure039

Discrete dislocation dynamics

Tracks line defects and their interactions.

Micro / mesoPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

fPK=(σ⋅b)×ξf_{\mathrm{PK}}=(\sigma\cdot b)\times\xiv=MfPKv=M f_{\mathrm{PK}}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Represent a dislocation by line segments with Burgers vector b and tangent ξ.
  2. Compute the local stress from external loads and other defects.
  3. Use the Peach–Koehler force with a mobility relation to evolve the line.

Symbols & assumptions

Force is per unit length; M may be a tensor and glide/climb constraints apply. Junction reactions need additional rules.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Mesoscale & microstructure

Practical use

Plastic deformation of a small metal specimen.

Product / system examples

High-strength metal microcomponents

Named product or implementation route

ParaDiS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Plastic deformation of a small metal specimen.

Model-family limitations

Coarse graining removes microscopic details; mobilities, free energies and effective interactions require calibration.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Straight dislocation with constant mobility

Straight dislocation with constant mobility

Problem & parameters. Take one straight segment, constant force per length f = 1 N/m and mobility M = 1 m²/(N·s), starting at x = 0.

x(t)=Mftx(t)=Mft

Solution. The overdamped mobility law gives constant velocity Mf; integrate with the initial position.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 2.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 2.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Illustrative coefficients; interactions, pinning, and changing segment geometry are excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Spatial error controlAdaptive mesh refinement ↗

    Concentrates degrees of freedom where a numerical error indicator is large.

    Refine localized gradients or error indicators after choosing the PDE discretization.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

Relationships to other models

Micro / meso → Mesoscale & microstructure

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Mesoscale & microstructure040

Population balance model

Tracks the distribution of particle sizes or other internal properties.

Micro / mesoPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂n∂t+∇x⋅(un)+∂(Gn)∂s=B−D\frac{\partial n}{\partial t}+\nabla_x\cdot(un)+\frac{\partial(Gn)}{\partial s}=B-D

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Count particles in a small spatial and size interval.
  2. Balance transport in position x and growth in internal coordinate s.
  3. Add births B and deaths D from nucleation, breakup or aggregation.

Symbols & assumptions

n is number density in size space, G the size-growth rate. Breakage and aggregation kernels close the model.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Mesoscale & microstructure

Practical use

Droplet breakup and coalescence in an emulsion.

Product / system examples

Spray and emulsion processing equipment

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Droplet breakup and coalescence in an emulsion.

Model-family limitations

Coarse graining removes microscopic details; mobilities, free energies and effective interactions require calibration.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Translated size distribution

Translated size distribution

Problem & parameters. For ∂tn+∂sn = 0 use n(s,0) = exp[−(s−2)²], constant growth G = 1, and compatible boundary inflow. Plot t = 1.

n(s,1)=e−(s−3)2n(s,1)=e^{-(s-3)^2}

Solution. Along characteristics s−t is constant. Therefore n(s,t) = n₀(s−t).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 3, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 3, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

Relationships to other models

Micro / meso → Mesoscale & microstructure

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Thermodynamics & equilibrium041

Ideal gas equation of state

Relates pressure, volume and temperature for a dilute noninteracting gas.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

pV=nRTpV=nRT

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Use kinetic theory for dilute, noninteracting particles.
  2. Relate pressure to momentum transfer at the walls and translational energy to temperature.
  3. With N = nNA and R = NAkB, obtain the ideal-gas relation.

Symbols & assumptions

n is amount in moles, V volume and T absolute temperature; intermolecular interactions and finite molecular volume are neglected.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Thermodynamics & equilibrium

Practical use

Estimating the amount of air in a low-pressure vessel.

Product / system examples

Low-pressure compressed-air vessels

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Chemical Reaction Engineering Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Estimating the amount of air in a low-pressure vessel.

Model-family limitations

Check phase, pressure and temperature range; idealizations and fitted parameters may fail near phase boundaries.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: An ideal-gas isotherm

An ideal-gas isotherm

Problem & parameters. Hold temperature and amount of ideal gas fixed while varying its volume.

pV∗/(nRT)=1/(V/V∗)pV_*/(nRT)=1/(V/V_*)

Solution. Solve pV = nRT for pressure and divide by the reference pressure nRT/V*.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.75, calculated vertical coordinate 0.36364. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.75, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.36364 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Thermodynamics & equilibrium

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Thermodynamics & equilibrium042

Van der Waals equation of state

Adds molecular attraction and excluded volume to an ideal gas model.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

(p+a/v2)(v−b)=RT(p+a/v^2)(v-b)=RT

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Replace available molar volume v by v−b to represent excluded space.
  2. Correct measured pressure by a/v² to account for attraction.
  3. Apply the ideal-gas relation to the corrected variables.

Symbols & assumptions

v is molar volume; a and b are substance parameters. This is a qualitative equation of state near critical and coexistence regions.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Thermodynamics & equilibrium

Practical use

Qualitative liquid-vapor coexistence.

Product / system examples

Refrigerant phase-equilibrium teaching tools

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Chemical Reaction Engineering Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Qualitative liquid-vapor coexistence.

Model-family limitations

Check phase, pressure and temperature range; idealizations and fitted parameters may fail near phase boundaries.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: A supercritical van der Waals isotherm

A supercritical van der Waals isotherm

Problem & parameters. Use the reduced van der Waals equation at T/Tc = 1.2.

p/pc=8(1.2)3v−1−3v2p/p_c=\frac{8(1.2)}{3v-1}-\frac3{v^2}

Solution. Insert the critical scalings Vc = 3b, pc = a/(27b²), and Tc = 8a/(27Rb), then evaluate the reduced expression.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.3, calculated vertical coordinate 1.06. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.3, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.06 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Thermodynamics & equilibrium

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Thermodynamics & equilibrium043

Peng–Robinson equation of state

Uses a cubic equation of state for real-fluid behavior.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

p=RTv−b−a(T)v(v+b)+b(v−b)p=\frac{RT}{v-b}-\frac{a(T)}{v(v+b)+b(v-b)}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Begin with a repulsive excluded-volume term.
  2. Choose a rational attraction term that yields a cubic equation in molar volume.
  3. Fit critical-point constraints and a temperature-dependent attraction to obtain the Peng–Robinson parameters.

Symbols & assumptions

v is molar volume; a(T) and b require critical properties and an acentric-factor correlation.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Thermodynamics & equilibrium

Practical use

Hydrocarbon vapor-liquid equilibrium.

Product / system examples

Natural-gas processing equipment

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Chemical Reaction Engineering Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Hydrocarbon vapor-liquid equilibrium.

Model-family limitations

Check phase, pressure and temperature range; idealizations and fitted parameters may fail near phase boundaries.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Peng–Robinson fixed-temperature curve

Peng–Robinson fixed-temperature curve

Problem & parameters. At fixed temperature choose aα/(RTb) = 2 and evaluate the Peng–Robinson pressure.

pb/(RT)=1v−1−2v2+2v−1pb/(RT)=\frac1{v-1}-\frac2{v^2+2v-1}

Solution. Divide its repulsive and attractive terms by RT/b and substitute v = Vₘ/b.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 3.75, calculated vertical coordinate 0.26637. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 3.75, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.26637 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Illustrative EOS parameters; not a fitted fluid or a phase-equilibrium calculation.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Thermodynamics & equilibrium

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Thermodynamics & equilibrium044

Soave–Redlich–Kwong equation of state

Uses a temperature-dependent attraction correction in a cubic fluid model.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

p=RTv−b−aα(T)v(v+b)p=\frac{RT}{v-b}-\frac{a\alpha(T)}{v(v+b)}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Retain the Redlich–Kwong cubic volume dependence.
  2. Replace its temperature factor with a fitted α(T).
  3. Determine coefficients from critical properties and vapor-pressure behavior.

Symbols & assumptions

Soave–Redlich–Kwong form; mixing rules are additionally required for mixtures.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Thermodynamics & equilibrium

Practical use

Gas-processing phase calculations.

Product / system examples

Gas-separation process equipment

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Chemical Reaction Engineering Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Gas-processing phase calculations.

Model-family limitations

Check phase, pressure and temperature range; idealizations and fitted parameters may fail near phase boundaries.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Soave–Redlich–Kwong isotherm

Soave–Redlich–Kwong isotherm

Problem & parameters. At fixed temperature choose aα/(RTb) = 2 for the SRK equation.

pb/(RT)=1v−1−2v(v+1)pb/(RT)=\frac1{v-1}-\frac2{v(v+1)}

Solution. Divide the EOS by RT/b and evaluate both terms using the reduced molar volume.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 3.75, calculated vertical coordinate 0.25136. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 3.75, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.25136 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Illustrative parameters; the temperature dependence of α is fixed for this isotherm.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Thermodynamics & equilibrium

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Thermodynamics & equilibrium045

Virial equation of state

Represents nonideal behavior as a density or pressure expansion.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Z=pvRT=1+B(T)v+C(T)v2+⋯Z=\frac{pv}{RT}=1+\frac{B(T)}v+\frac{C(T)}{v^2}+\cdots

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Expand the compressibility factor about zero molar density.
  2. Group pair, triplet and higher interaction effects into virial coefficients.
  3. Truncate only where omitted density powers are small.

Symbols & assumptions

B and C are temperature-dependent molar virial coefficients; this low-density expansion may converge poorly near condensation.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Thermodynamics & equilibrium

Practical use

Gas properties away from the dilute limit.

Product / system examples

Gas-property reference software

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Chemical Reaction Engineering Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Gas properties away from the dilute limit.

Model-family limitations

Check phase, pressure and temperature range; idealizations and fitted parameters may fail near phase boundaries.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: A truncated virial compressibility

A truncated virial compressibility

Problem & parameters. Use scaled second and third virial coefficients 0.2 and 0.05 over a dilute density interval.

Z=1+0.2ρ∗+0.05ρ∗2Z=1+0.2\rho_*+0.05\rho_*^2

Solution. Substitute the reduced density into Z = 1+Bρ+Cρ². At zero density it recovers the ideal-gas limit Z = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1.1125. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.1125 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Truncated low-density illustrative expansion, not an extrapolation to dense fluids.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Thermodynamics & equilibrium

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Thermodynamics & equilibrium046

Gibbs-energy minimization

Finds equilibrium by minimizing free energy under conservation constraints.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

min⁡G=∑iniμi\min G=\sum_i n_i\mu_iAn=b,ni≥0An=b,\quad n_i\ge0

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Choose species amounts n as unknowns and encode elemental conservation with A.
  2. At fixed temperature and pressure, stable equilibrium minimizes Gibbs energy.
  3. Stationarity along an allowed reaction gives Σᵢνᵢμᵢ = 0.

Symbols & assumptions

μᵢ are chemical potentials dependent on composition; metastability and missing phases can alter the solution found.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Thermodynamics & equilibrium

Practical use

Equilibrium composition of a reacting mixture.

Product / system examples

Chemical equilibrium analysis software

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Chemical Reaction Engineering Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Equilibrium composition of a reacting mixture.

Model-family limitations

Check phase, pressure and temperature range; idealizations and fitted parameters may fail near phase boundaries.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Ideal binary mixing free energy

Ideal binary mixing free energy

Problem & parameters. Take an ideal binary solution with equal pure-component reference energies. Find the composition dependence of its mixing free energy.

Δg/(RT)=xln⁡x+(1−x)ln⁡(1−x)\Delta g/(RT)=x\ln x+(1-x)\ln(1-x)

Solution. Sum the two ideal mixing contributions. Differentiation gives ln[x/(1−x)] = 0, so the minimum is at x = 1/2.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate -0.69315. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain -0.69315 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Ideal-solution Gibbs term; real CALPHAD databases include additional phase and interaction terms. Conserved bulk composition constrains accessible equilibria.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Constrained designInterior-point optimization ↗

    Approaches inequality-constrained solutions through barrier subproblems.

    For appropriately formulated inequality-constrained design or control problems; scale constraints and verify feasibility.

  • Constrained designSequential quadratic programming ↗

    Solves a sequence of locally quadratic constrained subproblems.

    For smooth constrained parameter/design optimization with derivatives and constraint regularity.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Thermodynamics & equilibrium

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Thermodynamics & equilibrium047

CALPHAD model

Combines assessed phase free energies to predict equilibria.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Gp(x,T)=∑ixiGip(T)+RT∑ixiln⁡xi+GexcesspG^p(x,T)=\sum_i x_i G_i^p(T)+RT\sum_i x_i\ln x_i+G_{\mathrm{excess}}^p

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assign a free-energy function to each candidate phase p.
  2. Combine reference-state, ideal-mixing and assessed excess contributions.
  3. Minimize total free energy subject to overall composition to construct phase equilibrium.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative substitutional-solution CALPHAD form; sublattice and magnetic models add terms and require assessed databases.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Thermodynamics & equilibrium

Practical use

Selecting alloy compositions and heat treatments.

Product / system examples

Alloy design databases

Named product or implementation route

MOOSE ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Selecting alloy compositions and heat treatments.

Model-family limitations

Check phase, pressure and temperature range; idealizations and fitted parameters may fail near phase boundaries.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Ideal binary mixing free energy

Ideal binary mixing free energy

Problem & parameters. Take an ideal binary solution with equal pure-component reference energies. Find the composition dependence of its mixing free energy.

Δg/(RT)=xln⁡x+(1−x)ln⁡(1−x)\Delta g/(RT)=x\ln x+(1-x)\ln(1-x)

Solution. Sum the two ideal mixing contributions. Differentiation gives ln[x/(1−x)] = 0, so the minimum is at x = 1/2.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate -0.69315. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain -0.69315 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Ideal-solution Gibbs term; real CALPHAD databases include additional phase and interaction terms. Conserved bulk composition constrains accessible equilibria.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Constrained designInterior-point optimization ↗

    Approaches inequality-constrained solutions through barrier subproblems.

    For appropriately formulated inequality-constrained design or control problems; scale constraints and verify feasibility.

  • Constrained designSequential quadratic programming ↗

    Solves a sequence of locally quadratic constrained subproblems.

    For smooth constrained parameter/design optimization with derivatives and constraint regularity.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Thermodynamics & equilibrium

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Thermodynamics & equilibrium048

NRTL activity model

Uses local-composition parameters to describe nonideal liquid mixtures.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

GERT=∑ixi∑jxjτjiGji∑kxkGki\frac{G^E}{RT}=\sum_i x_i\frac{\sum_j x_j\tau_{ji}G_{ji}}{\sum_k x_kG_{ki}}Gji=exp⁡(−αjiτji)G_{ji}=\exp(-\alpha_{ji}\tau_{ji})

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume neighbors around a molecule have a composition different from the bulk.
  2. Weight local interactions with nonrandomness factors G.
  3. Differentiate nGE/(RT) with respect to component amounts to obtain ln γᵢ.

Symbols & assumptions

GE is molar excess Gibbs energy; τ are dimensionless interaction parameters and α nonrandomness parameters.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Thermodynamics & equilibrium

Practical use

Distillation of a nonideal solvent mixture.

Product / system examples

Solvent distillation columns

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Chemical Reaction Engineering Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Distillation of a nonideal solvent mixture.

Model-family limitations

Check phase, pressure and temperature range; idealizations and fitted parameters may fail near phase boundaries.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Ideal-mixture activity limit

Ideal-mixture activity limit

Problem & parameters. Set NRTL interaction parameters to zero; for UNIQUAC also take identical molecular sizes and shapes with zero interaction energies.

a1=x1,γ1=1a_1=x_1,\quad\gamma_1=1

Solution. Under these restrictions the excess contribution vanishes and γ₁ = 1; activity is γ₁x₁.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Ideal-mixture limiting case only; unequal molecular sizes in UNIQUAC can retain a combinatorial contribution.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Scalar rootBisection ↗

    Reliably narrows a continuous scalar root bracket.

    For a continuous scalar closure or balance with a known sign-changing bracket.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Thermodynamics & equilibrium

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Thermodynamics & equilibrium049

UNIQUAC activity model

Combines molecular size, shape and interaction contributions.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

GE=GcombinatorialE+GresidualEG^E=G^E_{\mathrm{combinatorial}}+G^E_{\mathrm{residual}}ln⁡γi=∂[nGE/(RT)]∂ni\ln\gamma_i=\frac{\partial[nG^E/(RT)]}{\partial n_i}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Separate mixture nonideality into molecular size/shape effects and interaction-energy effects.
  2. Represent those contributions using volume and surface fractions.
  3. Take the partial-molar derivative to obtain activity coefficients.

Symbols & assumptions

UNIQUAC structure; volume parameters rᵢ, surface parameters qᵢ and binary interaction parameters are needed. Derivative holds T, p and other component amounts fixed.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Thermodynamics & equilibrium

Practical use

Liquid-mixture phase equilibrium.

Product / system examples

Liquid-liquid extraction equipment

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Chemical Reaction Engineering Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Liquid-mixture phase equilibrium.

Model-family limitations

Check phase, pressure and temperature range; idealizations and fitted parameters may fail near phase boundaries.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Ideal-mixture activity limit

Ideal-mixture activity limit

Problem & parameters. Set NRTL interaction parameters to zero; for UNIQUAC also take identical molecular sizes and shapes with zero interaction energies.

a1=x1,γ1=1a_1=x_1,\quad\gamma_1=1

Solution. Under these restrictions the excess contribution vanishes and γ₁ = 1; activity is γ₁x₁.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Ideal-mixture limiting case only; unequal molecular sizes in UNIQUAC can retain a combinatorial contribution.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Scalar rootBisection ↗

    Reliably narrows a continuous scalar root bracket.

    For a continuous scalar closure or balance with a known sign-changing bracket.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Thermodynamics & equilibrium

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Thermodynamics & equilibrium050

Debye–Hückel model

Approximates ionic activity using screened electrostatic interactions.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

log⁡10γi=−Azi2I\log_{10}\gamma_i=-Az_i^2\sqrt II=12∑jcjzj2I=\frac12\sum_j c_jz_j^2

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Linearize the Poisson–Boltzmann equation for weak electrostatic potentials.
  2. Solve for the screened potential surrounding an ion.
  3. Use the resulting electrostatic free-energy correction to obtain the limiting activity law.

Symbols & assumptions

Dilute-solution limiting law; concentrations, standard state and coefficient A must use a consistent convention.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Thermodynamics & equilibrium

Practical use

Dilute electrolyte activity corrections.

Product / system examples

Dilute-electrolyte formulations

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Chemical Reaction Engineering Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Dilute electrolyte activity corrections.

Model-family limitations

Check phase, pressure and temperature range; idealizations and fitted parameters may fail near phase boundaries.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Dilute ionic activity correction

Dilute ionic activity correction

Problem & parameters. For a monovalent ion in water near 25 °C use the Debye–Hückel limiting-law coefficient A = 0.509 (mol/L)⁻¹ᐟ².

log⁡10γ=−0.509I\log_{10}\gamma=-0.509\sqrt I

Solution. Set charge magnitude to one in log₁₀γ = −Az²√I. Evaluate only at dilute ionic strengths.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.005, calculated vertical coordinate -0.035992. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.005, into the displayed formula to obtain -0.035992 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Limiting-law illustration; specific ion interactions and concentrated solutions are excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Scalar rootBisection ↗

    Reliably narrows a continuous scalar root bracket.

    For a continuous scalar closure or balance with a known sign-changing bracket.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Thermodynamics & equilibrium

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Chemical reactions & transport051

Mass-action reaction kinetics

Relates reaction rates to species concentrations and reaction orders.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

r=kf∏iciαi−kr∏iciβir=k_f\prod_i c_i^{\alpha_i}-k_r\prod_i c_i^{\beta_i}c˙i=νir\dot c_i=\nu_i r

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Represent the frequency of elementary forward and reverse reactions by reactant encounters.
  2. Subtract reverse from forward progress rates.
  3. Multiply net progress by each species’ stoichiometric change to obtain its source.

Symbols & assumptions

For elementary reactions, exponents follow reactant stoichiometry; empirical overall reactions can have different orders.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Chemical reactions & transport

Practical use

A coupled reaction network in a batch process.

Product / system examples

Chemical process simulators

Named product or implementation route

Cantera ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A coupled reaction network in a batch process.

Model-family limitations

Rate constants, transport coefficients and mixing assumptions need experimental support over the intended range.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: First-order reactant consumption

First-order reactant consumption

Problem & parameters. For a single irreversible first-order reaction A → products in a constant-volume batch, use τ = kt and y = cA/cA0.

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}

Solution. Separate dy/dτ = −y, integrate ln(y) = −τ + C, and apply y(0) = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact one-mode reduction with constant coefficients; additional coupled physics is excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Chemical reactions & transport

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Chemical reactions & transport052

Arrhenius rate model

Relates a rate coefficient to temperature through an activation energy.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

k(T)=Aexp⁡[−Ea/(RT)]k(T)=A\exp[-E_a/(RT)]

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Approximate the fraction of thermal configurations able to cross a barrier by a Boltzmann factor.
  2. Multiply that fraction by an effective attempt-frequency factor.
  3. Taking ln k yields ln A − Ea/(RT), which motivates an Arrhenius plot.

Symbols & assumptions

Ea is molar activation energy; A and Ea may vary over broad temperature ranges.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Chemical reactions & transport

Practical use

Temperature sensitivity of a chemical reaction.

Product / system examples

Temperature-controlled reactors

Named product or implementation route

Cantera ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Temperature sensitivity of a chemical reaction.

Model-family limitations

Rate constants, transport coefficients and mixing assumptions need experimental support over the intended range.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Temperature dependence of an activated rate

Temperature dependence of an activated rate

Problem & parameters. Hold activation energy Ea > 0 and prefactor A constant.

k/A=e−1/θ,θ=RT/Eak/A=e^{-1/\theta},\quad\theta=RT/E_a

Solution. Insert the scaled temperature into k = A exp(−Ea/RT).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.55, calculated vertical coordinate 0.16232. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.55, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.16232 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Scalar rootBisection ↗

    Reliably narrows a continuous scalar root bracket.

    For a continuous scalar closure or balance with a known sign-changing bracket.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

  • Tabulated dataLagrange interpolation ↗

    Passes a polynomial through prescribed distinct data points.

    For small, well-chosen interpolation grids; avoid high-degree equispaced interpolation and extrapolation.

  • Smooth surrogateChebyshev approximation ↗

    Uses Chebyshev bases and clustered nodes to approximate smooth functions.

    For smooth responses on a bounded interval; check coefficient decay and interpolation error.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Chemical reactions & transport

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Chemical reactions & transport053

Transition-state theory

Estimates reaction rates from a free-energy barrier.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

k=κkBThexp⁡[−ΔG‡/(RT)]k=\kappa\frac{k_BT}{h}\exp[-\Delta G^\ddagger/(RT)]

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume reactants are in quasi-equilibrium with configurations at a dividing surface.
  2. Convert their statistical population into a crossing flux.
  3. Multiply by a transmission coefficient κ to account for recrossing or other corrections.

Symbols & assumptions

ΔG‡ is a molar activation free energy consistent with the standard state; h is Planck’s constant.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Chemical reactions & transport

Practical use

Predicting a molecular reaction rate.

Product / system examples

Catalysis research software

Named product or implementation route

Q-Chem ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Predicting a molecular reaction rate.

Model-family limitations

Rate constants, transport coefficients and mixing assumptions need experimental support over the intended range.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Transition-state rate at fixed activation free energy

Transition-state rate at fixed activation free energy

Problem & parameters. Take transmission coefficient one and treat the molar activation free energy as constant over the displayed interval.

kh/(kBT)=e−1/θ,θ=RT/ΔG‡kh/(k_BT)=e^{-1/\theta},\quad\theta=RT/\Delta G^\ddagger

Solution. Divide the Eyring expression by its kBT/h prefactor and substitute the scaled temperature.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.55, calculated vertical coordinate 0.16232. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.55, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.16232 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Illustrative fixed-barrier curve; real activation free energy can vary with temperature.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Scalar rootBisection ↗

    Reliably narrows a continuous scalar root bracket.

    For a continuous scalar closure or balance with a known sign-changing bracket.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Chemical reactions & transport

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Chemical reactions & transport054

Michaelis–Menten kinetics

Approximates enzyme reaction rates with substrate saturation.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

v=Vmax⁡[S]KM+[S]v=\frac{V_{\max}[S]}{K_M+[S]}KM=k−1+kcatk1K_M=\frac{k_{-1}+k_{\mathrm{cat}}}{k_1}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Use E+S ⇌ ES → E+P.
  2. Apply the quasi-steady-state condition to ES and enzyme conservation [E]T = [E]+[ES].
  3. Solve for [ES] and substitute into v = kcat[ES].

Symbols & assumptions

Initial-rate, simple single-substrate model; Vmax = kcat[E]T. Substrate depletion, reversibility and inhibition need extensions.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Chemical reactions & transport

Practical use

Enzyme conversion in a bioreactor.

Product / system examples

Enzyme bioreactors

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Chemical Reaction Engineering Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Enzyme conversion in a bioreactor.

Model-family limitations

Rate constants, transport coefficients and mixing assumptions need experimental support over the intended range.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: A saturating occupancy or rate

A saturating occupancy or rate

Problem & parameters. For Michaelis–Menten set x = substrate/Km and y = v/Vmax. For Langmuir adsorption set x = KP and y = occupied-site fraction.

y=x1+xy=\frac{x}{1+x}

Solution. Solve the binding or adsorption balance to give occupied fraction x/(1+x). The half-saturation point is x = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 4, calculated vertical coordinate 0.8. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 4, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.8 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Single-substrate steady enzyme law or single-species equilibrium adsorption, as appropriate to the entry.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Scalar rootBisection ↗

    Reliably narrows a continuous scalar root bracket.

    For a continuous scalar closure or balance with a known sign-changing bracket.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Chemical reactions & transport

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Chemical reactions & transport055

Langmuir adsorption isotherm

Models adsorption on equivalent sites with finite occupancy.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

θ=KP1+KP\theta=\frac{KP}{1+KP}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Balance adsorption kaP(1−θ) against desorption kdθ.
  2. Set the net rate to zero at equilibrium.
  3. Solve for occupied-site fraction θ with K = ka/kd.

Symbols & assumptions

Equivalent independent sites, monolayer adsorption and gas pressure P; concentration can replace pressure with a compatible equilibrium constant.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Chemical reactions & transport

Practical use

Gas uptake on an idealized catalyst surface.

Product / system examples

Adsorbent gas filters

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Chemical Reaction Engineering Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Gas uptake on an idealized catalyst surface.

Model-family limitations

Rate constants, transport coefficients and mixing assumptions need experimental support over the intended range.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: A saturating occupancy or rate

A saturating occupancy or rate

Problem & parameters. For Michaelis–Menten set x = substrate/Km and y = v/Vmax. For Langmuir adsorption set x = KP and y = occupied-site fraction.

y=x1+xy=\frac{x}{1+x}

Solution. Solve the binding or adsorption balance to give occupied fraction x/(1+x). The half-saturation point is x = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 4, calculated vertical coordinate 0.8. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 4, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.8 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Single-substrate steady enzyme law or single-species equilibrium adsorption, as appropriate to the entry.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Scalar rootBisection ↗

    Reliably narrows a continuous scalar root bracket.

    For a continuous scalar closure or balance with a known sign-changing bracket.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Chemical reactions & transport

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Chemical reactions & transport056

Langmuir–Hinshelwood kinetics

Models surface reactions involving adsorbed reactants.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

r=kKAPAKBPB(1+KAPA+KBPB)2r=\frac{kK_AP_AK_BP_B}{(1+K_AP_A+K_BP_B)^2}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume both reactants adsorb competitively on equivalent sites.
  2. Use Langmuir expressions for coverages θA and θB.
  3. For a rate-limiting reaction between adsorbates, set r = kθAθB.

Symbols & assumptions

One representative Langmuir–Hinshelwood mechanism; different adsorption or rate-limiting steps produce different denominators.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Chemical reactions & transport

Practical use

Heterogeneous catalytic conversion.

Product / system examples

Catalytic converters

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Chemical Reaction Engineering Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Heterogeneous catalytic conversion.

Model-family limitations

Rate constants, transport coefficients and mixing assumptions need experimental support over the intended range.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Competing adsorption and surface reaction

Competing adsorption and surface reaction

Problem & parameters. Use the illustrative Langmuir–Hinshelwood rate r/r* = x/(1+x)², with other factors held constant.

r/r∗=x(1+x)2r/r_*=\frac{x}{(1+x)^2}

Solution. Differentiate: the slope is (1−x)/(1+x)³. Thus the rate peaks at x = 1 and decreases under strong site blocking.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 4, calculated vertical coordinate 0.16. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 4, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.16 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. One specified adsorption-limited rate law; the family contains many different mechanisms.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Scalar rootBisection ↗

    Reliably narrows a continuous scalar root bracket.

    For a continuous scalar closure or balance with a known sign-changing bracket.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Chemical reactions & transport

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Chemical reactions & transport057

Fickian diffusion

Relates diffusive flux to concentration gradients.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

J=−D∇cJ=-D\nabla c∂c∂t=∇⋅(D∇c)\frac{\partial c}{\partial t}=\nabla\cdot(D\nabla c)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Approximate diffusive flux as linear in a small concentration gradient.
  2. Combine that constitutive relation with species conservation ∂tc+∇·J = 0.
  3. For constant D, this reduces to ∂tc = D∇²c.

Symbols & assumptions

Fickian diffusion with no advection or reactions; D may be anisotropic or concentration-dependent.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Chemical reactions & transport

Practical use

Solute spreading through a still liquid.

Product / system examples

Diffusion membranes

Named product or implementation route

Cantera ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Solute spreading through a still liquid.

Model-family limitations

Rate constants, transport coefficients and mixing assumptions need experimental support over the intended range.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Binary concentration relaxation

Binary concentration relaxation

Problem & parameters. Solve ∂τu = ∂ξξu with u(0,τ)=u(1,τ)=0 and initial sin(πξ), then plot τ = 0.1.

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1

Solution. The sine satisfies both zero end values. Its second derivative is −π² times itself; the amplitude solves a′ = −π²a.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.37271. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.37271 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Fickian constant-diffusivity slab. Maxwell–Stefan reduces to this form for an ideal binary mixture with constant total concentration and diffusivity.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Code verificationMethod of manufactured solutions ↗

    Tests a PDE implementation using a constructed exact solution.

    For an accessible differential operator, construct compatible forcing and boundaries; this tests implementation rather than physical realism.

  • Scattered-field approximationRadial basis function discretization ↗

    Builds meshfree interpolants or derivative stencils from radial kernels.

    For scattered samples or a suitable meshfree collocation formulation; test conditioning and boundary accuracy.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Chemical reactions & transport

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Chemical reactions & transport058

Maxwell–Stefan diffusion

Represents multicomponent diffusion through interspecies friction.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

−∇xi=∑j≠ixjNi−xiNjcDij-\nabla x_i=\sum_{j\ne i}\frac{x_jN_i-x_iN_j}{cD_{ij}}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Balance thermodynamic driving forces against pairwise interspecies friction.
  2. For an ideal isothermal isobaric mixture, use mole-fraction gradients as the driving terms.
  3. Express relative velocities through molar fluxes to obtain coupled diffusion equations.

Symbols & assumptions

xᵢ are mole fractions, Nᵢ molar fluxes, c total molar concentration and Dᵢⱼ binary diffusivities; nonideal or nonisobaric cases add terms.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Chemical reactions & transport

Practical use

Gas-mixture transport through a membrane.

Product / system examples

Multicomponent gas-separation membranes

Named product or implementation route

Cantera ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Gas-mixture transport through a membrane.

Model-family limitations

Rate constants, transport coefficients and mixing assumptions need experimental support over the intended range.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Binary concentration relaxation

Binary concentration relaxation

Problem & parameters. Solve ∂τu = ∂ξξu with u(0,τ)=u(1,τ)=0 and initial sin(πξ), then plot τ = 0.1.

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1

Solution. The sine satisfies both zero end values. Its second derivative is −π² times itself; the amplitude solves a′ = −π²a.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.37271. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.37271 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Fickian constant-diffusivity slab. Maxwell–Stefan reduces to this form for an ideal binary mixture with constant total concentration and diffusivity.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Code verificationMethod of manufactured solutions ↗

    Tests a PDE implementation using a constructed exact solution.

    For an accessible differential operator, construct compatible forcing and boundaries; this tests implementation rather than physical realism.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Chemical reactions & transport

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Chemical reactions & transport059

Advection–diffusion–reaction model

Combines bulk transport, diffusion and reaction sources.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂c∂t+∇⋅(uc)=∇⋅(D∇c)+R(c)\frac{\partial c}{\partial t}+\nabla\cdot(uc)=\nabla\cdot(D\nabla c)+R(c)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Write local conservation with total flux uc+J.
  2. Insert Fickian diffusive flux J = −D∇c.
  3. Add the net production rate R from reactions.

Symbols & assumptions

u is carrier velocity; compressibility, variable porosity and multiple species may require modified storage and transport terms.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Chemical reactions & transport

Practical use

Pollutant transport and decay in a channel.

Product / system examples

Water-treatment contactors

Named product or implementation route

Cantera ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Pollutant transport and decay in a channel.

Model-family limitations

Rate constants, transport coefficients and mixing assumptions need experimental support over the intended range.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Advected, diffused, reacting Gaussian

Advected, diffused, reacting Gaussian

Problem & parameters. On the infinite line solve ut+ux = 0.1uxx−0.2u with u(x,0)=exp(−x²). Plot t = 1.

u(x,1)=e−0.21.4exp⁡[−(x−1)2/1.4]u(x,1)=\frac{e^{-0.2}}{\sqrt{1.4}}\exp[-(x-1)^2/1.4]

Solution. Advection translates the center by t. Diffusion increases the Gaussian width from 1 to 1+0.4t; first-order loss multiplies its conserved-mass diffusion solution by exp(−0.2t).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1, calculated vertical coordinate 0.69195. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.69195 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Code verificationMethod of manufactured solutions ↗

    Tests a PDE implementation using a constructed exact solution.

    For an accessible differential operator, construct compatible forcing and boundaries; this tests implementation rather than physical realism.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Chemical reactions & transport

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Chemical reactions & transport060

Continuous stirred-tank reactor (CSTR)

Assumes a well-mixed reactor with inlet and outlet flows.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Vdcdt=Q(cin−c)+VR(c)V\frac{dc}{dt}=Q(c_{\mathrm{in}}-c)+VR(c)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Apply a species balance to the reactor volume.
  2. Assume perfect mixing, so outlet concentration equals reactor concentration.
  3. For equal inlet/outlet volumetric flow Q and constant V, collect flow and reaction terms.

Symbols & assumptions

Uniform composition and temperature assumed unless an energy balance is added; residence time is V/Q.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Chemical reactions & transport

Practical use

Sizing a continuous liquid reactor.

Product / system examples

Continuous stirred chemical reactors

Named product or implementation route

Cantera ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Sizing a continuous liquid reactor.

Model-family limitations

Rate constants, transport coefficients and mixing assumptions need experimental support over the intended range.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: CSTR outlet versus residence time

CSTR outlet versus residence time

Problem & parameters. At steady state a well-mixed reactor consumes A by a first-order reaction at rate kcA.

cout/cin=1/(1+Da)c_{\rm out}/c_{\rm in}=1/(1+\mathrm{Da})

Solution. Balance Qcin−Qcout−kVcout = 0 and solve for cout.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.28571. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.28571 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Constant-volume, isothermal, constant-flow reactor.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Chemical reactions & transport

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Chemical reactions & transport061

Plug-flow reactor (PFR)

Approximates axial evolution without axial back-mixing.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

QdcdV=R(c)Q\frac{dc}{dV}=R(c)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Apply steady species conservation to a thin reactor slice.
  2. Assume negligible axial diffusion and uniform properties across each section.
  3. Divide the flow change by slice volume and take the differential limit.

Symbols & assumptions

Constant volumetric flow Q shown; gas expansion or varying density requires a molar-flow formulation.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Chemical reactions & transport

Practical use

Conversion along an idealized tubular reactor.

Product / system examples

Tubular process reactors

Named product or implementation route

Cantera ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Conversion along an idealized tubular reactor.

Model-family limitations

Rate constants, transport coefficients and mixing assumptions need experimental support over the intended range.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: First-order plug-flow conversion

First-order plug-flow conversion

Problem & parameters. For an isothermal PFR with constant velocity u and first-order consumption k, use τ = kz/u and y = c/cin.

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}

Solution. Separate dy/dτ = −y, integrate ln(y) = −τ + C, and apply y(0) = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact axial concentration profile in ideal plug flow; the horizontal coordinate is residence time kz/u, not laboratory time.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Chemical reactions & transport

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Chemical reactions & transport062

Batch reactor model

Evolves composition and energy in a closed reacting charge.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

dcidt=Ri(c,T)\frac{dc_i}{dt}=R_i(c,T)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Apply species conservation to a closed, well-mixed vessel.
  2. Set inlet and outlet flows to zero.
  3. For constant volume, divide the species production rate by vessel volume.

Symbols & assumptions

An energy balance determines T if the batch is not isothermal; variable volume changes the concentration equation.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Chemical reactions & transport

Practical use

Time to reach a target conversion.

Product / system examples

Batch synthesis vessels

Named product or implementation route

Cantera ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Time to reach a target conversion.

Model-family limitations

Rate constants, transport coefficients and mixing assumptions need experimental support over the intended range.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: First-order reactant consumption

First-order reactant consumption

Problem & parameters. For a single irreversible first-order reaction A → products in a constant-volume batch, use τ = kt and y = cA/cA0.

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}

Solution. Separate dy/dτ = −y, integrate ln(y) = −τ + C, and apply y(0) = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact one-mode reduction with constant coefficients; additional coupled physics is excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Chemical reactions & transport

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Fluid mechanics064

Euler flow model

Neglects viscous stresses in compressible or incompressible flow.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

ρDuDt=−∇p+ρg\rho\frac{Du}{Dt}=-\nabla p+\rho g∂tρ+∇⋅(ρu)=0\partial_t\rho+\nabla\cdot(\rho u)=0

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Use continuum mass and momentum balances.
  2. Neglect viscous stresses while retaining pressure forces.
  3. Combine with energy conservation and an equation of state when density varies.

Symbols & assumptions

D/Dt = ∂t+u·∇ is the material derivative. Inviscid approximations do not reproduce no-slip wall layers.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Fluid mechanics

Practical use

First estimates of inviscid aerodynamic behavior.

Product / system examples

Aerodynamic design software

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

First estimates of inviscid aerodynamic behavior.

Model-family limitations

Continuum, compressibility, viscosity and boundary assumptions must be checked; turbulent and multiphase flows need closures.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: A small-amplitude sound wave

A small-amplitude sound wave

Problem & parameters. Linearize inviscid Euler flow about a uniform rest state and use a sinusoidal pressure perturbation.

u(ξ,0)=sin⁡(2πξ)u(\xi,0)=\sin(2\pi\xi)

Solution. A sinusoidal traveling-wave solution is u = sin[2π(ξ−τ)]. Set τ = 0 to obtain the plotted snapshot.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1.2246e-16. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.2246e-16 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Linear acoustic limit of Euler flow, not a finite-amplitude compressible flow solution.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Linear solveGMRES ↗

    Minimizes the residual over a Krylov subspace for nonsymmetric systems.

    For nonsymmetric linearized or discretized systems; plan preconditioning and restart/storage settings.

  • Discretization uncertaintyGrid convergence index ↗

    Reports a safety-factored estimate of discretization uncertainty.

    For a systematic grid-refinement study with a justified observed order and safety factor; it is not physical validation.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Fluid mechanics

Specific connections

  • Inviscid approximation of Navier–Stokes model

    Neglect viscous stress; compressible variants also require energy and closure relations.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Fluid mechanics065

Stokes creeping-flow model

Neglects inertial terms relative to viscosity.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

−∇p+μ∇2u+ρg=0-\nabla p+\mu\nabla^2u+\rho g=0∇⋅u=0\nabla\cdot u=0

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Scale momentum transport using a characteristic length L and velocity U.
  2. When Reynolds number ρUL/μ is much less than one, inertia is small.
  3. Drop inertial terms from the incompressible Navier–Stokes equation.

Symbols & assumptions

Steady creeping-flow form; rapid transients can require unsteady inertia even when convective inertia is small.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Fluid mechanics

Practical use

Slow flow in a microfluidic device.

Product / system examples

Microfluidic lab-on-chip devices

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Slow flow in a microfluidic device.

Model-family limitations

Continuum, compressibility, viscosity and boundary assumptions must be checked; turbulent and multiphase flows need closures.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Pressure-driven laminar flow profile

Pressure-driven laminar flow profile

Problem & parameters. Take steady, fully developed incompressible flow with constant viscosity between fixed parallel plates. For Hagen–Poiseuille use the equivalent diameter cut through a round pipe.

u/Umax⁡=1−ξ2u/U_{\max}=1-\xi^2

Solution. The axial momentum equation becomes a constant second derivative. Integrate twice and impose no slip at both walls to obtain a parabola.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact laminar benchmark. Plate and pipe pressure-to-maximum-speed factors differ; the plotted normalized profile is identical. DNS here resolves this simple laminar case.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Linear solveGMRES ↗

    Minimizes the residual over a Krylov subspace for nonsymmetric systems.

    For nonsymmetric linearized or discretized systems; plan preconditioning and restart/storage settings.

  • Discretization uncertaintyGrid convergence index ↗

    Reports a safety-factored estimate of discretization uncertainty.

    For a systematic grid-refinement study with a justified observed order and safety factor; it is not physical validation.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Fluid mechanics

Specific connections

  • Low-inertia approximation of Navier–Stokes model

    Neglect inertial momentum terms in the creeping-flow regime.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Fluid mechanics066

Potential-flow model

Represents irrotational velocity using a scalar potential.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

u=∇ϕu=\nabla\phi∇2ϕ=0\nabla^2\phi=0

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume irrotational velocity, ∇×u = 0, in a suitable simply connected region.
  2. Introduce a velocity potential φ.
  3. Substitute into incompressible continuity ∇·u = 0 to obtain Laplace’s equation.

Symbols & assumptions

Incompressible potential flow; circulation or compressibility requires additional treatment. It cannot directly predict viscous drag.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Fluid mechanics

Practical use

Preliminary flow around a streamlined body.

Product / system examples

Hydrodynamic preliminary-design tools

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL equation-based modeling ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Preliminary flow around a streamlined body.

Model-family limitations

Continuum, compressibility, viscosity and boundary assumptions must be checked; turbulent and multiphase flows need closures.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Cylinder surface pressure

Cylinder surface pressure

Problem & parameters. Find surface pressure for incompressible, inviscid, irrotational uniform flow around a circular cylinder without circulation.

Cp=1−4sin⁡2θC_p=1-4\sin^2\theta

Solution. Potential flow gives surface speed 2U∞ sin θ. Bernoulli’s equation then gives Cp = 1−(u/U∞)².

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 3.1416, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 3.1416, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. No viscosity or separation; this ideal model does not predict real cylinder drag.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Boundary formulationBoundary element method ↗

    Transfers suitable linear PDE problems to boundary integral equations.

    For a linear homogeneous-domain formulation with a known fundamental solution; general nonlinear/inhomogeneous problems need extensions.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Linear solveConjugate gradient ↗

    Solves symmetric positive-definite systems using conjugate search directions.

    Only when both the matrix and preconditioner satisfy the required symmetry and positive-definiteness conditions.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Fluid mechanics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Fluid mechanics067

Boundary-layer model

Resolves thin near-wall regions with scale-based simplifications.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

u∂xu+v∂yu=UedUedx+ν∂yyuu\partial_xu+v\partial_yu=U_e\frac{dU_e}{dx}+\nu\partial_{yy}u∂xu+∂yv=0\partial_xu+\partial_yv=0

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume a thin steady two-dimensional layer near a wall.
  2. Use its small thickness to neglect streamwise viscous diffusion relative to wall-normal diffusion.
  3. Match pressure to the outer inviscid flow, giving the Uₑ pressure-gradient term.

Symbols & assumptions

u and v are tangential and normal velocities; Uₑ is external speed and ν kinematic viscosity. Separation challenges the simplest approximation.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Fluid mechanics

Practical use

Skin friction along a flat plate.

Product / system examples

Aircraft surface analysis tools

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL equation-based modeling ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Skin friction along a flat plate.

Model-family limitations

Continuum, compressibility, viscosity and boundary assumptions must be checked; turbulent and multiphase flows need closures.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: A suddenly moving flat wall

A suddenly moving flat wall

Problem & parameters. A flat wall suddenly moves at speed U beneath an initially stationary semi-infinite viscous fluid.

u/U=erfc⁡(η),η=y/(2νt)u/U=\operatorname{erfc}(\eta),\quad\eta=y/(2\sqrt{\nu t})

Solution. With no streamwise variation, momentum reduces to diffusion. Similarity substitution and the wall/far-field conditions give the complementary error function.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.033895. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.033895 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Stokes’ first problem, an unsteady boundary-layer benchmark; not the Blasius spatially developing solution.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Linear solveGMRES ↗

    Minimizes the residual over a Krylov subspace for nonsymmetric systems.

    For nonsymmetric linearized or discretized systems; plan preconditioning and restart/storage settings.

  • Discretization uncertaintyGrid convergence index ↗

    Reports a safety-factored estimate of discretization uncertainty.

    For a systematic grid-refinement study with a justified observed order and safety factor; it is not physical validation.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Fluid mechanics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Fluid mechanics068

Lubrication approximation

Simplifies viscous flow in thin gaps.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂th+∂x[−h3∂xp12μ+Uh2]=0\partial_t h+\partial_x[-\frac{h^3\partial_xp}{12\mu}+\frac{Uh}{2}]=0

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Take a thin gap and neglect inertia.
  2. Integrate μ∂yyu = ∂xp across the gap using no-slip conditions.
  3. Integrate velocity to obtain flow rate and insert it into gap-volume conservation.

Symbols & assumptions

One-dimensional incompressible lubrication equation with one wall moving at U; h is gap thickness. Other wall motions change the Couette term.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Fluid mechanics

Practical use

An oil film inside a bearing.

Product / system examples

Journal bearings

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

An oil film inside a bearing.

Model-family limitations

Continuum, compressibility, viscosity and boundary assumptions must be checked; turbulent and multiphase flows need closures.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Pressure-driven laminar flow profile

Pressure-driven laminar flow profile

Problem & parameters. Take steady, fully developed incompressible flow with constant viscosity between fixed parallel plates. For Hagen–Poiseuille use the equivalent diameter cut through a round pipe.

u/Umax⁡=1−ξ2u/U_{\max}=1-\xi^2

Solution. The axial momentum equation becomes a constant second derivative. Integrate twice and impose no slip at both walls to obtain a parabola.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact laminar benchmark. Plate and pipe pressure-to-maximum-speed factors differ; the plotted normalized profile is identical. DNS here resolves this simple laminar case.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Linear solveGMRES ↗

    Minimizes the residual over a Krylov subspace for nonsymmetric systems.

    For nonsymmetric linearized or discretized systems; plan preconditioning and restart/storage settings.

  • Discretization uncertaintyGrid convergence index ↗

    Reports a safety-factored estimate of discretization uncertainty.

    For a systematic grid-refinement study with a justified observed order and safety factor; it is not physical validation.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Fluid mechanics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Fluid mechanics069

Hagen–Poiseuille model

Predicts fully developed laminar flow in a circular pipe.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

u(r)=Δp(R2−r2)4μLu(r)=\frac{\Delta p(R^2-r^2)}{4\mu L}Q=πR4Δp8μLQ=\frac{\pi R^4\Delta p}{8\mu L}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume steady, fully developed axisymmetric flow in a circular tube.
  2. Integrate the axial viscous momentum equation with finite velocity gradient at r=0 and no slip at r=R.
  3. Integrate the parabolic profile over the cross section.

Symbols & assumptions

Newtonian laminar flow in a tube of length L and radius R; entrance and non-Newtonian effects are omitted.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Fluid mechanics

Practical use

Pressure loss in a narrow capillary.

Product / system examples

Microbore fluid tubing

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL equation-based modeling ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Pressure loss in a narrow capillary.

Model-family limitations

Continuum, compressibility, viscosity and boundary assumptions must be checked; turbulent and multiphase flows need closures.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Pressure-driven laminar flow profile

Pressure-driven laminar flow profile

Problem & parameters. Take steady, fully developed incompressible flow with constant viscosity between fixed parallel plates. For Hagen–Poiseuille use the equivalent diameter cut through a round pipe.

u/Umax⁡=1−ξ2u/U_{\max}=1-\xi^2

Solution. The axial momentum equation becomes a constant second derivative. Integrate twice and impose no slip at both walls to obtain a parabola.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact laminar benchmark. Plate and pipe pressure-to-maximum-speed factors differ; the plotted normalized profile is identical. DNS here resolves this simple laminar case.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Scalar rootBisection ↗

    Reliably narrows a continuous scalar root bracket.

    For a continuous scalar closure or balance with a known sign-changing bracket.

  • Data fittingPolynomial least squares ↗

    Fits basis coefficients by minimizing data residuals.

    For fitting a low-dimensional response or constitutive curve; scale variables and validate independently.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Fluid mechanics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Fluid mechanics070

Darcy–Weisbach model

Relates pipe pressure loss to friction factor and flow speed.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Δp=fDLDρU22\Delta p=f_D\frac LD\frac{\rho U^2}{2}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Balance wall shear force τwπDL against pressure force ΔpπD²/4.
  2. Define the Darcy friction factor fD = 8τw/(ρU²).
  3. Substitute this definition into the force balance.

Symbols & assumptions

fD depends on Reynolds number and roughness. Do not confuse it with the Fanning friction factor, which is four times smaller.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Fluid mechanics

Practical use

Pump head for a water pipeline.

Product / system examples

Water-pipeline pumping systems

Named product or implementation route

Modelica Standard Library ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Pump head for a water pipeline.

Model-family limitations

Continuum, compressibility, viscosity and boundary assumptions must be checked; turbulent and multiphase flows need closures.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Pipe pressure loss versus speed

Pipe pressure loss versus speed

Problem & parameters. Hold the Darcy friction factor f, pipe geometry, and density fixed.

Δp/(fLρU∗2/2D)=(U/U∗)2\Delta p/(fL\rho U_*^2/2D)=(U/U_*)^2

Solution. Insert the mean speed into Darcy–Weisbach Δp = f(L/D)ρU²/2.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.5, calculated vertical coordinate 2.25. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 2.25 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Fixed-friction-factor illustration; f usually varies with Reynolds number and roughness.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Scalar rootBisection ↗

    Reliably narrows a continuous scalar root bracket.

    For a continuous scalar closure or balance with a known sign-changing bracket.

  • Data fittingPolynomial least squares ↗

    Fits basis coefficients by minimizing data residuals.

    For fitting a low-dimensional response or constitutive curve; scale variables and validate independently.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Fluid mechanics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Fluid mechanics071

Non-Newtonian power-law fluid

Relates shear stress to a power of shear rate.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

τ=Kγ˙n\tau=K\dot\gamma^nμapp=Kγ˙n−1\mu_{\mathrm{app}}=K\dot\gamma^{n-1}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Represent shear stress versus shear rate by a fitted power law.
  2. Divide stress by shear rate to define apparent viscosity.
  3. For n<1 the apparent viscosity decreases as shear rate increases.

Symbols & assumptions

Simple positive-shear-rate form; K is consistency and n the flow index. Low- and high-rate viscosity plateaus are not represented.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Fluid mechanics

Practical use

Approximate flow of a shear-thinning liquid.

Product / system examples

Polymer extrusion dies

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Approximate flow of a shear-thinning liquid.

Model-family limitations

Continuum, compressibility, viscosity and boundary assumptions must be checked; turbulent and multiphase flows need closures.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Shear-thinning constitutive curve

Shear-thinning constitutive curve

Problem & parameters. Choose positive shear rates and power-law exponent n = 1/2, with reference stress K√(reference rate).

τ/τ∗=(γ˙/γ˙∗)1/2\tau/\tau_*=(\dot\gamma/\dot\gamma_*)^{1/2}

Solution. Substitute n = 1/2 into τ = Kγ̇ⁿ.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2, calculated vertical coordinate 1.4142. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.4142 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Steady shear constitutive evaluation; no low- or high-shear viscosity plateau is included.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Scalar rootBisection ↗

    Reliably narrows a continuous scalar root bracket.

    For a continuous scalar closure or balance with a known sign-changing bracket.

  • Data fittingPolynomial least squares ↗

    Fits basis coefficients by minimizing data residuals.

    For fitting a low-dimensional response or constitutive curve; scale variables and validate independently.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Fluid mechanics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Fluid mechanics072

Bingham plastic model

Represents a material with a yield stress and post-yield viscosity.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

γ˙=0for ∣τ∣≤τy\dot\gamma=0\quad\text{for }|\tau|\le\tau_yτ=τysign⁡(γ˙)+μpγ˙otherwise\tau=\tau_y\operatorname{sign}(\dot\gamma)+\mu_p\dot\gamma\quad\text{otherwise}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume a rigid response below a yield stress.
  2. Above yield, add a constant yield contribution to a linear viscous stress.
  3. Invert the relation to obtain shear rate for a specified stress.

Symbols & assumptions

τy is yield stress, μp plastic viscosity; numerical regularization changes the ideal unyielded region.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Fluid mechanics

Practical use

Flow of a paste after yielding.

Product / system examples

Paste dispensing systems

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Flow of a paste after yielding.

Model-family limitations

Continuum, compressibility, viscosity and boundary assumptions must be checked; turbulent and multiphase flows need closures.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Bingham imposed-stress response

Bingham imposed-stress response

Problem & parameters. Increase a nonnegative applied shear stress on an ideal Bingham material.

μpγ˙/τy=max⁡(s−1,0),s=τ/τy\mu_p\dot\gamma/\tau_y=\max(s-1,0),\quad s=\tau/\tau_y

Solution. Below yield, the shear rate is zero. Above yield, solve τ = τy+μpγ̇ for the rate.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Scalar rootBisection ↗

    Reliably narrows a continuous scalar root bracket.

    For a continuous scalar closure or balance with a known sign-changing bracket.

  • Data fittingPolynomial least squares ↗

    Fits basis coefficients by minimizing data residuals.

    For fitting a low-dimensional response or constitutive curve; scale variables and validate independently.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Fluid mechanics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Fluid mechanics073

Herschel–Bulkley model

Combines yield stress with nonlinear post-yield flow.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

τ=τysign⁡(γ˙)+K∣γ˙∣nsign⁡(γ˙)\tau=\tau_y\operatorname{sign}(\dot\gamma)+K|\dot\gamma|^n\operatorname{sign}(\dot\gamma)when flowing\text{when flowing}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Start with the Bingham yield condition.
  2. Replace the post-yield linear viscous term by a power-law term.
  3. Set shear rate to zero for stresses below the yield threshold.

Symbols & assumptions

τy, K and n must be fitted for the material and temperature; this is a simple-shear representation.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Fluid mechanics

Practical use

Pumping a concentrated slurry.

Product / system examples

Slurry pumps

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Pumping a concentrated slurry.

Model-family limitations

Continuum, compressibility, viscosity and boundary assumptions must be checked; turbulent and multiphase flows need closures.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Herschel–Bulkley stress curve

Herschel–Bulkley stress curve

Problem & parameters. Use exponent n = 1/2 and define g so that Kγ̇ⁿ/τy = √g. Evaluate the yielded branch.

τ/τy=1+g1/2\tau/\tau_y=1+g^{1/2}

Solution. Insert the chosen exponent into τ = τy+Kγ̇ⁿ.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2, calculated vertical coordinate 2.4142. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2, into the displayed formula to obtain 2.4142 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Positive yielded branch only; at zero rate the unyielded model allows a range of stresses.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Scalar rootBisection ↗

    Reliably narrows a continuous scalar root bracket.

    For a continuous scalar closure or balance with a known sign-changing bracket.

  • Data fittingPolynomial least squares ↗

    Fits basis coefficients by minimizing data residuals.

    For fitting a low-dimensional response or constitutive curve; scale variables and validate independently.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Fluid mechanics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Fluid mechanics074

Oldroyd-B model

Combines solvent viscosity with an elastic polymer stress.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

τp+λτ∇p=2ηpD\tau_p+\lambda\overset{\nabla}{\tau}_p=2\eta_pDσ=−pI+2ηsD+τp\sigma=-pI+2\eta_sD+\tau_p

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Represent polymer relaxation with a Maxwell-like stress evolution.
  2. Replace an ordinary time derivative by an upper-convected derivative to preserve frame invariance.
  3. Add a Newtonian solvent contribution.

Symbols & assumptions

D = (∇u+∇uᵀ)/2; τp∇ = ∂tτp+u·∇τp−(∇u)τp−τp(∇u)ᵀ. λ is relaxation time.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Fluid mechanics

Practical use

Viscoelastic flow in a dilute polymer solution.

Product / system examples

Polymer-solution processing equipment

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Viscoelastic flow in a dilute polymer solution.

Model-family limitations

Continuum, compressibility, viscosity and boundary assumptions must be checked; turbulent and multiphase flows need closures.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Polymer stress relaxation at rest

Polymer stress relaxation at rest

Problem & parameters. After a small deformation, hold the fluid motionless. A homogeneous Oldroyd-B polymer shear stress obeys λdτp/dt+τp=0.

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}

Solution. Separate dy/dτ = −y, integrate ln(y) = −τ + C, and apply y(0) = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Zero-velocity, homogeneous stress-relaxation subproblem; convected terms vanish and the solvent stress is zero.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Linear solveGMRES ↗

    Minimizes the residual over a Krylov subspace for nonsymmetric systems.

    For nonsymmetric linearized or discretized systems; plan preconditioning and restart/storage settings.

  • Discretization uncertaintyGrid convergence index ↗

    Reports a safety-factored estimate of discretization uncertainty.

    For a systematic grid-refinement study with a justified observed order and safety factor; it is not physical validation.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Fluid mechanics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Turbulence & multiphase flow075

Reynolds-averaged Navier–Stokes (RANS)

Models mean flow with closure for unresolved turbulent stresses.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

ρ(∂tU+U⋅∇U)=−∇P+μ∇2U−ρ∇⋅⟨u′u′⟩\rho(\partial_tU+U\cdot\nabla U)=-\nabla P+\mu\nabla^2U-\rho\nabla\cdot\langle u'u'\rangle

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Decompose velocity into a mean U and fluctuation u′.
  2. Average the nonlinear momentum equation.
  3. The product of fluctuations produces Reynolds stress, requiring a closure model.

Symbols & assumptions

Constant-density form; the averaging operation and boundary conditions must be consistent.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Turbulence & multiphase flow

Practical use

Time-averaged airflow through ductwork.

Product / system examples

HVAC duct systems

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Time-averaged airflow through ductwork.

Model-family limitations

Closure selection, wall treatment and spatial resolution strongly affect results; validate against the actual flow regime.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Laminar-limit flow verification

Laminar-limit flow verification

Problem & parameters. Verify the molecular-viscosity momentum equation using fully developed plane Poiseuille flow with turbulent or subgrid stresses disabled.

u/Umax⁡=1−ξ2u/U_{\max}=1-\xi^2

Solution. A constant pressure gradient gives μu″ = dp/dx. Apply no slip at the two walls and normalize by the center speed.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Laminar-limit verification only; it neither models turbulence nor validates a RANS, LES, or DES closure.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Linear solveGMRES ↗

    Minimizes the residual over a Krylov subspace for nonsymmetric systems.

    For nonsymmetric linearized or discretized systems; plan preconditioning and restart/storage settings.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Turbulence & multiphase flow

Specific connections

  • Can use closure k–omega model

    Turbulent kinetic energy and specific dissipation determine an eddy viscosity.

  • Can use closure k–epsilon model

    Turbulent kinetic energy and dissipation determine an eddy viscosity.

  • Can use closure Spalart–Allmaras model

    A transport equation models a viscosity-related turbulence variable.

  • Averaged formulation of Navier–Stokes model

    Averaging introduces Reynolds stresses requiring closure.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Turbulence & multiphase flow076

Spalart–Allmaras model

Uses a transported turbulence variable to obtain eddy viscosity.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

νt=ν~fv1\nu_t=\tilde\nu f_{v1}Dν~Dt=Pν~+Dν~−Wν~\frac{D\tilde\nu}{Dt}=P_{\tilde\nu}+D_{\tilde\nu}-W_{\tilde\nu}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Introduce one transported modified eddy-viscosity variable ν̃.
  2. Balance its modeled production, diffusion and near-wall destruction.
  3. Convert ν̃ to physical eddy viscosity using the damping function fv1.

Symbols & assumptions

Schematic Spalart–Allmaras transport structure; full published functions, constants and wall-distance treatment are required for computation.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Turbulence & multiphase flow

Practical use

Attached aerodynamic boundary layers.

Product / system examples

Aircraft wing analysis tools

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Attached aerodynamic boundary layers.

Model-family limitations

Closure selection, wall treatment and spatial resolution strongly affect results; validate against the actual flow regime.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Spalart–Allmaras viscosity mapping

Spalart–Allmaras viscosity mapping

Problem & parameters. For nonnegative working variable χ evaluate the standard SA eddy-viscosity mapping with cv1 = 7.1.

νt/ν=χχ3χ3+7.13\nu_t/\nu=\chi\frac{\chi^3}{\chi^3+7.1^3}

Solution. Compute the damping function fv1 = χ³/(χ³+cv1³), then multiply by χ.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 10, calculated vertical coordinate 7.3643. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 10, into the displayed formula to obtain 7.3643 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Algebraic closure contribution only, not a solution of the SA transport equation.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Linear solveGMRES ↗

    Minimizes the residual over a Krylov subspace for nonsymmetric systems.

    For nonsymmetric linearized or discretized systems; plan preconditioning and restart/storage settings.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Turbulence & multiphase flow

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Turbulence & multiphase flow077

k–epsilon model

Uses turbulent kinetic energy and dissipation rate to close mean flow.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

νt=Cμk2ε\nu_t=C_\mu\frac{k^2}{\varepsilon}DkDt=Pk−ε+diffusion\frac{Dk}{Dt}=P_k-\varepsilon+\text{diffusion}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Use k as turbulent kinetic energy and ε as its dissipation rate.
  2. Dimensional analysis gives a turbulent viscosity scale k²/ε.
  3. Close mean stresses with this viscosity and solve modeled transport equations for both k and ε.

Symbols & assumptions

The ε equation and boundary functions are essential; standard, RNG and realizable variants differ.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Turbulence & multiphase flow

Practical use

Industrial turbulent mixing.

Product / system examples

Industrial mixing tanks

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Industrial turbulent mixing.

Model-family limitations

Closure selection, wall treatment and spatial resolution strongly affect results; validate against the actual flow regime.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: k–epsilon eddy-viscosity closure

k–epsilon eddy-viscosity closure

Problem & parameters. Hold dissipation ε = ε* fixed and use Cμ = 0.09.

νtϵ∗/k∗2=0.09(k/k∗)2\nu_t\epsilon_*/k_*^2=0.09(k/k_*)^2

Solution. Substitute k into νt = Cμk²/ε.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2, calculated vertical coordinate 0.36. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.36 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Closure evaluation, not a prediction of k or ε from their coupled transport equations.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Linear solveGMRES ↗

    Minimizes the residual over a Krylov subspace for nonsymmetric systems.

    For nonsymmetric linearized or discretized systems; plan preconditioning and restart/storage settings.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Turbulence & multiphase flow

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Turbulence & multiphase flow078

k–omega model

Uses turbulent kinetic energy and specific dissipation rate.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

νt=kω\nu_t=\frac k\omegaDkDt=Pk−β∗kω+diffusion\frac{Dk}{Dt}=P_k-\beta^*k\omega+\text{diffusion}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Use a turbulence time scale proportional to 1/ω.
  2. Multiply that time scale by kinetic energy k to form eddy viscosity.
  3. Transport k and ω with modeled production, dissipation and diffusion.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative k–ω structure; β* and all other coefficients depend on the model version.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Turbulence & multiphase flow

Practical use

Near-wall turbulent flow.

Product / system examples

Near-wall flow simulation packages

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Near-wall turbulent flow.

Model-family limitations

Closure selection, wall treatment and spatial resolution strongly affect results; validate against the actual flow regime.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: k–omega viscosity closure

k–omega viscosity closure

Problem & parameters. Hold specific dissipation ω = ω* > 0 and use the basic νt = k/ω relation.

νtω∗/k∗=k/k∗\nu_t\omega_*/k_* = k/k_*

Solution. Divide the closure by the reference viscosity k*/ω*.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2, calculated vertical coordinate 2. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2, into the displayed formula to obtain 2 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Basic algebraic closure with fixed ω; model variants may include limiters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Linear solveGMRES ↗

    Minimizes the residual over a Krylov subspace for nonsymmetric systems.

    For nonsymmetric linearized or discretized systems; plan preconditioning and restart/storage settings.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Turbulence & multiphase flow

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Turbulence & multiphase flow079

SST k–omega model

Blends near-wall and outer-flow behavior with a shear-stress limiter.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

νt=a1kmax⁡(a1ω,SF2)\nu_t=\frac{a_1k}{\max(a_1\omega,SF_2)}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Blend k–ω behavior near walls with transformed k–ε behavior away from walls.
  2. Limit the eddy viscosity using strain rate S and blending function F₂.
  3. This restricts excessive turbulent shear stress in adverse pressure gradients.

Symbols & assumptions

SST models require two transport equations and blending functions; variants use different production limiting and strain/vorticity definitions.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Turbulence & multiphase flow

Practical use

Adverse-pressure-gradient flow near a wing.

Product / system examples

Turbomachinery flow-analysis tools

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Adverse-pressure-gradient flow near a wing.

Model-family limitations

Closure selection, wall treatment and spatial resolution strongly affect results; validate against the actual flow regime.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: SST shear-stress limiter

SST shear-stress limiter

Problem & parameters. Hold positive k and ω fixed. Evaluate νt = a1k/max(a1ω,SF2) with a1 = 0.31.

νtω/k=0.31max⁡(0.31,s),s=SF2/ω\nu_t\omega/k=\frac{0.31}{\max(0.31,s)},\quad s=SF_2/\omega

Solution. Divide denominator and numerator by ω to expose the limiter transition at s = a1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1, calculated vertical coordinate 0.31. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.31 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Algebraic SST limiter illustration; blending functions and transport equations are not solved.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Linear solveGMRES ↗

    Minimizes the residual over a Krylov subspace for nonsymmetric systems.

    For nonsymmetric linearized or discretized systems; plan preconditioning and restart/storage settings.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Turbulence & multiphase flow

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Turbulence & multiphase flow080

Reynolds-stress transport model

Transports individual turbulent stress components.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

DRijDt=Pij+Φij−εij+Dij\frac{DR_{ij}}{Dt}=P_{ij}+\Phi_{ij}-\varepsilon_{ij}+D_{ij}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Multiply fluctuating momentum equations by fluctuation velocities and average.
  2. Collect production, pressure-strain, dissipation and transport terms.
  3. Model the unresolved terms while transporting each Reynolds-stress component.

Symbols & assumptions

Rᵢⱼ = ⟨u′ᵢu′ⱼ⟩; pressure-strain and dissipation closures strongly influence anisotropic flows.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Turbulence & multiphase flow

Practical use

Strongly anisotropic swirling flow.

Product / system examples

Cyclone separators

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Strongly anisotropic swirling flow.

Model-family limitations

Closure selection, wall treatment and spatial resolution strongly affect results; validate against the actual flow regime.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Idealized return to isotropy

Idealized return to isotropy

Problem & parameters. For a homogeneous Reynolds-stress anisotropy component use the reduced closure db/dt = −b/T with constant T.

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}

Solution. Separate dy/dτ = −y, integrate ln(y) = −τ + C, and apply y(0) = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Isolated linear return-to-isotropy term; production, transport, and changing dissipation are excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Linear solveGMRES ↗

    Minimizes the residual over a Krylov subspace for nonsymmetric systems.

    For nonsymmetric linearized or discretized systems; plan preconditioning and restart/storage settings.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Turbulence & multiphase flow

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Turbulence & multiphase flow081

Large-eddy simulation (LES)

Resolves larger turbulent motions and models subgrid effects.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

τijSGS=uiuj‾−uˉiuˉj\tau^{\mathrm{SGS}}_{ij}=\overline{u_iu_j}-\bar u_i\bar u_j

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Spatially filter the Navier–Stokes equations.
  2. Filtering the nonlinear product differs from multiplying filtered velocities.
  3. Represent that difference as subgrid stress and close it while resolving larger motions.

Symbols & assumptions

Filter width, mesh and numerical dissipation jointly determine the effective LES resolution.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Turbulence & multiphase flow

Practical use

Unsteady flow around a bluff body.

Product / system examples

Vehicle aeroacoustic simulation tools

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Unsteady flow around a bluff body.

Model-family limitations

Closure selection, wall treatment and spatial resolution strongly affect results; validate against the actual flow regime.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Laminar-limit flow verification

Laminar-limit flow verification

Problem & parameters. Verify the molecular-viscosity momentum equation using fully developed plane Poiseuille flow with turbulent or subgrid stresses disabled.

u/Umax⁡=1−ξ2u/U_{\max}=1-\xi^2

Solution. A constant pressure gradient gives μu″ = dp/dx. Apply no slip at the two walls and normalize by the center speed.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Laminar-limit verification only; it neither models turbulence nor validates a RANS, LES, or DES closure.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Linear solveGMRES ↗

    Minimizes the residual over a Krylov subspace for nonsymmetric systems.

    For nonsymmetric linearized or discretized systems; plan preconditioning and restart/storage settings.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Turbulence & multiphase flow

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Turbulence & multiphase flow082

Smagorinsky subgrid model

Relates subgrid eddy viscosity to resolved strain and filter scale.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

νSGS=(CsΔ)22SˉijSˉij\nu_{\mathrm{SGS}}=(C_s\Delta)^2\sqrt{2\bar S_{ij}\bar S_{ij}}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume a subgrid mixing length proportional to filter width Δ.
  2. Use resolved strain to estimate an inverse time scale.
  3. Multiply squared mixing length by that rate to obtain an eddy viscosity.

Symbols & assumptions

Cs is a coefficient and S̄ resolved strain. Wall damping or dynamic procedures may be needed.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Turbulence & multiphase flow

Practical use

A basic LES closure for unresolved turbulence.

Product / system examples

Large-eddy simulation packages

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A basic LES closure for unresolved turbulence.

Model-family limitations

Closure selection, wall treatment and spatial resolution strongly affect results; validate against the actual flow regime.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Smagorinsky viscosity versus strain

Smagorinsky viscosity versus strain

Problem & parameters. Use Cs = 0.1 and constant filter width Δ.

νt/(Δ2S∗)=0.01(∣S∣/S∗)\nu_t/(\Delta^2 S_*)=0.01(|S|/S_*)

Solution. Evaluate νt = (CsΔ)²|S|.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.025. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.025 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Constant-coefficient closure; no dynamic procedure or wall damping is included.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Linear solveGMRES ↗

    Minimizes the residual over a Krylov subspace for nonsymmetric systems.

    For nonsymmetric linearized or discretized systems; plan preconditioning and restart/storage settings.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Turbulence & multiphase flow

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Turbulence & multiphase flow083

Detached-eddy simulation (DES)

Combines RANS near walls with LES-like treatment away from them.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

ℓDES=min⁡(d,CDESΔ)\ell_{\mathrm{DES}}=\min(d,C_{\mathrm{DES}}\Delta)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Begin with a wall-distance-based RANS length scale d.
  2. Replace it by a grid-related scale when that becomes smaller.
  3. This enables LES-like behavior away from walls while keeping near-wall RANS treatment.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative original DES switch; delayed and improved delayed DES use shielding and other refinements.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Turbulence & multiphase flow

Practical use

Separated flow behind a vehicle.

Product / system examples

Vehicle wake simulation tools

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Separated flow behind a vehicle.

Model-family limitations

Closure selection, wall treatment and spatial resolution strongly affect results; validate against the actual flow regime.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Laminar-limit flow verification

Laminar-limit flow verification

Problem & parameters. Verify the molecular-viscosity momentum equation using fully developed plane Poiseuille flow with turbulent or subgrid stresses disabled.

u/Umax⁡=1−ξ2u/U_{\max}=1-\xi^2

Solution. A constant pressure gradient gives μu″ = dp/dx. Apply no slip at the two walls and normalize by the center speed.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Laminar-limit verification only; it neither models turbulence nor validates a RANS, LES, or DES closure.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Linear solveGMRES ↗

    Minimizes the residual over a Krylov subspace for nonsymmetric systems.

    For nonsymmetric linearized or discretized systems; plan preconditioning and restart/storage settings.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Turbulence & multiphase flow

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Turbulence & multiphase flow084

Volume-of-fluid (VOF) representation

Tracks phase volume fractions to represent an interface.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂tα+∇⋅(αu)=0\partial_t\alpha+\nabla\cdot(\alpha u)=0ρ=αρ1+(1−α)ρ2\rho=\alpha\rho_1+(1-\alpha)\rho_2

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Track the fraction α of one incompressible phase inside each cell.
  2. Conserve that phase volume during advection.
  3. Use the local fraction to combine material properties and reconstruct the interface.

Symbols & assumptions

Shared-velocity two-phase form without phase change; surface tension and interface compression are additional terms or numerical treatments.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Turbulence & multiphase flow

Practical use

Water sloshing inside a tank.

Product / system examples

Partially filled liquid tanks

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Water sloshing inside a tank.

Model-family limitations

Closure selection, wall treatment and spatial resolution strongly affect results; validate against the actual flow regime.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: A transported smooth volume fraction

A transported smooth volume fraction

Problem & parameters. Advect the initial smoothed interface α(x,0) = [1−tanh(5x)]/2 at unit velocity with no compression term.

α(x,1)=12[1−tanh⁡(5(x−1))]\alpha(x,1)=\tfrac12[1-\tanh(5(x-1))]

Solution. Characteristics give α(x,t) = α₀(x−t); evaluate t = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1, calculated vertical coordinate 0.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact scalar-advection benchmark with a deliberately smooth interface; interface reconstruction and multiphase momentum are not solved.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Linear solveGMRES ↗

    Minimizes the residual over a Krylov subspace for nonsymmetric systems.

    For nonsymmetric linearized or discretized systems; plan preconditioning and restart/storage settings.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Turbulence & multiphase flow

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Turbulence & multiphase flow085

Euler–Euler two-fluid model

Treats phases as interpenetrating continua with exchange terms.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂t(αkρk)+∇⋅(αkρkuk)=Γk\partial_t(\alpha_k\rho_k)+\nabla\cdot(\alpha_k\rho_ku_k)=\Gamma_k∑kαk=1\sum_k\alpha_k=1

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Volume-average conservation separately for each phase.
  2. Weight storage and fluxes by phase volume fraction αk.
  3. Add interphase mass and momentum exchanges, then solve coupled phase equations.

Symbols & assumptions

A momentum equation is needed for each phase; drag, lift and other exchange forces require closures.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Turbulence & multiphase flow

Practical use

A gas-liquid bubble column.

Product / system examples

Gas-liquid bubble columns

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A gas-liquid bubble column.

Model-family limitations

Closure selection, wall treatment and spatial resolution strongly affect results; validate against the actual flow regime.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Two-phase slip relaxation

Two-phase slip relaxation

Problem & parameters. For two homogeneous phases coupled only by linear interphase drag, scale time by the combined drag relaxation time and slip by its initial value.

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}

Solution. Separate dy/dτ = −y, integrate ln(y) = −τ + C, and apply y(0) = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Subtract the two phase momentum balances to obtain a decaying relative velocity; spatial transport, pressure gradients, and phase change are absent.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Linear solveGMRES ↗

    Minimizes the residual over a Krylov subspace for nonsymmetric systems.

    For nonsymmetric linearized or discretized systems; plan preconditioning and restart/storage settings.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Turbulence & multiphase flow

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Turbulence & multiphase flow086

Lagrangian particle tracking

Tracks discrete particles through a carrier flow.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

mpdvpdt=FD+mpg(1−ρf/ρp)m_p\frac{dv_p}{dt}=F_D+m_pg(1-\rho_f/\rho_p)dxpdt=vp\frac{dx_p}{dt}=v_p

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Apply Newton’s law to an individual particle or droplet.
  2. Represent fluid interaction by drag and, here, a buoyancy-corrected gravitational term.
  3. Integrate particle velocity and position within the carrier flow.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative dilute-particle equation; added mass, lift, evaporation and two-way coupling may be needed.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Turbulence & multiphase flow

Practical use

Droplet trajectories in a spray.

Product / system examples

Spray nozzles

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Droplet trajectories in a spray.

Model-family limitations

Closure selection, wall treatment and spatial resolution strongly affect results; validate against the actual flow regime.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Particle acceleration under Stokes drag

Particle acceleration under Stokes drag

Problem & parameters. A particle starts at rest in a uniform fluid of constant speed U and experiences linear drag only.

v/U=1−e−t/τpv/U=1-e^{-t/\tau_p}

Solution. Solve τp v′ + v = U with v(0) = 0 using an integrating factor.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.91792. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.91792 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Dilute isolated-particle Stokes-drag reduction; no gravity or feedback on the fluid.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Linear solveGMRES ↗

    Minimizes the residual over a Krylov subspace for nonsymmetric systems.

    For nonsymmetric linearized or discretized systems; plan preconditioning and restart/storage settings.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Turbulence & multiphase flow

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Heat transfer087

Fourier heat conduction

Relates conductive heat flux to temperature gradient.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

q=−k∇Tq=-k\nabla T

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume heat flows down a temperature gradient near local thermal equilibrium.
  2. Linearize flux in that gradient.
  3. The proportionality coefficient is thermal conductivity k, or a tensor in anisotropic solids.

Symbols & assumptions

q is heat flux in W/m²; Fourier conduction may fail at very small scales or extremely short times.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Heat transfer

Practical use

Heat spreading through a metal plate.

Product / system examples

Heat sinks

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Heat Transfer Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Heat spreading through a metal plate.

Model-family limitations

Check temperature-dependent properties, surface conditions and whether local thermal equilibrium is justified.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Steady one-dimensional diffusion benchmark

Steady one-dimensional diffusion benchmark

Problem & parameters. Solve u″ = 0 on 0 < ξ < 1 with u(0) = 1 and u(1) = 0, constant transport coefficient, and no source.

u(ξ)=1−ξu(\xi)=1-\xi

Solution. Integrate twice to obtain u = A+Bξ. The two endpoint values give A = 1 and B = −1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. For numerical-method entries this is the exact target to verify against, not a computed discretization or convergence claim.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Time integrationBackward Euler ↗

    Uses the next-step slope and solves an implicit equation.

    For dissipative stiff evolution when first-order accuracy and damping are acceptable; solve each implicit step.

  • Linear solveConjugate gradient ↗

    Solves symmetric positive-definite systems using conjugate search directions.

    Only when both the matrix and preconditioner satisfy the required symmetry and positive-definiteness conditions.

  • Relaxation / preconditioningJacobi iteration ↗

    Updates each unknown from the previous iterate using the diagonal.

    Use as a diagonal preconditioner or suitable smoother; standalone iteration requires a convergence check.

  • Relaxation / smoothingGauss-Seidel iteration ↗

    Uses newly updated values immediately within each sweep.

    Useful for suitable diffusion-like matrices or multigrid smoothing; ordering and parallelism matter.

  • RelaxationSuccessive over-relaxation ↗

    Relaxes a Gauss-Seidel correction with a tunable weight.

    For suitable elliptic systems; choose relaxation carefully and verify convergence rather than assuming acceleration.

  • Linear accelerationGeometric multigrid ↗

    Removes error at multiple mesh resolutions.

    For suitable elliptic operators with a mesh hierarchy and compatible transfer operators and smoothers.

  • Integral / post-processingComposite trapezoidal rule ↗

    Integrates sampled data by joining neighboring values with straight lines.

    For sampled loads, fluxes, or response histories with enough resolution; account for nonsmooth events.

  • Integral / post-processingComposite Simpson rule ↗

    Integrates pairs of intervals using quadratic interpolation.

    For smooth sampled responses with compatible spacing; do not apply its uniform-grid error order blindly.

  • Spatial verificationResidual-based error estimation ↗

    Uses equation and interface residuals to guide error assessment.

    For a suitable PDE discretization with an estimator derived for its operator; a small solver residual alone is not a full error bound.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Heat transfer

Specific connections

  • Closes transport in Transient heat equation

    Energy conservation combined with Fourier heat flux gives the heat equation.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Heat transfer088

Transient heat equation

Balances thermal storage, conduction and heat sources.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

ρcp∂T∂t=∇⋅(k∇T)+Q\rho c_p\frac{\partial T}{\partial t}=\nabla\cdot(k\nabla T)+Q

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Balance energy storage in a small stationary solid volume against incoming heat and volumetric generation.
  2. Insert Fourier’s conductive flux.
  3. Divide by volume and take the local limit.

Symbols & assumptions

Q is heat generation per volume, cp specific heat and ρ density; moving media need advection and possibly work terms.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Heat transfer

Practical use

Warm-up of an electronic component.

Product / system examples

Electronic thermal-management systems

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Heat Transfer Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Warm-up of an electronic component.

Model-family limitations

Check temperature-dependent properties, surface conditions and whether local thermal equilibrium is justified.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Decaying heat-mode reference

Decaying heat-mode reference

Problem & parameters. Use uτ = uξξ on the unit interval, zero end values, and u(ξ,0) = sin(πξ). Plot τ = 0.1.

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1

Solution. The sine satisfies both zero end values. Its second derivative is −π² times itself; the amplitude solves a′ = −π²a.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.37271. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.37271 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact PDE benchmark. For reduced bases, PINNs, and neural operators, this is a reference target, not a claimed trained or computed prediction.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Time integrationBackward Euler ↗

    Uses the next-step slope and solves an implicit equation.

    For dissipative stiff evolution when first-order accuracy and damping are acceptable; solve each implicit step.

  • Linear solveConjugate gradient ↗

    Solves symmetric positive-definite systems using conjugate search directions.

    Only when both the matrix and preconditioner satisfy the required symmetry and positive-definiteness conditions.

  • Time integrationForward Euler ↗

    Advances an ODE using the current slope.

    For a nonstiff ODE or semidiscrete equation when the explicit stability bound and error budget permit; usually a baseline rather than the most efficient choice.

  • Scheme analysisVon Neumann stability analysis ↗

    Tests Fourier-mode amplification for linear grid schemes.

    For a linearized constant-coefficient uniform-grid subproblem; boundaries and nonlinear effects need separate checks.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Heat transfer

Specific connections

  • Can provide thermal component for Thermomechanical coupling

    Temperature affects deformation and material properties; mechanical processes may also generate heat.

  • Extended for tissue by Pennes bioheat model

    Adds perfusion exchange and metabolic heat production.

  • Has spatially lumped approximation Lumped-capacitance thermal model

    Assumes negligible internal temperature gradients relative to boundary resistance.

  • Uses constitutive law Fourier heat conduction

    Energy conservation combined with Fourier heat flux gives the heat equation.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Heat transfer089

Lumped-capacitance thermal model

Represents a body with one spatially uniform temperature.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

mcdTdt=−hA(T−T∞)mc\frac{dT}{dt}=-hA(T-T_\infty)T−T∞=(T0−T∞)e−t/τT-T_\infty=(T_0-T_\infty)e^{-t/\tau}τ=mchA\tau=\frac{mc}{hA}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume one uniform body temperature.
  2. Balance stored thermal energy against convective surface loss.
  3. Integrate the first-order equation for constant properties and ambient temperature.

Symbols & assumptions

Requires small internal temperature gradients, commonly assessed by Biot number hLc/k much less than one.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Heat transfer

Practical use

Cooling of a small conductive sensor when internal gradients are negligible.

Product / system examples

Temperature probes

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Heat Transfer Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Cooling of a small conductive sensor when internal gradients are negligible.

Model-family limitations

Check temperature-dependent properties, surface conditions and whether local thermal equilibrium is justified.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Single thermal capacitance cooling

Single thermal capacitance cooling

Problem & parameters. A thermal capacitance C connects through resistance R to fixed ambient temperature. Set τ = t/(RC) and y = (T−T∞)/(T0−T∞).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}

Solution. Separate dy/dτ = −y, integrate ln(y) = −τ + C, and apply y(0) = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. One-node constant-property cooling example; multizone and multi-node networks have additional modes.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Time integrationBackward Euler ↗

    Uses the next-step slope and solves an implicit equation.

    For dissipative stiff evolution when first-order accuracy and damping are acceptable; solve each implicit step.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Heat transfer

Specific connections

  • Spatially lumped approximation of Transient heat equation

    Assumes negligible internal temperature gradients relative to boundary resistance.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Heat transfer090

Thermal resistance-capacitance network

Represents heat paths and storage with connected lumped elements.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

CidTidt=Qi+∑jTj−TiRijC_i\frac{dT_i}{dt}=Q_i+\sum_j\frac{T_j-T_i}{R_{ij}}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Partition a thermal system into nearly uniform-temperature nodes.
  2. Assign a heat capacity C to each node and a thermal resistance R to each link.
  3. Apply energy conservation at every node.

Symbols & assumptions

R has units K/W and C J/K. Radiation or temperature-dependent conductance makes the network nonlinear.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Heat transfer

Practical use

Temperature dynamics of an electronics enclosure.

Product / system examples

Battery-pack thermal-management models

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Heat Transfer Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Temperature dynamics of an electronics enclosure.

Model-family limitations

Check temperature-dependent properties, surface conditions and whether local thermal equilibrium is justified.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Single thermal capacitance cooling

Single thermal capacitance cooling

Problem & parameters. A thermal capacitance C connects through resistance R to fixed ambient temperature. Set τ = t/(RC) and y = (T−T∞)/(T0−T∞).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}

Solution. Separate dy/dτ = −y, integrate ln(y) = −τ + C, and apply y(0) = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. One-node constant-property cooling example; multizone and multi-node networks have additional modes.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Time integrationBackward Euler ↗

    Uses the next-step slope and solves an implicit equation.

    For dissipative stiff evolution when first-order accuracy and damping are acceptable; solve each implicit step.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Heat transfer

Specific connections

  • Has electrical analogy Electrical analog model

    Temperature/heat-flow balances can map to voltage/current with consistent capacitances and resistances.

  • Can represent Building thermal-zone model

    Thermal capacitances and conductances represent zones, surfaces, and heat exchange.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Heat transfer091

Newton cooling model

Uses a heat-transfer coefficient between a surface and a fluid.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

qconv=h(Ts−T∞)q_{\mathrm{conv}}=h(T_s-T_\infty)Qconv=hA(Ts−T∞)Q_{\mathrm{conv}}=hA(T_s-T_\infty)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Represent the complicated fluid boundary layer by an effective thermal resistance.
  2. Define h as flux divided by surface-to-bulk temperature difference.
  3. Multiply by area for total heat flow.

Symbols & assumptions

This is a constitutive approximation; h depends on flow, geometry, fluid properties and heating conditions.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Heat transfer

Practical use

An approximate cooling law for a hot object.

Product / system examples

Air-cooled equipment enclosures

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Heat Transfer Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

An approximate cooling law for a hot object.

Model-family limitations

Check temperature-dependent properties, surface conditions and whether local thermal equilibrium is justified.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Single thermal capacitance cooling

Single thermal capacitance cooling

Problem & parameters. A thermal capacitance C connects through resistance R to fixed ambient temperature. Set τ = t/(RC) and y = (T−T∞)/(T0−T∞).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}

Solution. Separate dy/dτ = −y, integrate ln(y) = −τ + C, and apply y(0) = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. One-node constant-property cooling example; multizone and multi-node networks have additional modes.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Time integrationBackward Euler ↗

    Uses the next-step slope and solves an implicit equation.

    For dissipative stiff evolution when first-order accuracy and damping are acceptable; solve each implicit step.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Heat transfer

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Heat transfer092

Radiative transfer equation

Tracks radiation intensity through emission, absorption and scattering.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

s⋅∇I=−(κa+κs)I+κaIb+κs4π∫Φ(s′→s)I(s′) dΩ′s\cdot\nabla I=-(\kappa_a+\kappa_s)I+\kappa_aI_b+\frac{\kappa_s}{4\pi}\int\Phi(s'\to s)I(s')\,d\Omega'

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Follow radiative intensity along a ray direction s.
  2. Subtract absorption and out-scattering.
  3. Add thermal emission and radiation scattered into the ray from other directions.

Symbols & assumptions

Steady spectral or gray form with compatible coefficients; κa and κs are absorption and scattering coefficients and Φ is a normalized phase function.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Heat transfer

Practical use

Thermal radiation through a participating gas.

Product / system examples

Combustion furnaces

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Heat Transfer Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Thermal radiation through a participating gas.

Model-family limitations

Check temperature-dependent properties, surface conditions and whether local thermal equilibrium is justified.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Uncollided beam attenuation

Uncollided beam attenuation

Problem & parameters. A steady beam traverses a homogeneous purely absorbing medium. Set τ = Σx and y = intensity / incident intensity.

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}

Solution. Separate dy/dτ = −y, integrate ln(y) = −τ + C, and apply y(0) = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact absorption-only transport benchmark, without scattering or emission. For Monte Carlo transport this is the expected value, not a sampled realization.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Heat transfer

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Heat transfer093

Stefan–Boltzmann surface model

Relates idealized surface radiant emission to the fourth power of temperature.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

E=εσT4E=\varepsilon\sigma T^4Qnet=εσA(Ts4−Tsur4)Q_{\mathrm{net}}=\varepsilon\sigma A(T_s^4-T_{\mathrm{sur}}^4)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Integrate blackbody spectral emission over wavelength and outgoing directions.
  2. The integral scales with absolute temperature to the fourth power.
  3. Apply gray emissivity ε and subtract irradiation from a large isothermal surrounding.

Symbols & assumptions

Net formula assumes a small gray diffuse surface viewing large black surroundings; general enclosures require view factors.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Heat transfer

Practical use

Radiative loss from a hot surface.

Product / system examples

Radiant heaters

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Heat Transfer Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Radiative loss from a hot surface.

Model-family limitations

Check temperature-dependent properties, surface conditions and whether local thermal equilibrium is justified.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Net radiation to a fixed surrounding

Net radiation to a fixed surrounding

Problem & parameters. A gray surface sees a large isothermal surrounding at T*, with constant emissivity.

q/(ϵσT∗4)=θ4−1q/(\epsilon\sigma T_*^4)=\theta^4-1

Solution. Subtract incoming εσT*⁴ from outgoing εσT⁴. Positive net flux is outward.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.25, calculated vertical coordinate 1.4414. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.25, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.4414 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Scalar rootSecant method ↗

    Approximates a scalar derivative from two previous points.

    For smooth scalar equations when derivatives are costly; it does not preserve a bracket and can fail.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Heat transfer

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Heat transfer094

Surface-to-surface radiosity model

Balances diffuse radiation exchange between surfaces.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Ji=εiσTi4+(1−εi)∑jFijJjJ_i=\varepsilon_i\sigma T_i^4+(1-\varepsilon_i)\sum_j F_{ij}J_jQi=Ai(Ji−Gi)Q_i=A_i(J_i-G_i)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Define radiosity J as emitted plus reflected radiant energy.
  2. Use view factors F to compute incident irradiation G from all surfaces.
  3. Subtract incident from outgoing radiation to get net surface heat flow.

Symbols & assumptions

Opaque diffuse-gray surfaces, nonparticipating medium, and consistent view factors satisfying enclosure and reciprocity rules.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Heat transfer

Practical use

Radiation inside a furnace enclosure.

Product / system examples

Vacuum-furnace insulation

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Heat Transfer Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Radiation inside a furnace enclosure.

Model-family limitations

Check temperature-dependent properties, surface conditions and whether local thermal equilibrium is justified.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Two gray parallel surfaces

Two gray parallel surfaces

Problem & parameters. Two infinite parallel diffuse-gray plates have emissivities ε and 0.8 and fixed unequal temperatures.

qσ(T14−T24)=11/ϵ+1/0.8−1\frac{q}{\sigma(T_1^4-T_2^4)}=\frac1{1/\epsilon+1/0.8-1}

Solution. Add the two surface radiation resistances and the unit view-factor space resistance; solve the radiosity balance for q.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.525, calculated vertical coordinate 0.46409. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.525, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.46409 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Equal facing areas, view factor one, and a nonparticipating gap.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

  • Linear solveGMRES ↗

    Minimizes the residual over a Krylov subspace for nonsymmetric systems.

    For nonsymmetric linearized or discretized systems; plan preconditioning and restart/storage settings.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Heat transfer

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Heat transfer095

Stefan phase-change problem

Couples heat transport to a moving melting or freezing boundary.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

ρLdsdt=ks(∂xTs)interface−kl(∂xTl)interface\rho L\frac{ds}{dt}=k_s(\partial_xT_s)_{\mathrm{interface}}-k_l(\partial_xT_l)_{\mathrm{interface}}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Solve heat conduction in solid and liquid regions.
  2. Apply energy conservation to an infinitesimal layer moving with the phase boundary.
  3. The jump in conductive flux supplies latent heat for boundary motion.

Symbols & assumptions

One-dimensional sign convention with solid on the left and liquid on the right; s is interface position and L latent heat per mass.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Heat transfer

Practical use

Growth of an ice layer.

Product / system examples

Ice-making heat exchangers

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Heat Transfer Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Growth of an ice layer.

Model-family limitations

Check temperature-dependent properties, surface conditions and whether local thermal equilibrium is justified.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Similarity-law melt-front position

Similarity-law melt-front position

Problem & parameters. Take a one-phase Stefan problem whose Stefan number selects similarity constant λ = 0.5.

s/L=2λαt/L2,λ=0.5s/L=2\lambda\sqrt{\alpha t/L^2},\quad\lambda=0.5

Solution. The diffusion similarity coordinate makes the interface position s = 2λ√(αt). For this λ, the Stefan-number relation is Ste = √π λ exp(λ²) erf(λ) ≈ 0.5923.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2, calculated vertical coordinate 1.4142. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.4142 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Semi-infinite, one-phase conduction limit with a fixed boundary temperature; λ must be consistent with the material and thermal data.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Time integrationBackward Euler ↗

    Uses the next-step slope and solves an implicit equation.

    For dissipative stiff evolution when first-order accuracy and damping are acceptable; solve each implicit step.

  • Linear solveConjugate gradient ↗

    Solves symmetric positive-definite systems using conjugate search directions.

    Only when both the matrix and preconditioner satisfy the required symmetry and positive-definiteness conditions.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Heat transfer

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Heat transfer096

Enthalpy–porosity model

Represents melting using enthalpy and a porous resistance in the mushy zone.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

H=h+flLH=h+f_lLSmushy=−C(1−fl)2ufl3+εS_{\mathrm{mushy}}=-\frac{C(1-f_l)^2u}{f_l^3+\varepsilon}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Include latent heat in an enthalpy H with liquid fraction fl.
  2. Use the energy equation to update enthalpy and infer phase fraction.
  3. Suppress velocity in partly solid cells using a porous resistance.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative enthalpy–porosity form; h is sensible enthalpy, C a mushy-zone parameter and ε a small regularization constant.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Heat transfer

Practical use

Phase-change thermal storage.

Product / system examples

Phase-change thermal-storage modules

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Heat Transfer Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Phase-change thermal storage.

Model-family limitations

Check temperature-dependent properties, surface conditions and whether local thermal equilibrium is justified.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Prescribed mushy-range liquid fraction

Prescribed mushy-range liquid fraction

Problem & parameters. Choose the linear liquid-fraction law between solidus Ts and liquidus Tl.

fl=min⁡[1,max⁡(0,θ)],θ=(T−Ts)/(Tl−Ts)f_l=\min[1,\max(0,\theta)],\quad\theta=(T-T_s)/(T_l-T_s)

Solution. Use zero fraction below Ts, linear interpolation inside the mushy interval, and unit fraction above Tl.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Constitutive phase-fraction example only; momentum damping and the transient enthalpy equation are not solved.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Time integrationBackward Euler ↗

    Uses the next-step slope and solves an implicit equation.

    For dissipative stiff evolution when first-order accuracy and damping are acceptable; solve each implicit step.

  • Linear solveConjugate gradient ↗

    Solves symmetric positive-definite systems using conjugate search directions.

    Only when both the matrix and preconditioner satisfy the required symmetry and positive-definiteness conditions.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Heat transfer

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Solid mechanics & structures097

Linear elasticity (Hooke model)

Relates stress linearly to small elastic strain.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

σ=C:ε\sigma=C:\varepsilonε=12(∇u+∇uT)\varepsilon=\frac12(\nabla u+\nabla u^{\mathsf T})

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Expand elastic strain energy to quadratic order near an unstressed equilibrium.
  2. Differentiate that energy with respect to small strain.
  3. The resulting linear relation defines the stiffness tensor C.

Symbols & assumptions

u is displacement and σ Cauchy stress in a small-strain setting; isotropic C can be expressed using two Lamé constants.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Solid mechanics & structures

Practical use

Deflection of a lightly loaded metal part.

Product / system examples

Load-bearing metal brackets

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Structural Mechanics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Deflection of a lightly loaded metal part.

Model-family limitations

Geometry, supports, material response and deformation regime govern validity; ideal elements cannot capture every local effect.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Uniform axial extension

Uniform axial extension

Problem & parameters. Apply uniform uniaxial strain to a homogeneous small-strain elastic bar with traction-free lateral surfaces.

σ/E=ε\sigma/E=\varepsilon

Solution. The one-dimensional constitutive law is σ = Eε; divide by E. For an orthotropic solid use its modulus along a principal material axis.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.005, calculated vertical coordinate 0.005. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.005, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.005 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Homogeneous linear reference for truss, RVE, and FE² entries; this is not a heterogeneous microscale simulation.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Linear solveConjugate gradient ↗

    Solves symmetric positive-definite systems using conjugate search directions.

    Only when both the matrix and preconditioner satisfy the required symmetry and positive-definiteness conditions.

  • Linear solveCholesky factorization ↗

    Factors a symmetric positive-definite matrix efficiently.

    Only for symmetric positive-definite assembled systems after constraints are handled; not for general coupled saddle-point systems.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Solid mechanics & structures

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Solid mechanics & structures098

Orthotropic elasticity

Uses direction-dependent elastic properties along material axes.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

σI=CIJεJ\sigma_I=C_{IJ}\varepsilon_JC=CTC=C^{\mathsf T}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Choose three orthogonal material symmetry axes.
  2. Apply those symmetries to the general elastic stiffness tensor.
  3. The matrix reduces to nine independent constants in three dimensions.

Symbols & assumptions

Voigt notation requires consistent engineering-shear conventions; stability requires positive strain energy.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Solid mechanics & structures

Practical use

A composite laminate or wood panel.

Product / system examples

Composite panels

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Structural Mechanics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A composite laminate or wood panel.

Model-family limitations

Geometry, supports, material response and deformation regime govern validity; ideal elements cannot capture every local effect.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Uniform axial extension

Uniform axial extension

Problem & parameters. Apply uniform uniaxial strain to a homogeneous small-strain elastic bar with traction-free lateral surfaces.

σ/E=ε\sigma/E=\varepsilon

Solution. The one-dimensional constitutive law is σ = Eε; divide by E. For an orthotropic solid use its modulus along a principal material axis.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.005, calculated vertical coordinate 0.005. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.005, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.005 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Homogeneous linear reference for truss, RVE, and FE² entries; this is not a heterogeneous microscale simulation.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Linear solveConjugate gradient ↗

    Solves symmetric positive-definite systems using conjugate search directions.

    Only when both the matrix and preconditioner satisfy the required symmetry and positive-definiteness conditions.

  • Linear solveCholesky factorization ↗

    Factors a symmetric positive-definite matrix efficiently.

    Only for symmetric positive-definite assembled systems after constraints are handled; not for general coupled saddle-point systems.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Solid mechanics & structures

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Solid mechanics & structures099

Neo-Hookean hyperelasticity

Models large elastic deformation with a strain-energy function.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

W=μ2(I1−3)−μln⁡J+λ2(ln⁡J)2W=\frac\mu2(I_1-3)-\mu\ln J+\frac\lambda2(\ln J)^2P=∂W∂FP=\frac{\partial W}{\partial F}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Use deformation gradient F to represent finite strain.
  2. Choose an isotropic strain-energy function that recovers linear elasticity near F=I.
  3. Differentiate W with respect to F to obtain first Piola stress P.

Symbols & assumptions

One compressible neo-Hookean variant; J=det F, I₁=tr(FᵀF). Other volumetric penalties are also used.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Solid mechanics & structures

Practical use

Stretching a rubber component.

Product / system examples

Rubber bushings

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Structural Mechanics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Stretching a rubber component.

Model-family limitations

Geometry, supports, material response and deformation regime govern validity; ideal elements cannot capture every local effect.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Incompressible neo-Hookean tension

Incompressible neo-Hookean tension

Problem & parameters. Stretch an incompressible neo-Hookean solid uniaxially with traction-free transverse faces.

σ/μ=λ2−λ−1\sigma/\mu=\lambda^2-\lambda^{-1}

Solution. Incompressibility gives transverse stretches λ^−1/2. Eliminate the pressure using zero transverse stress, yielding μ(λ²−λ^−1).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.3, calculated vertical coordinate 0.92077. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.3, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.92077 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

  • Spatial error controlAdaptive mesh refinement ↗

    Concentrates degrees of freedom where a numerical error indicator is large.

    Refine localized gradients or error indicators after choosing the PDE discretization.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Solid mechanics & structures

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Solid mechanics & structures100

Mooney–Rivlin hyperelasticity

Uses multiple strain invariants to fit rubber-like response.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

W=C10(I1−3)+C01(I2−3)W=C_{10}(I_1-3)+C_{01}(I_2-3)J=1J=1

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Express isotropic incompressible elastic energy using invariants of FᵀF.
  2. Retain terms linear in the first two invariants.
  3. Differentiate the constrained energy to obtain stress plus an incompressibility pressure.

Symbols & assumptions

Two-parameter Mooney–Rivlin form; I₂ is the second invariant. Compressible versions add a volumetric energy.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Solid mechanics & structures

Practical use

A deformable seal.

Product / system examples

Elastomeric seals

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Structural Mechanics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A deformable seal.

Model-family limitations

Geometry, supports, material response and deformation regime govern validity; ideal elements cannot capture every local effect.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Mooney–Rivlin uniaxial tension

Mooney–Rivlin uniaxial tension

Problem & parameters. Use an incompressible two-parameter Mooney–Rivlin material with C10 = C01 and μ = 2(C10+C01).

σ/μ=12(1+λ−1)(λ2−λ−1)\sigma/\mu=\tfrac12(1+\lambda^{-1})(\lambda^2-\lambda^{-1})

Solution. Differentiate the strain energy and eliminate transverse pressure. The axial stress is 2(C10+C01/λ)(λ²−1/λ).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.3, calculated vertical coordinate 0.81453. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.3, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.81453 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

  • Spatial error controlAdaptive mesh refinement ↗

    Concentrates degrees of freedom where a numerical error indicator is large.

    Refine localized gradients or error indicators after choosing the PDE discretization.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Solid mechanics & structures

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Solid mechanics & structures101

Ogden hyperelasticity

Uses powers of principal stretches to represent nonlinear elasticity.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

W=∑pμpαp(λ1αp+λ2αp+λ3αp−3)W=\sum_p\frac{\mu_p}{\alpha_p}(\lambda_1^{\alpha_p}+\lambda_2^{\alpha_p}+\lambda_3^{\alpha_p}-3)λ1λ2λ3=1\lambda_1\lambda_2\lambda_3=1

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Diagonalize stretch into principal stretches λᵢ.
  2. Build an isotropic energy as a symmetric sum of stretch powers.
  3. Fit coefficients and differentiate with respect to stretches to obtain principal stresses.

Symbols & assumptions

One common Ogden coefficient convention; other software uses different prefactors. Incompressible form shown.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Solid mechanics & structures

Practical use

Large strain in an elastomer.

Product / system examples

Soft silicone components

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Structural Mechanics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Large strain in an elastomer.

Model-family limitations

Geometry, supports, material response and deformation regime govern validity; ideal elements cannot capture every local effect.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: One-term Ogden tension

One-term Ogden tension

Problem & parameters. Choose W = (2μ/α²)(λ1^α+λ2^α+λ3^α−3), α = 4, and incompressible uniaxial tension.

σ/μ=12(λ4−λ−2)\sigma/\mu=\tfrac12(\lambda^4-\lambda^{-2})

Solution. Set transverse stretches to λ^−1/2 and impose zero transverse stress. Then σ = (2μ/α)(λ^α−λ^−α/2).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.3, calculated vertical coordinate 1.1322. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.3, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.1322 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. The energy convention is stated explicitly because Ogden coefficient conventions vary.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

  • Spatial error controlAdaptive mesh refinement ↗

    Concentrates degrees of freedom where a numerical error indicator is large.

    Refine localized gradients or error indicators after choosing the PDE discretization.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Solid mechanics & structures

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Solid mechanics & structures102

Euler–Bernoulli beam model

Describes slender-beam bending while neglecting transverse shear deformation.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

M=EIκM=EI\kappaEId4wdx4=qEI\frac{d^4w}{dx^4}=q

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume plane cross sections remain normal to the beam centerline.
  2. Relate bending strain to curvature and integrate stress over the cross section to obtain M=EIκ.
  3. Combine force and moment equilibrium to get the deflection equation.

Symbols & assumptions

Constant bending rigidity EI, small deflections, and a sign convention where q matches w. Shear deformation is neglected.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Solid mechanics & structures

Practical use

Deflection of a long slender beam.

Product / system examples

Slender support beams

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Structural Mechanics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Deflection of a long slender beam.

Model-family limitations

Geometry, supports, material response and deformation regime govern validity; ideal elements cannot capture every local effect.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: End-loaded cantilever deflection

End-loaded cantilever deflection

Problem & parameters. A prismatic Euler–Bernoulli cantilever of length L carries a transverse tip force P.

w/(PL3/EI)=ξ2(3−ξ)/6w/(PL^3/EI)=\xi^2(3-\xi)/6

Solution. Use bending moment M = P(L−x). Integrate EIw″ = M and apply zero displacement and slope at the clamped end.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.10417. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.10417 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Linear solveConjugate gradient ↗

    Solves symmetric positive-definite systems using conjugate search directions.

    Only when both the matrix and preconditioner satisfy the required symmetry and positive-definiteness conditions.

  • Linear solveCholesky factorization ↗

    Factors a symmetric positive-definite matrix efficiently.

    Only for symmetric positive-definite assembled systems after constraints are handled; not for general coupled saddle-point systems.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Solid mechanics & structures

Specific connections

  • Extended for shear by Timoshenko beam model

    Allows cross-section rotation to differ from the transverse slope.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Solid mechanics & structures103

Timoshenko beam model

Includes transverse shear deformation and rotational effects.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

M=EIϕ′M=EI\phi'V=κsGA(w′−ϕ)V=\kappa_sGA(w'-\phi)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Allow cross-section rotation φ to differ from centerline slope w′.
  2. Use their difference as transverse shear strain.
  3. Combine bending and shear constitutive laws with beam force and moment balances.

Symbols & assumptions

κs is the shear correction factor, not curvature; consistent load signs and dynamic inertia terms complete the model.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Solid mechanics & structures

Practical use

A short or thick beam.

Product / system examples

Thick machine beams

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Structural Mechanics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A short or thick beam.

Model-family limitations

Geometry, supports, material response and deformation regime govern validity; ideal elements cannot capture every local effect.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Cantilever bending plus shear

Cantilever bending plus shear

Problem & parameters. Take an end-loaded Timoshenko cantilever with EI/(κGA L²) = 0.1.

w/(PL3/EI)=ξ2(3−ξ)/6+0.1ξw/(PL^3/EI)=\xi^2(3-\xi)/6+0.1\xi

Solution. Add the bending displacement to the shear contribution Px/(κGA). Divide by PL³/EI.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.15417. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.15417 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Linear prismatic beam; κ is the shear correction factor.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Linear solveConjugate gradient ↗

    Solves symmetric positive-definite systems using conjugate search directions.

    Only when both the matrix and preconditioner satisfy the required symmetry and positive-definiteness conditions.

  • Linear solveCholesky factorization ↗

    Factors a symmetric positive-definite matrix efficiently.

    Only for symmetric positive-definite assembled systems after constraints are handled; not for general coupled saddle-point systems.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Solid mechanics & structures

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Solid mechanics & structures104

Kirchhoff–Love plate model

Describes thin-plate bending with normals remaining normal.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

D∇4w=qD\nabla^4w=qD=Et312(1−ν2)D=\frac{Et^3}{12(1-\nu^2)}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume normals to the mid-surface remain straight and normal during bending.
  2. Integrate linear elastic bending stress through thickness t.
  3. Use transverse equilibrium to produce the biharmonic plate equation.

Symbols & assumptions

Flat isotropic thin plate, small deflection; E is Young’s modulus and ν Poisson ratio.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Solid mechanics & structures

Practical use

Flexure of a thin panel.

Product / system examples

Thin sheet panels

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Structural Mechanics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Flexure of a thin panel.

Model-family limitations

Geometry, supports, material response and deformation regime govern validity; ideal elements cannot capture every local effect.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Sinusoidally loaded plate centerline

Sinusoidally loaded plate centerline

Problem & parameters. Apply a single sinusoidal load mode to a simply supported rectangular plate. Plot its normalized centerline deflection.

w(x,b/2)/wmax⁡=sin⁡(πx/a)w(x,b/2)/w_{\max}=\sin(\pi x/a)

Solution. A separable sin(πx/a)sin(πy/b) mode satisfies the simply supported displacement conditions. At y=b/2 it reduces to the displayed sine.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Kirchhoff–Love and compatible Mindlin single-mode solutions share this normalized shape but have different bending/shear amplitude formulas.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Linear solveConjugate gradient ↗

    Solves symmetric positive-definite systems using conjugate search directions.

    Only when both the matrix and preconditioner satisfy the required symmetry and positive-definiteness conditions.

  • Linear solveCholesky factorization ↗

    Factors a symmetric positive-definite matrix efficiently.

    Only for symmetric positive-definite assembled systems after constraints are handled; not for general coupled saddle-point systems.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Solid mechanics & structures

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Solid mechanics & structures105

Mindlin–Reissner plate model

Includes transverse shear deformation in plate bending.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Q=κsGt(∇w−θ)Q=\kappa_sGt(\nabla w-\theta)M=Dbκ(θ)M=D_b\kappa(\theta)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Allow plate rotations θ to differ from the gradient of transverse displacement.
  2. Use the difference to generate shear resultants Q.
  3. Combine shear and bending resultants with equilibrium.

Symbols & assumptions

Db is the plate bending stiffness matrix and κ(θ) the curvature vector; sign conventions and shear correction must be consistent.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Solid mechanics & structures

Practical use

A moderately thick plate.

Product / system examples

Thick load-bearing plates

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Structural Mechanics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A moderately thick plate.

Model-family limitations

Geometry, supports, material response and deformation regime govern validity; ideal elements cannot capture every local effect.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Sinusoidally loaded plate centerline

Sinusoidally loaded plate centerline

Problem & parameters. Apply a single sinusoidal load mode to a simply supported rectangular plate. Plot its normalized centerline deflection.

w(x,b/2)/wmax⁡=sin⁡(πx/a)w(x,b/2)/w_{\max}=\sin(\pi x/a)

Solution. A separable sin(πx/a)sin(πy/b) mode satisfies the simply supported displacement conditions. At y=b/2 it reduces to the displayed sine.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Kirchhoff–Love and compatible Mindlin single-mode solutions share this normalized shape but have different bending/shear amplitude formulas.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Linear solveConjugate gradient ↗

    Solves symmetric positive-definite systems using conjugate search directions.

    Only when both the matrix and preconditioner satisfy the required symmetry and positive-definiteness conditions.

  • Linear solveCholesky factorization ↗

    Factors a symmetric positive-definite matrix efficiently.

    Only for symmetric positive-definite assembled systems after constraints are handled; not for general coupled saddle-point systems.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Solid mechanics & structures

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Solid mechanics & structures106

Shell model

Combines membrane and bending behavior on a curved surface.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

N=Aε0+BκN=A\varepsilon_0+B\kappaM=Bε0+DκM=B\varepsilon_0+D\kappa

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Describe in-plane strain as a mid-surface strain plus a thickness-dependent curvature term.
  2. Integrate stresses through thickness to obtain membrane forces N and moments M.
  3. The integrals define extensional, coupling and bending stiffnesses A, B and D.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative linear shell/laminate constitutive form; geometry supplies membrane and curvature relations and equilibrium.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Solid mechanics & structures

Practical use

A pressure-vessel wall or aircraft skin.

Product / system examples

Pressure-vessel shells

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Structural Mechanics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A pressure-vessel wall or aircraft skin.

Model-family limitations

Geometry, supports, material response and deformation regime govern validity; ideal elements cannot capture every local effect.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Thin spherical shell membrane stress

Thin spherical shell membrane stress

Problem & parameters. A thin spherical shell of radius R and thickness t carries uniform internal pressure p.

σ/(E)=12 [pR/(Et)]\sigma/(E)=\tfrac12\,[pR/(Et)]

Solution. Balance pressure on a hemisphere against the circumferential membrane force: pπR² = 2πRtσ.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.01, calculated vertical coordinate 0.005. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.01, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.005 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Thin-shell membrane approximation, away from supports and local bending disturbances.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Linear solveConjugate gradient ↗

    Solves symmetric positive-definite systems using conjugate search directions.

    Only when both the matrix and preconditioner satisfy the required symmetry and positive-definiteness conditions.

  • Linear solveCholesky factorization ↗

    Factors a symmetric positive-definite matrix efficiently.

    Only for symmetric positive-definite assembled systems after constraints are handled; not for general coupled saddle-point systems.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Solid mechanics & structures

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Solid mechanics & structures107

Truss model

Represents a structure with axial-force members joined at idealized nodes.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

N=EAΔLLN=EA\frac{\Delta L}{L}k=EALk=\frac{EA}{L}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume a straight member carries only axial force.
  2. Use axial strain ΔL/L and linear elasticity σ=Eε.
  3. Multiply by cross-sectional area to obtain force and axial stiffness.

Symbols & assumptions

Ideal pin-jointed truss member with small strain; bending and joint stiffness are omitted.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Solid mechanics & structures

Practical use

A triangulated roof support.

Product / system examples

Roof truss systems

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Structural Mechanics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A triangulated roof support.

Model-family limitations

Geometry, supports, material response and deformation regime govern validity; ideal elements cannot capture every local effect.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Uniform axial extension

Uniform axial extension

Problem & parameters. Apply uniform uniaxial strain to a homogeneous small-strain elastic bar with traction-free lateral surfaces.

σ/E=ε\sigma/E=\varepsilon

Solution. The one-dimensional constitutive law is σ = Eε; divide by E. For an orthotropic solid use its modulus along a principal material axis.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.005, calculated vertical coordinate 0.005. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.005, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.005 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Homogeneous linear reference for truss, RVE, and FE² entries; this is not a heterogeneous microscale simulation.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Linear solveConjugate gradient ↗

    Solves symmetric positive-definite systems using conjugate search directions.

    Only when both the matrix and preconditioner satisfy the required symmetry and positive-definiteness conditions.

  • Linear solveCholesky factorization ↗

    Factors a symmetric positive-definite matrix efficiently.

    Only for symmetric positive-definite assembled systems after constraints are handled; not for general coupled saddle-point systems.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Solid mechanics & structures

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Solid mechanics & structures108

Cable and membrane models

Represent slender or thin structures dominated by tension.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

d(Tt^)ds+f=0\frac{d(T\hat t)}{ds}+f=0

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Consider a small segment of a flexible cable.
  2. Its internal force acts along the local tangent t̂ because bending resistance is neglected.
  3. Balance the change in tension vector with distributed external load f.

Symbols & assumptions

Cable equilibrium with arc length s and tension T. Membranes use the analogous surface-divergence balance of in-plane stress resultants.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Solid mechanics & structures

Practical use

A suspended cable or fabric canopy.

Product / system examples

Tensioned fabric roofs and suspension cables

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Structural Mechanics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A suspended cable or fabric canopy.

Model-family limitations

Geometry, supports, material response and deformation regime govern validity; ideal elements cannot capture every local effect.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Hanging cable shape

Hanging cable shape

Problem & parameters. An ideal flexible cable supports its own uniform weight per arc length; choose a = horizontal tension / weight per length.

y/a=cosh⁡(x/a)−1y/a=\cosh(x/a)-1

Solution. Force balance gives y″ = √(1+y′²)/a. Symmetry at the lowest point integrates to the catenary.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Self-weight catenary, not the parabolic approximation for uniform load per horizontal span.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Linear solveConjugate gradient ↗

    Solves symmetric positive-definite systems using conjugate search directions.

    Only when both the matrix and preconditioner satisfy the required symmetry and positive-definiteness conditions.

  • Linear solveCholesky factorization ↗

    Factors a symmetric positive-definite matrix efficiently.

    Only for symmetric positive-definite assembled systems after constraints are handled; not for general coupled saddle-point systems.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Solid mechanics & structures

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasticity, damage & durability109

von Mises J2 plasticity

Uses deviatoric stress to define yielding in an isotropic ductile material.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

f=3s:s/2−σy=0f=\sqrt{3s:s/2}-\sigma_y=0ε˙p=λ˙∂f∂σ\dot\varepsilon_p=\dot\lambda\frac{\partial f}{\partial\sigma}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Remove hydrostatic stress to obtain deviatoric stress s.
  2. Use its second invariant to define an isotropic yield surface.
  3. Combine the yield condition with a flow rule, hardening law and consistency condition.

Symbols & assumptions

Small-strain associative J2 plasticity shown; λ̇ is a plastic multiplier and σy may evolve with plastic strain.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasticity, damage & durability

Practical use

Permanent deformation of a steel bracket.

Product / system examples

Metal forming simulation tools

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Nonlinear Structural Materials Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Permanent deformation of a steel bracket.

Model-family limitations

Constitutive parameters depend on material and loading history; fatigue and failure extrapolations need independent validation.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Ideal uniaxial elastic-perfectly-plastic response

Ideal uniaxial elastic-perfectly-plastic response

Problem & parameters. Load monotonically in uniaxial tension from an unstressed state, with no hardening.

σ/σy=min⁡(Eε/σy,1)\sigma/\sigma_y=\min(E\varepsilon/\sigma_y,1)

Solution. Use Hooke’s law until σ = σy. Further strain is plastic while stress stays at σy.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Uniaxial case where J2 and Tresca coincide; multiaxial yield surfaces differ.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Spatial error controlAdaptive mesh refinement ↗

    Concentrates degrees of freedom where a numerical error indicator is large.

    Refine localized gradients or error indicators after choosing the PDE discretization.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasticity, damage & durability110

Tresca yield model

Defines yield using maximum shear stress.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

max⁡(∣σ1−σ2∣,∣σ2−σ3∣,∣σ3−σ1∣)=σy\max(|\sigma_1-\sigma_2|,|\sigma_2-\sigma_3|,|\sigma_3-\sigma_1|)=\sigma_y

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Compute maximum shear stress as half the largest principal-stress difference.
  2. Set that shear stress equal to the shear stress at uniaxial yield.
  3. The resulting principal-stress surface is the Tresca criterion.

Symbols & assumptions

σᵢ are principal stresses; a flow rule and hardening relation are needed for post-yield deformation.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasticity, damage & durability

Practical use

A conservative ductile-yield comparison.

Product / system examples

Ductile shaft-design calculations

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Nonlinear Structural Materials Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A conservative ductile-yield comparison.

Model-family limitations

Constitutive parameters depend on material and loading history; fatigue and failure extrapolations need independent validation.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Ideal uniaxial elastic-perfectly-plastic response

Ideal uniaxial elastic-perfectly-plastic response

Problem & parameters. Load monotonically in uniaxial tension from an unstressed state, with no hardening.

σ/σy=min⁡(Eε/σy,1)\sigma/\sigma_y=\min(E\varepsilon/\sigma_y,1)

Solution. Use Hooke’s law until σ = σy. Further strain is plastic while stress stays at σy.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Uniaxial case where J2 and Tresca coincide; multiaxial yield surfaces differ.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Spatial error controlAdaptive mesh refinement ↗

    Concentrates degrees of freedom where a numerical error indicator is large.

    Refine localized gradients or error indicators after choosing the PDE discretization.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasticity, damage & durability111

Drucker–Prager plasticity

Uses a smooth pressure-dependent yield surface.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

f=J2+αI1−k=0f=\sqrt{J_2}+\alpha I_1-k=0

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Represent pressure sensitivity through the first stress invariant I₁.
  2. Represent shear loading through the second deviatoric invariant J₂.
  3. Choose α and k to fit the desired frictional yield envelope.

Symbols & assumptions

Tension-positive convention shown; parameter signs depend on convention and calibration. Flow can be nonassociated.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasticity, damage & durability

Practical use

Approximate yielding of a frictional material.

Product / system examples

Frictional-material analysis tools

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Nonlinear Structural Materials Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Approximate yielding of a frictional material.

Model-family limitations

Constitutive parameters depend on material and loading history; fatigue and failure extrapolations need independent validation.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Pressure-dependent Drucker–Prager strength

Pressure-dependent Drucker–Prager strength

Problem & parameters. Define the illustrative yield line q−0.5p−c=0 with compression-positive pressure p.

q/c=1+0.5(p/c)q/c=1+0.5(p/c)

Solution. Solve the stated yield function for q.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2, calculated vertical coordinate 2. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2, into the displayed formula to obtain 2 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. A specified pressure/deviatoric convention and slope; different parameter mappings to friction angle exist.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Spatial error controlAdaptive mesh refinement ↗

    Concentrates degrees of freedom where a numerical error indicator is large.

    Refine localized gradients or error indicators after choosing the PDE discretization.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasticity, damage & durability112

Mohr–Coulomb model

Relates frictional shear strength to normal stress and cohesion.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

τf=c+σntan⁡ϕ\tau_f=c+\sigma_n\tan\phi

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Resolve normal and shear tractions on a possible failure plane.
  2. Assume frictional resistance grows linearly with compressive normal stress.
  3. Add cohesion c to obtain the failure envelope.

Symbols & assumptions

σn is compression-positive, φ friction angle. Tensile cutoff, dilation and plastic flow require additional assumptions.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasticity, damage & durability

Practical use

Slope stability in a soil mass.

Product / system examples

Soil retaining structures

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Nonlinear Structural Materials Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Slope stability in a soil mass.

Model-family limitations

Constitutive parameters depend on material and loading history; fatigue and failure extrapolations need independent validation.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Mohr–Coulomb shear strength

Mohr–Coulomb shear strength

Problem & parameters. Use cohesion c > 0 and friction angle 30 degrees.

τf/c=1+(σn/c)tan⁡(30∘)\tau_f/c=1+(\sigma_n/c)\tan(30^\circ)

Solution. Insert the normal stress into τf = c+σn tan φ with compression positive.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2, calculated vertical coordinate 2.1547. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2, into the displayed formula to obtain 2.1547 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Spatial error controlAdaptive mesh refinement ↗

    Concentrates degrees of freedom where a numerical error indicator is large.

    Refine localized gradients or error indicators after choosing the PDE discretization.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasticity, damage & durability113

Johnson–Cook model

Uses empirical strain, strain-rate and temperature factors.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

σy=(A+Bεpn)[1+Cln⁡(ε˙p/ε˙0)][1−(T∗)m]\sigma_y=(A+B\varepsilon_p^n)[1+C\ln(\dot\varepsilon_p/\dot\varepsilon_0)][1-(T^*)^m]

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Separate empirical effects of strain hardening, strain-rate sensitivity and thermal softening.
  2. Fit each factor to suitable tests.
  3. Multiply the factors to obtain flow stress over the calibrated regime.

Symbols & assumptions

T*=(T−Tref)/(Tmelt−Tref), usually bounded to an intended range. This is an empirical constitutive law, not a first-principles derivation.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasticity, damage & durability

Practical use

High-rate metal forming analysis.

Product / system examples

High-speed metal-forming simulations

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Nonlinear Structural Materials Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

High-rate metal forming analysis.

Model-family limitations

Constitutive parameters depend on material and loading history; fatigue and failure extrapolations need independent validation.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Johnson–Cook strain-hardening factor

Johnson–Cook strain-hardening factor

Problem & parameters. Set B/A = 0.5, n = 0.5, strain rate equal to its reference value, and homologous temperature zero.

σ/A=1+0.5εp\sigma/A=1+0.5\sqrt{\varepsilon_p}

Solution. The rate and thermal factors become one. Evaluate the remaining A+Bεpⁿ hardening term.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1.3536. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.3536 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Illustrative constants, not a calibrated metal response.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Spatial error controlAdaptive mesh refinement ↗

    Concentrates degrees of freedom where a numerical error indicator is large.

    Refine localized gradients or error indicators after choosing the PDE discretization.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasticity, damage & durability114

Crystal plasticity

Represents plastic flow through crystallographic slip systems.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Lp=∑αγ˙αsα⊗mαL_p=\sum_\alpha\dot\gamma^\alpha s^\alpha\otimes m^\alphaτα=σ:(sα⊗mα)\tau^\alpha=\sigma:(s^\alpha\otimes m^\alpha)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Decompose deformation into elastic lattice distortion and crystallographic slip.
  2. Resolve stress onto each slip direction sα and plane normal mα.
  3. Use slip-rate and hardening laws to assemble the plastic velocity gradient Lp.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative small-elastic-strain slip-system form; finite-strain stress measures and lattice rotation require a consistent formulation.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasticity, damage & durability

Practical use

Orientation-dependent response of a polycrystal.

Product / system examples

Polycrystalline alloy design tools

Named product or implementation route

MOOSE ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Orientation-dependent response of a polycrystal.

Model-family limitations

Constitutive parameters depend on material and loading history; fatigue and failure extrapolations need independent validation.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: One slip-system power law

One slip-system power law

Problem & parameters. For positive resolved shear choose rate sensitivity m = 0.2 and fixed slip resistance g.

γ˙/γ˙0=(τ/g)5\dot\gamma/\dot\gamma_0=(\tau/g)^5

Solution. Evaluate γ̇ = γ̇0(τ/g)^(1/m).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.75, calculated vertical coordinate 0.2373. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.75, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.2373 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Single-system constitutive evaluation; lattice rotation and hardening are held fixed.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Spatial error controlAdaptive mesh refinement ↗

    Concentrates degrees of freedom where a numerical error indicator is large.

    Refine localized gradients or error indicators after choosing the PDE discretization.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasticity, damage & durability115

Maxwell viscoelastic model

Combines an elastic spring and viscous dashpot in series.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

ε˙=σ˙E+ση\dot\varepsilon=\frac{\dot\sigma}{E}+\frac\sigma\eta

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Put a spring and dashpot in series so they share the same stress.
  2. Add their strains.
  3. Differentiate and use the elastic and viscous constitutive laws.

Symbols & assumptions

For fixed total strain, stress decays with relaxation time η/E. E is spring modulus and η dashpot viscosity.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasticity, damage & durability

Practical use

Stress relaxation of a viscoelastic material.

Product / system examples

Viscoelastic polymer components

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Nonlinear Structural Materials Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Stress relaxation of a viscoelastic material.

Model-family limitations

Constitutive parameters depend on material and loading history; fatigue and failure extrapolations need independent validation.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Maxwell stress relaxation

Maxwell stress relaxation

Problem & parameters. Apply a step strain ε₀ to a Maxwell spring–dashpot series element and hold it fixed. Scale stress by Eε₀ and time by η/E.

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}

Solution. Separate dy/dτ = −y, integrate ln(y) = −τ + C, and apply y(0) = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact one-mode reduction with constant coefficients; additional coupled physics is excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasticity, damage & durability116

Kelvin–Voigt model

Combines an elastic spring and viscous dashpot in parallel.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

σ=Eε+ηε˙\sigma=E\varepsilon+\eta\dot\varepsilon

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Put a spring and dashpot in parallel so they share strain.
  2. Add their stresses.
  3. Substitute Hooke and Newton constitutive laws.

Symbols & assumptions

A constant stress produces delayed creep toward σ/E with time constant η/E; ideal instantaneous strain jumps require infinite dashpot stress.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasticity, damage & durability

Practical use

Delayed deformation under sustained loading.

Product / system examples

Vibration-isolating polymer mounts

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Nonlinear Structural Materials Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Delayed deformation under sustained loading.

Model-family limitations

Constitutive parameters depend on material and loading history; fatigue and failure extrapolations need independent validation.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Kelvin–Voigt creep after a stress step

Kelvin–Voigt creep after a stress step

Problem & parameters. Apply constant stress σ₀ at t = 0 to an initially undeformed parallel spring and dashpot.

Eε/σ0=1−e−Et/ηE\varepsilon/\sigma_0=1-e^{-Et/\eta}

Solution. Solve ηε′+Eε = σ₀ with zero initial strain.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.91792. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.91792 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasticity, damage & durability117

Standard linear solid

Combines elastic and viscoelastic branches.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

σ+ηE1σ˙=E0ε+η(1+E0/E1)ε˙\sigma+\frac\eta{E_1}\dot\sigma=E_0\varepsilon+\eta(1+E_0/E_1)\dot\varepsilon

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Place an equilibrium spring E₀ in parallel with a Maxwell branch E₁,η.
  2. Write total stress as E₀ε plus the branch stress.
  3. Eliminate branch stress using the Maxwell constitutive equation.

Symbols & assumptions

This standard-linear-solid arrangement has instantaneous modulus E₀+E₁ and long-time modulus E₀.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasticity, damage & durability

Practical use

Creep and relaxation over one characteristic time scale.

Product / system examples

Damping pads

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Nonlinear Structural Materials Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Creep and relaxation over one characteristic time scale.

Model-family limitations

Constitutive parameters depend on material and loading history; fatigue and failure extrapolations need independent validation.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Standard-linear-solid relaxation

Standard-linear-solid relaxation

Problem & parameters. Apply a fixed strain step to a standard linear solid with relaxed modulus E∞ = 0.4E0.

σ/(E0ε0)=0.4+0.6e−t/τ\sigma/(E_0\varepsilon_0)=0.4+0.6e^{-t/\tau}

Solution. Its relaxation modulus is E∞+(E0−E∞)exp(−t/τ). Multiply by the imposed strain.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.44925. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.44925 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasticity, damage & durability118

Norton creep law

Relates creep rate to a power of stress.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

ε˙c=Aσnexp⁡[−Q/(RT)]\dot\varepsilon_c=A\sigma^n\exp[-Q/(RT)]

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Represent thermally activated creep with an Arrhenius temperature factor.
  2. Fit a power-law dependence on stress.
  3. Combine the two to describe a calibrated steady creep regime.

Symbols & assumptions

Uniaxial Norton-type law; A,n,Q depend on material and mechanism. Primary and tertiary creep need other terms.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasticity, damage & durability

Practical use

Long-term deformation of a hot metal component.

Product / system examples

High-temperature turbine components

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Nonlinear Structural Materials Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Long-term deformation of a hot metal component.

Model-family limitations

Constitutive parameters depend on material and loading history; fatigue and failure extrapolations need independent validation.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Norton creep-rate sensitivity

Norton creep-rate sensitivity

Problem & parameters. At fixed temperature use Norton exponent n = 3 and reference rate Aσ*³.

ε˙/ε˙∗=(σ/σ∗)3\dot\varepsilon/\dot\varepsilon_*=(\sigma/\sigma_*)^3

Solution. Substitute the stress into ε̇ = Aσ³.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Steady creep constitutive law at fixed material state and temperature.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasticity, damage & durability119

Linear elastic fracture mechanics (LEFM)

Uses crack-tip intensity parameters in an elastic body.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

σij≈KIfij(θ)2πr\sigma_{ij}\approx\frac{K_I f_{ij}(\theta)}{\sqrt{2\pi r}}G=KI2E′G=\frac{K_I^2}{E'}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Solve elasticity near a crack tip and retain the leading singular field.
  2. Its amplitude is the mode-I stress intensity KI.
  3. Relate the field energy release to KI using elastic energy balance.

Symbols & assumptions

E′=E for plane stress and E/(1−ν²) for plane strain. Small-scale yielding and an appropriate crack geometry are required.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasticity, damage & durability

Practical use

Crack assessment when plastic zones remain small.

Product / system examples

Crack-assessment software

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Nonlinear Structural Materials Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Crack assessment when plastic zones remain small.

Model-family limitations

Constitutive parameters depend on material and loading history; fatigue and failure extrapolations need independent validation.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Crack-tip opening stress on the forward ray

Crack-tip opening stress on the forward ray

Problem & parameters. Use the leading mode-I elastic crack-tip field on θ = 0.

σyy/(KI/2πℓ)=(r/ℓ)−1/2\sigma_{yy}/(K_I/\sqrt{2\pi\ell})=(r/\ell)^{-1/2}

Solution. The angular factor equals one on the forward ray. Evaluate KI/√(2πr).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.025, calculated vertical coordinate 0.98773. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.025, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.98773 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Near-tip linear-elastic asymptotic field, outside the process zone; the singular tip itself is excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Plasticity, damage & durability

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasticity, damage & durability120

Cohesive-zone model

Uses traction-separation relations across a fracture process zone.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

t=t(δ)t=t(\delta)Gc=∫0δft(δ) dδG_c=\int_0^{\delta_f}t(\delta)\,d\delta

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Replace a singular crack-tip region with a finite traction-separation law.
  2. Allow traction t to rise and then soften as separation δ grows.
  3. The area under the curve gives the energy required to create unit crack area.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative single-mode cohesive law; mixed-mode interaction, unloading and irreversibility need specifications.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasticity, damage & durability

Practical use

Adhesive debonding.

Product / system examples

Bonded composite joints

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Nonlinear Structural Materials Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Adhesive debonding.

Model-family limitations

Constitutive parameters depend on material and loading history; fatigue and failure extrapolations need independent validation.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Triangular cohesive traction law

Triangular cohesive traction law

Problem & parameters. Choose peak traction at half the complete-separation opening and linear loading/softening branches.

t/tmax⁡={2dd≤0.52(1−d)d>0.5t/t_{\max}=\begin{cases}2d&d\le0.5\\2(1-d)&d>0.5\end{cases}

Solution. Connect (0,0), (δc/2,tmax), and (δc,0). The work of separation is the triangle area tmaxδc/2.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Monotonic prescribed cohesive law; unloading and mixed-mode effects are excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasticity, damage & durability121

Phase-field fracture model

Represents cracks with a continuous damage-like field.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Π=∫[g(d)ψe(ε)+Gc(d2/(2ℓ)+ℓ∣∇d∣2/2)] dV−Wext\Pi=\int[g(d)\psi_e(\varepsilon)+G_c(d^2/(2\ell)+\ell|\nabla d|^2/2)]\,dV-W_{\mathrm{ext}}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Approximate a sharp crack surface energy with a diffuse damage field d.
  2. Degrade elastic energy using g(d).
  3. Vary the total energy with respect to displacement and damage, imposing irreversibility.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative AT2 phase-field fracture energy; ℓ controls regularization width. Tension-compression splitting and history treatment affect results.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasticity, damage & durability

Practical use

Crack initiation and branching.

Product / system examples

Fracture simulation packages

Named product or implementation route

MOOSE ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Crack initiation and branching.

Model-family limitations

Constitutive parameters depend on material and loading history; fatigue and failure extrapolations need independent validation.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: One-dimensional AT2 crack profile

One-dimensional AT2 crack profile

Problem & parameters. Minimize the isolated AT2 crack-surface functional with d(0)=1 and d→0 far from the crack, without mechanical driving away from x=0.

d(x)=e−∣x∣/ℓd(x)=e^{-|x|/\ell}

Solution. The Euler equation is d−ℓ²d″=0 on each half-line. Select decaying exponentials and enforce symmetry.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Stationary isolated crack-profile benchmark, not a coupled fracture-growth solution.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Spatial error controlAdaptive mesh refinement ↗

    Concentrates degrees of freedom where a numerical error indicator is large.

    Refine localized gradients or error indicators after choosing the PDE discretization.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasticity, damage & durability122

Paris fatigue crack-growth law

Relates cyclic crack-growth rate to stress-intensity-factor range.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

dadN=C(ΔK)m\frac{da}{dN}=C(\Delta K)^m

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Measure crack extension per loading cycle in the stable growth region.
  2. Plot growth rate against stress-intensity range on logarithmic axes.
  3. Fit the approximately linear region to obtain C and m.

Symbols & assumptions

Empirical Paris law; it excludes near-threshold and near-instability behavior unless extended. Load ratio and environment matter.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasticity, damage & durability

Practical use

Growth of an existing crack under cyclic loading.

Product / system examples

Fatigue inspection-planning software

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Structural Mechanics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Growth of an existing crack under cyclic loading.

Model-family limitations

Constitutive parameters depend on material and loading history; fatigue and failure extrapolations need independent validation.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Paris-law crack growth for exponent two

Paris-law crack growth for exponent two

Problem & parameters. Use da/dN=C(ΔK)² and ΔK=Δσ√(πa) with constant stress range and geometry factor one.

a/a0=eN/N∗,N∗=(CΔσ2π)−1a/a_0=e^{N/N_*},\quad N_*=(C\Delta\sigma^2\pi)^{-1}

Solution. Substitute ΔK to obtain da/dN = CΔσ²πa. Separate variables and apply a(0)=a₀.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.75, calculated vertical coordinate 2.117. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.75, into the displayed formula to obtain 2.117 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Only within the Paris regime; threshold, instability, and changing geometry are excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasticity, damage & durability123

Miner cumulative damage rule

Adds fractions of fatigue life consumed by load cycles.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

D=∑iniNiD=\sum_i\frac{n_i}{N_i}nominal failure at D≈1\text{nominal failure at }D\approx1

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Estimate constant-amplitude life Nᵢ for each load level.
  2. Treat nᵢ cycles at that level as consuming fraction nᵢ/Nᵢ of life.
  3. Add fractions across the load history.

Symbols & assumptions

Linear Miner accumulation ignores sequence and interaction effects; D=1 is an engineering approximation, not a universal threshold.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasticity, damage & durability

Practical use

Approximate damage under variable-amplitude loading.

Product / system examples

Variable-load fatigue assessment tools

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Structural Mechanics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Approximate damage under variable-amplitude loading.

Model-family limitations

Constitutive parameters depend on material and loading history; fatigue and failure extrapolations need independent validation.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Single-amplitude fatigue damage

Single-amplitude fatigue damage

Problem & parameters. Apply constant-amplitude cycles with a fixed fatigue life Nf.

D=n/NfD=n/N_f

Solution. Miner’s sum has one term n/Nf; the conventional failure threshold is D=1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Linear accumulation hypothesis, not a physical guarantee of failure at exactly D=1.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasticity, damage & durability124

Archard wear model

Relates wear volume to load, sliding distance and hardness.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Vwear=KWsHV_{\mathrm{wear}}=\frac{KWs}{H}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume material loss scales with normal load W and sliding distance s.
  2. Normalize by hardness H to reflect resistance to plastic contact deformation.
  3. Introduce empirical dimensionless wear coefficient K.

Symbols & assumptions

Archard mild-wear form; mechanisms, lubrication and changing contact conditions can invalidate a constant K.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasticity, damage & durability

Practical use

Material loss from sliding contact.

Product / system examples

Sliding bearings and wear-resistant coatings

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL equation-based modeling ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Material loss from sliding contact.

Model-family limitations

Constitutive parameters depend on material and loading history; fatigue and failure extrapolations need independent validation.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Wear volume versus sliding distance

Wear volume versus sliding distance

Problem & parameters. Hold wear coefficient k, normal force W, and hardness H constant.

VH/(kWs∗)=s/s∗VH/(kWs_*)=s/s_*

Solution. Integrate dV/ds = kW/H from zero initial wear.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 2.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 2.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Steady Archard wear regime with no changes in contact, debris, or material properties.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Dynamics, vibration & acoustics125

Newton–Euler rigid-body model

Balances forces and moments on translating and rotating bodies.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

ma=∑Fma=\sum FIω˙+ω×(Iω)=∑MI\dot\omega+\omega\times(I\omega)=\sum M

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Apply linear momentum balance to the center of mass.
  2. Apply angular momentum balance about that center.
  3. Express angular momentum in body coordinates, introducing the rotating-frame cross product.

Symbols & assumptions

Rigid-body inertia tensor I is constant in body coordinates; forces and moments must be expressed consistently.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Dynamics, vibration & acoustics

Practical use

Motion of a robot link.

Product / system examples

Industrial robotic arms

Named product or implementation route

MATLAB / Simulink ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Motion of a robot link.

Model-family limitations

Linearization, damping and boundary conditions control accuracy; large motion or strong nonlinearities need richer models.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Constant-force translation

Constant-force translation

Problem & parameters. A rigid body starts at rest with constant net force-to-mass ratio 1 m/s² along one axis and zero net torque.

x(t)=12at2,a=1  m/s2x(t)=\tfrac12at^2,\quad a=1\;\mathrm{m/s^2}

Solution. Newton’s law gives constant acceleration. Integrate twice with zero initial position and velocity.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 3.125. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 3.125 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Single translational degree of freedom; the remaining forces, torques, and rotational motion are set to zero.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Time integrationClassical Runge-Kutta RK4 ↗

    Combines four explicit slope evaluations in a fourth-order step.

    For smooth nonstiff ODEs with a carefully selected fixed step; perform a time-step convergence study.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Dynamics, vibration & acoustics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Dynamics, vibration & acoustics126

Lagrangian mechanics

Derives motion from kinetic and potential energy with constraints.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

ddt(∂L∂q˙i)−∂L∂qi=Qi\frac d{dt}\left(\frac{\partial L}{\partial\dot q_i}\right)-\frac{\partial L}{\partial q_i}=Q_iL=T−VL=T-V

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Write action as the time integral of kinetic minus potential energy.
  2. Vary the path while holding its endpoints fixed.
  3. Integrate by parts and include nonconservative generalized forces Qᵢ.

Symbols & assumptions

qᵢ are generalized coordinates; constraints must be eliminated or enforced with multipliers.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Dynamics, vibration & acoustics

Practical use

Equations of motion for a pendulum mechanism.

Product / system examples

Articulated mechanisms

Named product or implementation route

Modelica Standard Library ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Equations of motion for a pendulum mechanism.

Model-family limitations

Linearization, damping and boundary conditions control accuracy; large motion or strong nonlinearities need richer models.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: One conservative vibration mode

One conservative vibration mode

Problem & parameters. Choose a single unconstrained linear mode with zero damping, initial displacement A, and zero velocity.

q/A=cos⁡(ωt)q/A=\cos(\omega t)

Solution. Either force balance or the quadratic energy gives q″+ω²q=0. Apply the initial conditions to select the cosine.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 6.2832, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 6.2832, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact single harmonic mode; multibody constraints and other modal couplings are absent.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Time integrationClassical Runge-Kutta RK4 ↗

    Combines four explicit slope evaluations in a fourth-order step.

    For smooth nonstiff ODEs with a carefully selected fixed step; perform a time-step convergence study.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Dynamics, vibration & acoustics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Dynamics, vibration & acoustics127

Hamiltonian mechanics

Describes dynamics in generalized coordinates and momenta.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

q˙i=∂H∂pi\dot q_i=\frac{\partial H}{\partial p_i}p˙i=−∂H∂qi\dot p_i=-\frac{\partial H}{\partial q_i}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Define momenta pᵢ = ∂L/∂q̇ᵢ.
  2. Perform the Legendre transform H=Σpᵢq̇ᵢ−L.
  3. Rearrange the Euler–Lagrange equations into first-order phase-space equations.

Symbols & assumptions

The usual transform assumes a nondegenerate velocity Hessian; constrained systems require extra treatment.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Dynamics, vibration & acoustics

Practical use

Phase-space analysis of a conservative system.

Product / system examples

Conservative-dynamics simulation tools

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL equation-based modeling ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Phase-space analysis of a conservative system.

Model-family limitations

Linearization, damping and boundary conditions control accuracy; large motion or strong nonlinearities need richer models.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: One conservative vibration mode

One conservative vibration mode

Problem & parameters. Choose a single unconstrained linear mode with zero damping, initial displacement A, and zero velocity.

q/A=cos⁡(ωt)q/A=\cos(\omega t)

Solution. Either force balance or the quadratic energy gives q″+ω²q=0. Apply the initial conditions to select the cosine.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 6.2832, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 6.2832, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact single harmonic mode; multibody constraints and other modal couplings are absent.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Time integrationClassical Runge-Kutta RK4 ↗

    Combines four explicit slope evaluations in a fourth-order step.

    For smooth nonstiff ODEs with a carefully selected fixed step; perform a time-step convergence study.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Dynamics, vibration & acoustics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Dynamics, vibration & acoustics128

Mass–spring–damper model

Represents inertia, stiffness and dissipation with lumped elements.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

mx¨+cx˙+kx=F(t)m\ddot x+c\dot x+kx=F(t)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Identify inertial, viscous and elastic forces on a lumped mass.
  2. Use −cẋ and −kx as resisting forces.
  3. Apply Newton’s second law and collect terms.

Symbols & assumptions

Linear single-degree-of-freedom model; c is viscous damping, k stiffness and F external force.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Dynamics, vibration & acoustics

Practical use

Vibration isolation of a machine.

Product / system examples

Machine vibration isolators

Named product or implementation route

MATLAB / Simulink ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Vibration isolation of a machine.

Model-family limitations

Linearization, damping and boundary conditions control accuracy; large motion or strong nonlinearities need richer models.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: One conservative vibration mode

One conservative vibration mode

Problem & parameters. Choose a single unconstrained linear mode with zero damping, initial displacement A, and zero velocity.

q/A=cos⁡(ωt)q/A=\cos(\omega t)

Solution. Either force balance or the quadratic energy gives q″+ω²q=0. Apply the initial conditions to select the cosine.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 6.2832, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 6.2832, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact single harmonic mode; multibody constraints and other modal couplings are absent.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Time integrationClassical Runge-Kutta RK4 ↗

    Combines four explicit slope evaluations in a fourth-order step.

    For smooth nonstiff ODEs with a carefully selected fixed step; perform a time-step convergence study.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Dynamics, vibration & acoustics

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Dynamics, vibration & acoustics130

Duffing oscillator

Adds nonlinear stiffness to an oscillator.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

mx¨+cx˙+kx+αx3=Fcos⁡Ωtm\ddot x+c\dot x+kx+\alpha x^3=F\cos\Omega t

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Expand a symmetric restoring force around equilibrium.
  2. Keep its linear and leading cubic terms.
  3. Add inertia, damping and periodic forcing.

Symbols & assumptions

Duffing model; α controls hardening or softening. A negative cubic term alone does not define a globally stable potential.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Dynamics, vibration & acoustics

Practical use

Amplitude-dependent resonance.

Product / system examples

Nonlinear resonator devices

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL equation-based modeling ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Amplitude-dependent resonance.

Model-family limitations

Linearization, damping and boundary conditions control accuracy; large motion or strong nonlinearities need richer models.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Duffing equilibrium force curve

Duffing equilibrium force curve

Problem & parameters. For positive linear and cubic stiffness choose ℓ=√(k/β). Find the force needed to hold a static displacement.

F/(kℓ)=q+q3,q=x/ℓF/(k\ell)=q+q^3,\quad q=x/\ell

Solution. Set velocity and acceleration to zero in the Duffing equation. Normalize F=kx+βx³.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Static hardening equilibrium curve, not a forced nonlinear transient or resonance calculation.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Time integrationClassical Runge-Kutta RK4 ↗

    Combines four explicit slope evaluations in a fourth-order step.

    For smooth nonstiff ODEs with a carefully selected fixed step; perform a time-step convergence study.

  • Branch followingPseudo-arclength continuation ↗

    Tracks solution branches through turning points by augmenting the nonlinear system.

    For equilibrium branches or parameter sweeps near turning points; it is not a time integrator.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Dynamics, vibration & acoustics

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Dynamics, vibration & acoustics131

Multibody dynamics

Couples rigid or flexible bodies through joints and force elements.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

M(q)q¨+h(q,q˙)=Q+J(q)TλM(q)\ddot q+h(q,\dot q)=Q+J(q)^{\mathsf T}\lambdaΦ(q)=0\Phi(q)=0

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Write the kinetic energy of all bodies in generalized coordinates.
  2. Apply Lagrange’s equations.
  3. Enforce joint constraints Φ with multipliers λ and constraint Jacobian J.

Symbols & assumptions

Rigid or flexible bodies need appropriate coordinates and constitutive forces; numerical constraint drift must be managed.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Dynamics, vibration & acoustics

Practical use

Vehicle suspension motion.

Product / system examples

Vehicle suspensions

Named product or implementation route

MATLAB / Simulink ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Vehicle suspension motion.

Model-family limitations

Linearization, damping and boundary conditions control accuracy; large motion or strong nonlinearities need richer models.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: One conservative vibration mode

One conservative vibration mode

Problem & parameters. Choose a single unconstrained linear mode with zero damping, initial displacement A, and zero velocity.

q/A=cos⁡(ωt)q/A=\cos(\omega t)

Solution. Either force balance or the quadratic energy gives q″+ω²q=0. Apply the initial conditions to select the cosine.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 6.2832, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 6.2832, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact single harmonic mode; multibody constraints and other modal couplings are absent.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Time integrationClassical Runge-Kutta RK4 ↗

    Combines four explicit slope evaluations in a fourth-order step.

    For smooth nonstiff ODEs with a carefully selected fixed step; perform a time-step convergence study.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Dynamics, vibration & acoustics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Dynamics, vibration & acoustics132

Linear acoustic wave model

Describes small pressure perturbations about an equilibrium state.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂2p′∂t2=c2∇2p′\frac{\partial^2p'}{\partial t^2}=c^2\nabla^2p'

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Linearize continuity and momentum about a stationary uniform fluid.
  2. Close small density perturbations with p′=c²ρ′.
  3. Differentiate continuity in time and eliminate velocity divergence.

Symbols & assumptions

Small-amplitude lossless acoustics in a uniform medium; background flow and dissipation add terms.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Dynamics, vibration & acoustics

Practical use

Sound propagation in air.

Product / system examples

Acoustic ducts

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Acoustics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Sound propagation in air.

Model-family limitations

Linearization, damping and boundary conditions control accuracy; large motion or strong nonlinearities need richer models.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Linear traveling-wave snapshot

Linear traveling-wave snapshot

Problem & parameters. Use a one-dimensional sinusoidal wave in a uniform, lossless linear medium. Plot the normalized field at time zero.

u(ξ,0)=sin⁡(2πξ)u(\xi,0)=\sin(2\pi\xi)

Solution. A sinusoidal traveling-wave solution is u = sin[2π(ξ−τ)]. Set τ = 0 to obtain the plotted snapshot.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1.2246e-16. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.2246e-16 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. An acoustic, electromagnetic, elastic, or linear Alfvén-wave reference as appropriate. For MHD this is the small transverse perturbation of a uniform magnetized equilibrium; for FDTD it is an exact target, not a discretized result.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • DiscretizationDiscontinuous Galerkin method ↗

    Combines element-local trial functions with numerical fluxes across interfaces.

    For element-local high-order transport or wave formulations; stable interface fluxes and time steps are essential.

  • Boundary formulationBoundary element method ↗

    Transfers suitable linear PDE problems to boundary integral equations.

    For a linear homogeneous-domain formulation with a known fundamental solution; general nonlinear/inhomogeneous problems need extensions.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Dynamics, vibration & acoustics

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Dynamics, vibration & acoustics133

Helmholtz acoustic model

Represents harmonic acoustic fields at one frequency.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∇2P+k2P=0\nabla^2P+k^2P=0k=ωck=\frac\omega c

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume a harmonic pressure p′=Re[P(x)e^(−iωt)].
  2. Substitute it into the acoustic wave equation.
  3. Cancel the common time factor to obtain a spatial Helmholtz equation.

Symbols & assumptions

Frequency-domain homogeneous-medium form; impedance and radiation boundary conditions determine the solution.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Dynamics, vibration & acoustics

Practical use

Resonance of a cavity.

Product / system examples

Acoustic resonators

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Acoustics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Resonance of a cavity.

Model-family limitations

Linearization, damping and boundary conditions control accuracy; large motion or strong nonlinearities need richer models.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: One-dimensional standing acoustic mode

One-dimensional standing acoustic mode

Problem & parameters. Solve p″+k²p=0 with pressure-release endpoints and choose the first nonzero eigenmode.

p(x)/P=sin⁡(πx/L),k=π/Lp(x)/P=\sin(\pi x/L),\quad k=\pi/L

Solution. Both endpoint conditions select kL=π. Normalize the remaining arbitrary amplitude by its maximum.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • DiscretizationDiscontinuous Galerkin method ↗

    Combines element-local trial functions with numerical fluxes across interfaces.

    For element-local high-order transport or wave formulations; stable interface fluxes and time steps are essential.

  • Boundary formulationBoundary element method ↗

    Transfers suitable linear PDE problems to boundary integral equations.

    For a linear homogeneous-domain formulation with a known fundamental solution; general nonlinear/inhomogeneous problems need extensions.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Dynamics, vibration & acoustics

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Dynamics, vibration & acoustics134

Transmission-line acoustic model

Uses distributed wave propagation in a narrow duct or tube.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂xp=−L′∂tQ\partial_xp=-L'\partial_tQ∂xQ=−C′∂tp\partial_xQ=-C'\partial_tp

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Average acoustic pressure and volume velocity over a narrow duct cross section.
  2. Apply axial momentum and compressibility balances to a short segment.
  3. Identify inertance L′=ρ/A and compliance C′=A/(ρc²) per length.

Symbols & assumptions

Lossless plane-wave duct approximation; friction, thermal losses and higher modes require extensions.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Dynamics, vibration & acoustics

Practical use

Sound in a muffler passage.

Product / system examples

Mufflers and instrument tubes

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Acoustics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Sound in a muffler passage.

Model-family limitations

Linearization, damping and boundary conditions control accuracy; large motion or strong nonlinearities need richer models.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Linear traveling-wave snapshot

Linear traveling-wave snapshot

Problem & parameters. Use a one-dimensional sinusoidal wave in a uniform, lossless linear medium. Plot the normalized field at time zero.

u(ξ,0)=sin⁡(2πξ)u(\xi,0)=\sin(2\pi\xi)

Solution. A sinusoidal traveling-wave solution is u = sin[2π(ξ−τ)]. Set τ = 0 to obtain the plotted snapshot.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1.2246e-16. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.2246e-16 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. An acoustic, electromagnetic, elastic, or linear Alfvén-wave reference as appropriate. For MHD this is the small transverse perturbation of a uniform magnetized equilibrium; for FDTD it is an exact target, not a discretized result.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • DiscretizationDiscontinuous Galerkin method ↗

    Combines element-local trial functions with numerical fluxes across interfaces.

    For element-local high-order transport or wave formulations; stable interface fluxes and time steps are essential.

  • Boundary formulationBoundary element method ↗

    Transfers suitable linear PDE problems to boundary integral equations.

    For a linear homogeneous-domain formulation with a known fundamental solution; general nonlinear/inhomogeneous problems need extensions.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Dynamics, vibration & acoustics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Electromagnetics & optics135

Maxwell electromagnetic model

Couples electric and magnetic fields with charges and currents.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∇⋅D=ρf\nabla\cdot D=\rho_f∇⋅B=0\nabla\cdot B=0∇×E=−∂tB\nabla\times E=-\partial_tB∇×H=Jf+∂tD\nabla\times H=J_f+\partial_tD

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Express electric and magnetic flux laws in differential form.
  2. Combine Faraday induction with Ampère’s law including displacement current.
  3. Close the system with material relations such as D=εE and B=μH.

Symbols & assumptions

ρf and Jf are free charge and current; these fundamental laws require material and boundary data rather than a derivation from a simpler classical model.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Electromagnetics & optics

Practical use

Electromagnetic waves in an antenna system.

Product / system examples

Antennas

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — AC/DC Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Electromagnetic waves in an antenna system.

Model-family limitations

Frequency, geometry, dispersion and material response determine whether static, ray or full-wave approximations apply.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Linear traveling-wave snapshot

Linear traveling-wave snapshot

Problem & parameters. Use a one-dimensional sinusoidal wave in a uniform, lossless linear medium. Plot the normalized field at time zero.

u(ξ,0)=sin⁡(2πξ)u(\xi,0)=\sin(2\pi\xi)

Solution. A sinusoidal traveling-wave solution is u = sin[2π(ξ−τ)]. Set τ = 0 to obtain the plotted snapshot.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1.2246e-16. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.2246e-16 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. An acoustic, electromagnetic, elastic, or linear Alfvén-wave reference as appropriate. For MHD this is the small transverse perturbation of a uniform magnetized equilibrium; for FDTD it is an exact target, not a discretized result.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Linear solveGMRES ↗

    Minimizes the residual over a Krylov subspace for nonsymmetric systems.

    For nonsymmetric linearized or discretized systems; plan preconditioning and restart/storage settings.

  • Spatial error controlAdaptive mesh refinement ↗

    Concentrates degrees of freedom where a numerical error indicator is large.

    Refine localized gradients or error indicators after choosing the PDE discretization.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Electromagnetics & optics

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Electromagnetics & optics136

Electrostatic Poisson model

Relates electric potential to charge density.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∇⋅(ε∇ϕ)=−ρf\nabla\cdot(\varepsilon\nabla\phi)=-\rho_fE=−∇ϕE=-\nabla\phi

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume no time-varying magnetic induction so ∇×E=0.
  2. Introduce scalar electric potential φ.
  3. Substitute D=εE into Gauss’s law.

Symbols & assumptions

Spatially varying or anisotropic ε can remain inside the divergence; nonlinear dielectric response requires a corresponding constitutive law.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Electromagnetics & optics

Practical use

Electric field inside a capacitor.

Product / system examples

Capacitors

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — AC/DC Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Electric field inside a capacitor.

Model-family limitations

Frequency, geometry, dispersion and material response determine whether static, ray or full-wave approximations apply.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Uniform-charge potential between grounded planes

Uniform-charge potential between grounded planes

Problem & parameters. Solve φ″ = −ρ/ε for constant charge density between φ(0)=φ(L)=0.

ϕ/(ρL2/ϵ)=12ξ(1−ξ)\phi/(\rho L^2/\epsilon)=\tfrac12\xi(1-\xi)

Solution. Integrate the constant second derivative twice. The grounded endpoints fix both integration constants.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.125. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.125 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Boundary formulationBoundary element method ↗

    Transfers suitable linear PDE problems to boundary integral equations.

    For a linear homogeneous-domain formulation with a known fundamental solution; general nonlinear/inhomogeneous problems need extensions.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Linear accelerationGeometric multigrid ↗

    Removes error at multiple mesh resolutions.

    For suitable elliptic operators with a mesh hierarchy and compatible transfer operators and smoothers.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Electromagnetics & optics

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Electromagnetics & optics137

Magnetostatic model

Represents steady magnetic fields driven by currents and magnetization.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∇×H=J\nabla\times H=J∇⋅B=0\nabla\cdot B=0B=μHB=\mu H

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Set time derivatives to zero in Maxwell’s equations.
  2. Preserve current-driven magnetic circulation and absence of magnetic monopoles.
  3. Combine with a magnetic material law and, if useful, a vector potential B=∇×A.

Symbols & assumptions

Steady-current model; saturation and hysteresis require nonlinear or path-dependent material relations.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Electromagnetics & optics

Practical use

A direct-current electromagnet.

Product / system examples

Electromagnets

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — AC/DC Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A direct-current electromagnet.

Model-family limitations

Frequency, geometry, dispersion and material response determine whether static, ray or full-wave approximations apply.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Magnetic field around a straight wire

Magnetic field around a straight wire

Problem & parameters. Consider the exterior of a long straight wire of radius a carrying steady current I in vacuum.

B/(μ0I/2πa)=a/rB/(\mu_0 I/2\pi a)=a/r

Solution. Ampère’s law around a circle gives 2πrB=μ0I.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 3, calculated vertical coordinate 0.33333. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 3, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.33333 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exterior field of an ideal long wire; end effects are excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Boundary formulationBoundary element method ↗

    Transfers suitable linear PDE problems to boundary integral equations.

    For a linear homogeneous-domain formulation with a known fundamental solution; general nonlinear/inhomogeneous problems need extensions.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Linear accelerationGeometric multigrid ↗

    Removes error at multiple mesh resolutions.

    For suitable elliptic operators with a mesh hierarchy and compatible transfer operators and smoothers.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Electromagnetics & optics

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Electromagnetics & optics138

Eddy-current model

Models induced conducting currents in a time-varying magnetic field.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∇×(μ−1∇×A)+σ(∂tA+∇ϕ)=Js\nabla\times(\mu^{-1}\nabla\times A)+\sigma(\partial_tA+\nabla\phi)=J_s

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Write B=∇×A and E=−∂tA−∇φ.
  2. Use Ohm’s law Jeddy=σE.
  3. Substitute into Ampère’s law while neglecting displacement current.

Symbols & assumptions

Quasistatic conducting-medium form; gauge conditions and charge conservation are needed to determine A and φ.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Electromagnetics & optics

Practical use

Induction heating in a metal workpiece.

Product / system examples

Induction heating coils

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — AC/DC Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Induction heating in a metal workpiece.

Model-family limitations

Frequency, geometry, dispersion and material response determine whether static, ray or full-wave approximations apply.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: AC skin-depth amplitude

AC skin-depth amplitude

Problem & parameters. A sinusoidal magnetic field penetrates a homogeneous conducting half-space with skin depth δ.

∣B(x)∣/∣B(0)∣=e−x/δ|B(x)|/|B(0)|=e^{-x/\delta}

Solution. The diffusion equation at angular frequency ω has a decaying complex solution exp[−(1+i)x/δ]. Its amplitude is exp(−x/δ).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Linear conductor with constant conductivity and permeability; displacement current neglected.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Linear solveGMRES ↗

    Minimizes the residual over a Krylov subspace for nonsymmetric systems.

    For nonsymmetric linearized or discretized systems; plan preconditioning and restart/storage settings.

  • Spatial error controlAdaptive mesh refinement ↗

    Concentrates degrees of freedom where a numerical error indicator is large.

    Refine localized gradients or error indicators after choosing the PDE discretization.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Electromagnetics & optics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Electromagnetics & optics139

Magnetic-circuit model

Uses reluctance and magnetomotive force in lumped magnetic paths.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Φ=NIR\Phi=\frac{NI}{\mathcal R}R=ℓμA\mathcal R=\frac\ell{\mu A}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Integrate Ampère’s law around a magnetic path.
  2. Assume approximately uniform flux through cross-sectional area A.
  3. Combine B=μH with Φ=BA to obtain the reluctance relation.

Symbols & assumptions

NI is magnetomotive force; leakage, fringing, saturation and multiple flux paths require corrections or a network.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Electromagnetics & optics

Practical use

Preliminary transformer-core design.

Product / system examples

Transformers

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — AC/DC Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Preliminary transformer-core design.

Model-family limitations

Frequency, geometry, dispersion and material response determine whether static, ray or full-wave approximations apply.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Linear magnetic circuit

Linear magnetic circuit

Problem & parameters. Use a single magnetic circuit of fixed reluctance ℛ with no leakage.

Φ/Φ∗=(NI)/(RΦ∗)\Phi/\Phi_*=(NI)/(\mathcal R\Phi_*)

Solution. Solve NI=ℛΦ for flux.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Linear unsaturated material and fixed geometry.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Electromagnetics & optics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Electromagnetics & optics140

Jiles–Atherton hysteresis model

Represents path-dependent magnetization with phenomenological parameters.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Man=Ms[coth⁡(He/a)−a/He]M_{\mathrm{an}}=M_s[\coth(H_e/a)-a/H_e]He=H+αMH_e=H+\alpha M

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Use an anhysteretic magnetization curve as the reversible equilibrium target.
  2. Introduce effective-field coupling and a pinning-controlled irreversible component.
  3. Combine reversible and irreversible magnetization to generate history-dependent loops.

Symbols & assumptions

This is the anhysteretic backbone of Jiles–Atherton, not the complete hysteresis law; pinning k, reversibility c and branch rules are also required.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Electromagnetics & optics

Practical use

Magnetic hysteresis in a ferromagnetic core.

Product / system examples

Ferromagnetic inductors

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — AC/DC Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Magnetic hysteresis in a ferromagnetic core.

Model-family limitations

Frequency, geometry, dispersion and material response determine whether static, ray or full-wave approximations apply.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Anhysteretic magnetization curve

Anhysteretic magnetization curve

Problem & parameters. Evaluate the Langevin-form anhysteretic component of a Jiles–Atherton model, using its zero-field limit M=0.

Man/Ms=coth⁡h−1/hM_{an}/M_s=\coth h-1/h

Solution. Insert h=He/a into Ms[coth(h)−1/h]. The apparent singularity is removable; the small-field slope is 1/3.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Anhysteretic reference only, not the history-dependent hysteresis loop.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Electromagnetics & optics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Electromagnetics & optics141

Geometrical optics

Approximates light propagation as rays.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∣∇S∣2=n2|\nabla S|^2=n^2dds(ndrds)=∇n\frac d{ds}(n\frac{dr}{ds})=\nabla n

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Insert a rapidly oscillating wave ansatz into the wave equation.
  2. Keep the leading short-wavelength terms to obtain the eikonal equation.
  3. Rays follow normals to phase surfaces and obey the ray equation.

Symbols & assumptions

S is optical phase path, n refractive index and s arc length; diffraction is neglected when wavelength is small relative to geometry.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Electromagnetics & optics

Practical use

Lens-system ray tracing.

Product / system examples

Camera lenses

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Ray Optics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Lens-system ray tracing.

Model-family limitations

Frequency, geometry, dispersion and material response determine whether static, ray or full-wave approximations apply.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Refraction from air into glass

Refraction from air into glass

Problem & parameters. A ray crosses a plane interface from index 1 into index 1.5.

θ2=arcsin⁡[sin⁡(θ1)/1.5]\theta_2=\arcsin[\sin(\theta_1)/1.5]

Solution. Use Snell’s law n1 sin θ1=n2 sin θ2 and solve for the refracted angle.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 40, calculated vertical coordinate 25.374. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 40, into the displayed formula to obtain 25.374 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Electromagnetics & optics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Electromagnetics & optics142

Scalar diffraction model

Uses a scalar wave approximation for light diffraction.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

U(P)≈1iλ∫apertureU(Q)eikrrK(θ) dAU(P)\approx\frac1{i\lambda}\int_{\mathrm{aperture}}U(Q)\frac{e^{ikr}}r K(\theta)\,dA

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Represent a scalar wave as contributions from an aperture boundary.
  2. Apply a Green-function surface integral and suitable aperture approximations.
  3. Sum secondary-wave contributions with phase delay and an obliquity factor K.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative diffraction integral; assumptions differ among Kirchhoff, Fresnel and Fraunhofer forms. Polarization is neglected.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Electromagnetics & optics

Practical use

Diffraction through a small aperture.

Product / system examples

Diffraction gratings

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Wave Optics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Diffraction through a small aperture.

Model-family limitations

Frequency, geometry, dispersion and material response determine whether static, ray or full-wave approximations apply.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Single-slit far-field diffraction

Single-slit far-field diffraction

Problem & parameters. Illuminate a slit of width a uniformly with monochromatic coherent light and observe the Fraunhofer pattern.

I/I0=[sin⁡uu]2I/I_0=\left[\frac{\sin u}{u}\right]^2

Solution. Integrate the phase factor across the slit to obtain sinc amplitude; square its magnitude. Use the continuous limit I/I0=1 at u=0.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

  • Smooth-field discretizationSpectral collocation ↗

    Approximates smooth fields globally and enforces the equation at selected nodes.

    For sufficiently smooth fields in compatible geometries; use suitable bases, dealiasing, and boundary treatment.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Electromagnetics & optics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Electromagnetics & optics143

Gaussian beam model

Represents a paraxial beam with a Gaussian transverse profile.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

w(z)=w01+(z/zR)2w(z)=w_0\sqrt{1+(z/z_R)^2}zR=πw02λz_R=\frac{\pi w_0^2}\lambda

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Factor a rapidly varying axial phase from a scalar wave.
  2. Neglect the second axial derivative of the slowly varying envelope to get the paraxial equation.
  3. A Gaussian ansatz gives the beam-width law and Rayleigh range.

Symbols & assumptions

Fundamental Gaussian beam in a uniform medium; λ is the wavelength in that medium and w₀ the beam waist.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Electromagnetics & optics

Practical use

Focusing a laser beam.

Product / system examples

Laser focusing systems

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Wave Optics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Focusing a laser beam.

Model-family limitations

Frequency, geometry, dispersion and material response determine whether static, ray or full-wave approximations apply.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Gaussian beam transverse intensity

Gaussian beam transverse intensity

Problem & parameters. At a fixed axial plane, take a fundamental paraxial Gaussian beam with 1/e² intensity radius w.

I(r)/I(0)=e−2(r/w)2I(r)/I(0)=e^{-2(r/w)^2}

Solution. Square the Gaussian field amplitude exp(−r²/w²) to obtain its intensity.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. One transverse cut at a fixed plane; w changes with axial distance.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Electromagnetics & optics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Electromagnetics & optics144

Drude–Lorentz optical model

Represents free-carrier and bound-charge contributions to permittivity.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

ε(ω)=ε∞−ωp2ω2+iγω+∑jfjωj2−ω2−iγjω\varepsilon(\omega)=\varepsilon_\infty-\frac{\omega_p^2}{\omega^2+i\gamma\omega}+\sum_j\frac{f_j}{\omega_j^2-\omega^2-i\gamma_j\omega}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Model free carriers with a damped driven equation lacking a restoring force.
  2. Model bound charges as damped driven oscillators.
  3. Solve for polarization and add its contributions to permittivity.

Symbols & assumptions

Convention e^(−iωt); fj are oscillator strengths with compatible units. Parameters must be fitted to the relevant frequency range.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Electromagnetics & optics

Practical use

Frequency-dependent optical response of a material.

Product / system examples

Optical coatings and plasmonic materials

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Wave Optics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Frequency-dependent optical response of a material.

Model-family limitations

Frequency, geometry, dispersion and material response determine whether static, ray or full-wave approximations apply.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Lossless Drude dielectric response

Lossless Drude dielectric response

Problem & parameters. Take the free-electron Drude limit with zero collision rate, no Lorentz resonances, and background permittivity one.

ϵr=1−(ωp/ω)2\epsilon_r=1-(\omega_p/\omega)^2

Solution. Solve the harmonic free-electron displacement equation and insert the induced polarization into D=ε0E+P.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.75, calculated vertical coordinate 0.67347. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.75, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.67347 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Lossless frequency-domain special case; the zero-frequency singular point is excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Electromagnetics & optics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Circuits & semiconductor devices145

Lumped RLC circuit model

Uses resistors, capacitors and inductors connected by Kirchhoff laws.

Micro / mesoPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Lq¨+Rq˙+q/C=Vin(t)L\ddot q+R\dot q+q/C=V_{\mathrm{in}}(t)i=q˙i=\dot q

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Apply Kirchhoff’s voltage law to a series resistor, inductor and capacitor.
  2. Use vR=Ri, vL=Ldi/dt and vC=q/C.
  3. Replace current by charge rate to obtain the second-order equation.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative series RLC circuit; lumped behavior assumes propagation delay is negligible.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Circuits & semiconductor devices

Practical use

A resonant electrical filter.

Product / system examples

RLC filters

Named product or implementation route

ngspice ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A resonant electrical filter.

Model-family limitations

Compact and transport models require appropriate device parameters; lumped circuits fail when propagation effects dominate.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: RC charging limit of an RLC circuit

RC charging limit of an RLC circuit

Problem & parameters. Set inductance to zero and apply a voltage step Vs to a series resistor and initially uncharged capacitor.

VC/Vs=1−e−t/(RC)V_C/V_s=1-e^{-t/(RC)}

Solution. Kirchhoff’s law gives RCV′+V=Vs. Solve the first-order initial-value problem.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.91792. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.91792 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. RC limiting circuit, not a general second-order RLC transient.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

Relationships to other models

Micro / meso → Circuits & semiconductor devices

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Circuits & semiconductor devices146

Transmission-line electrical model

Represents distributed inductance, capacitance and losses.

Micro / mesoPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂xV=−R′I−L′∂tI\partial_xV=-R'I-L'\partial_tI∂xI=−G′V−C′∂tV\partial_xI=-G'V-C'\partial_tV

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Represent a short line segment by series resistance/inductance and shunt conductance/capacitance.
  2. Apply Kirchhoff laws.
  3. Divide by segment length and take its limit to obtain the telegrapher equations.

Symbols & assumptions

R′,L′,G′,C′ are per-length parameters; frequency dependence and multiple conductors may require matrix forms.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Circuits & semiconductor devices

Practical use

Signal propagation along a high-speed cable.

Product / system examples

High-speed signal cables

Named product or implementation route

ngspice ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Signal propagation along a high-speed cable.

Model-family limitations

Compact and transport models require appropriate device parameters; lumped circuits fail when propagation effects dominate.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Linear traveling-wave snapshot

Linear traveling-wave snapshot

Problem & parameters. Use a one-dimensional sinusoidal wave in a uniform, lossless linear medium. Plot the normalized field at time zero.

u(ξ,0)=sin⁡(2πξ)u(\xi,0)=\sin(2\pi\xi)

Solution. A sinusoidal traveling-wave solution is u = sin[2π(ξ−τ)]. Set τ = 0 to obtain the plotted snapshot.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1.2246e-16. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.2246e-16 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. An acoustic, electromagnetic, elastic, or linear Alfvén-wave reference as appropriate. For MHD this is the small transverse perturbation of a uniform magnetized equilibrium; for FDTD it is an exact target, not a discretized result.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

Relationships to other models

Micro / meso → Circuits & semiconductor devices

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Circuits & semiconductor devices147

Shockley diode model

Approximates diode current with an exponential voltage relation.

Micro / mesoPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

I=Is[exp⁡(V/(nVT))−1]I=I_s[\exp(V/(nV_T))-1]VT=kBTqV_T=\frac{k_BT}q

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Use the junction voltage to change minority-carrier concentrations exponentially.
  2. Solve steady diffusion in the neutral regions.
  3. Add electron and hole diffusion currents to obtain an exponential current law.

Symbols & assumptions

Ideal diffusion diode has n≈1; practical ideality factor n captures limited departures. Breakdown, series resistance and high injection need extensions.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Circuits & semiconductor devices

Practical use

Forward conduction of a junction diode.

Product / system examples

Rectifier diodes

Named product or implementation route

ngspice ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Forward conduction of a junction diode.

Model-family limitations

Compact and transport models require appropriate device parameters; lumped circuits fail when propagation effects dominate.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Ideal diode current

Ideal diode current

Problem & parameters. Evaluate the Shockley diode law without series resistance or reverse breakdown.

I/Is=eV/(nVT)−1I/I_s=e^{V/(nV_T)}-1

Solution. Substitute the thermal-voltage-scaled bias into the exponential current law.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

Relationships to other models

Micro / meso → Circuits & semiconductor devices

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Circuits & semiconductor devices148

Ebers–Moll transistor model

Models coupled junction currents in a bipolar transistor.

Micro / mesoPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

IC=αFIES(eVBE/VT−1)−ICS(eVBC/VT−1)I_C=\alpha_F I_{\mathrm{ES}}(e^{V_{\mathrm{BE}}/V_T}-1)-I_{\mathrm{CS}}(e^{V_{\mathrm{BC}}/V_T}-1)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Represent the emitter-base and collector-base junctions by coupled diode currents.
  2. Transport a fraction αF of the forward emitter injection to the collector.
  3. Subtract reverse collector-junction injection using a consistent terminal sign convention.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative NPN Ebers–Moll collector-current equation; companion emitter/base equations and reciprocity complete the model.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Circuits & semiconductor devices

Practical use

Large-signal transistor circuit behavior.

Product / system examples

Bipolar transistor circuits

Named product or implementation route

ngspice ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Large-signal transistor circuit behavior.

Model-family limitations

Compact and transport models require appropriate device parameters; lumped circuits fail when propagation effects dominate.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Forward-active transistor collector current

Forward-active transistor collector current

Problem & parameters. Use the forward-active Ebers–Moll branch and neglect the reverse junction contribution.

IC/(αFIES)=eVBE/VT−1I_C/(\alpha_F I_{ES})=e^{V_{BE}/V_T}-1

Solution. Keep the αFIES[exp(VBE/VT)−1] term and divide by its prefactor.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2, calculated vertical coordinate 6.3891. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2, into the displayed formula to obtain 6.3891 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Forward-active approximation; no saturation, Early effect, or breakdown.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

Relationships to other models

Micro / meso → Circuits & semiconductor devices

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Circuits & semiconductor devices149

MOSFET square-law model

Approximates long-channel transistor current from terminal voltages.

Micro / mesoPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

ID=μCoxWL[(VGS−VT)VDS−VDS2/2]I_D=\mu C_{\mathrm{ox}}\frac WL[(V_{\mathrm{GS}}-V_T)V_{\mathrm{DS}}-V_{\mathrm{DS}}^2/2]ID,sat=12μCoxWL(VGS−VT)2I_{D,\mathrm{sat}}=\frac12\mu C_{\mathrm{ox}}\frac WL(V_{\mathrm{GS}}-V_T)^2

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Use the gradual-channel approximation to express local inversion charge.
  2. Relate drift current to that charge and the channel voltage gradient.
  3. Integrate along the channel; pinch-off yields the saturation expression.

Symbols & assumptions

Long-channel MOSFET, VGS>VT, negligible channel-length modulation, constant mobility. VT here means threshold voltage.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Circuits & semiconductor devices

Practical use

First-order analog circuit calculations.

Product / system examples

Long-channel MOS transistor circuits

Named product or implementation route

ngspice ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

First-order analog circuit calculations.

Model-family limitations

Compact and transport models require appropriate device parameters; lumped circuits fail when propagation effects dominate.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Long-channel MOSFET saturation

Long-channel MOSFET saturation

Problem & parameters. Use a long-channel MOSFET in strong-inversion saturation with constant mobility and no channel-length modulation.

ID/(βV∗2/2)=[(VGS−Vth)/V∗]2I_D/(\beta V_*^2/2)=[(V_{GS}-V_{th})/V_*]^2

Solution. Set VDS at or above overdrive and integrate the gradual-channel charge relation to obtain ID=β(VGS−Vth)²/2.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.5, calculated vertical coordinate 2.25. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 2.25 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

Relationships to other models

Micro / meso → Circuits & semiconductor devices

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Circuits & semiconductor devices150

BSIM compact-model family

Uses detailed parameterized MOS transistor relations.

Micro / mesoPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

ID=F(VGS,VDS,VBS,T;θ)I_D=F(V_{\mathrm{GS}},V_{\mathrm{DS}},V_{\mathrm{BS}},T;\theta)Qi=Gi(VGS,VDS,VBS,T;θ)Q_i=G_i(V_{\mathrm{GS}},V_{\mathrm{DS}},V_{\mathrm{BS}},T;\theta)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Start with channel charge and carrier transport physics.
  2. Introduce calibrated corrections for short-channel, mobility, leakage and geometry effects.
  3. Use consistent terminal charges to represent transient currents.

Symbols & assumptions

BSIM is a family of extensive compact models, not one universal formula. F and Gi denote the version-specific published equations and θ the process parameters.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Circuits & semiconductor devices

Practical use

Integrated-circuit simulation for a calibrated fabrication process.

Product / system examples

CMOS integrated-circuit design kits

Named product or implementation route

ngspice ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Integrated-circuit simulation for a calibrated fabrication process.

Model-family limitations

Compact and transport models require appropriate device parameters; lumped circuits fail when propagation effects dominate.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Weak-inversion current benchmark

Weak-inversion current benchmark

Problem & parameters. Use an ideal weak-inversion exponential trend at fixed drain bias as a compact-model check.

ID/I∗=e(VGS−V∗)/(nVT)I_D/I_*=e^{(V_{GS}-V_*)/(nV_T)}

Solution. A Boltzmann subthreshold charge law gives current proportional to exp(VGS/nVT); normalize at VGS=V*.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate -1.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.22313. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, -1.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.22313 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Asymptotic benchmark only; not the complete BSIM equations or a result from a foundry model card.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

Relationships to other models

Micro / meso → Circuits & semiconductor devices

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Circuits & semiconductor devices151

Drift–diffusion semiconductor model

Combines electrostatics with carrier drift, diffusion and continuity.

Micro / mesoPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Jn=qμnnE+qDn∇nJ_n=q\mu_n nE+qD_n\nabla nJp=qμppE−qDp∇pJ_p=q\mu_p pE-qD_p\nabla p

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Combine carrier drift in the electric field with diffusion down concentration gradients.
  2. Convert electron and hole particle fluxes to conventional charge currents.
  3. Couple them to continuity and electrostatic Poisson equations.

Symbols & assumptions

n,p are carrier densities and q the positive elementary charge. Recombination, generation and boundary contacts must be specified.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Circuits & semiconductor devices

Practical use

Charge transport through a semiconductor junction.

Product / system examples

Silicon junction diodes

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Semiconductor Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Charge transport through a semiconductor junction.

Model-family limitations

Compact and transport models require appropriate device parameters; lumped circuits fail when propagation effects dominate.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Uniform-carrier drift current

Uniform-carrier drift current

Problem & parameters. Take uniform electron density n, fixed mobility μ, and a low-field steady state. The density gradient is zero.

J/(qnμE∗)=E/E∗J/(qn\mu E_*)=E/E_*

Solution. The diffusion contribution vanishes. Evaluate the conventional drift-current magnitude law J=qnμE.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Low-field isothermal drift limit; carrier heating and higher hydrodynamic moments are excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

Relationships to other models

Micro / meso → Circuits & semiconductor devices

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Circuits & semiconductor devices152

Hydrodynamic carrier model

Adds carrier-energy or momentum information to transport.

Micro / mesoPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂tWn+∇⋅SW=Jn⋅E−Wn−Wn,eqτE\partial_tW_n+\nabla\cdot S_W=J_n\cdot E-\frac{W_n-W_{n,\mathrm{eq}}}{\tau_E}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Take an energy moment of the carrier Boltzmann equation.
  2. Represent field work as Jn·E.
  3. Close the energy flux and scattering loss using a carrier-energy relaxation approximation.

Symbols & assumptions

Wn is carrier energy density, SW energy flux and τE relaxation time; hydrodynamic variants add momentum moments and different closures.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Circuits & semiconductor devices

Practical use

Hot-carrier behavior in short devices.

Product / system examples

Short-channel semiconductor device simulators

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL equation-based modeling ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Hot-carrier behavior in short devices.

Model-family limitations

Compact and transport models require appropriate device parameters; lumped circuits fail when propagation effects dominate.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Uniform-carrier drift current

Uniform-carrier drift current

Problem & parameters. Take uniform electron density n, fixed mobility μ, and a low-field steady state. The density gradient is zero.

J/(qnμE∗)=E/E∗J/(qn\mu E_*)=E/E_*

Solution. The diffusion contribution vanishes. Evaluate the conventional drift-current magnitude law J=qnμE.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Low-field isothermal drift limit; carrier heating and higher hydrodynamic moments are excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

Relationships to other models

Micro / meso → Circuits & semiconductor devices

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Electrochemistry & energy storage153

Nernst equilibrium potential

Relates electrochemical equilibrium potential to species activities.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

E=E∘−RTnFln⁡QE=E^\circ-\frac{RT}{nF}\ln Q

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Write reaction Gibbs energy as ΔG=ΔG°+RTln Q.
  2. Relate reversible electrical work to −nFE.
  3. Combine the two expressions and define E°=−ΔG°/(nF).

Symbols & assumptions

Q is the activity-based reaction quotient, n transferred electrons and F Faraday’s constant. Equilibrium is required.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Electrochemistry & energy storage

Practical use

Open-circuit potential of a half-cell.

Product / system examples

Electrochemical reference electrodes

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Electrochemistry Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Open-circuit potential of a half-cell.

Model-family limitations

Electrode parameters, aging mechanisms and operating conditions are chemistry-specific; extrapolation beyond validation is unreliable.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Equilibrium potential versus activity ratio

Equilibrium potential versus activity ratio

Problem & parameters. For Ox+ne− ⇌ Red use ideal specified activities and fixed temperature.

nF(E−E∘)/(RT)=ln⁡(aox/ared)nF(E-E^\circ)/(RT)=\ln(a_{ox}/a_{red})

Solution. Set the reaction electrochemical free-energy change to zero and rearrange the Nernst relation.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 5.05, calculated vertical coordinate 1.6194. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 5.05, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.6194 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Electrochemistry & energy storage

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Electrochemistry & energy storage154

Butler–Volmer kinetics

Relates interfacial current to electrochemical overpotential.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

j=j0[exp⁡(αaFη/(RT))−exp⁡(−αcFη/(RT))]j=j_0[\exp(\alpha_aF\eta/(RT))-\exp(-\alpha_cF\eta/(RT))]

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Treat anodic and cathodic reaction rates as activated processes.
  2. Let overpotential η shift the forward and reverse activation barriers.
  3. Subtract the two partial currents and require zero net current at equilibrium.

Symbols & assumptions

One-electron notation shown; stoichiometric and transfer-coefficient conventions must match the reaction mechanism.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Electrochemistry & energy storage

Practical use

Charge transfer at a battery electrode.

Product / system examples

Lithium-ion battery electrodes

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Electrochemistry Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Charge transfer at a battery electrode.

Model-family limitations

Electrode parameters, aging mechanisms and operating conditions are chemistry-specific; extrapolation beyond validation is unreliable.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Symmetric Butler–Volmer polarization

Symmetric Butler–Volmer polarization

Problem & parameters. Set anodic and cathodic transfer coefficients to one half, with one-electron charge convention.

j/j0=2sinh⁡(η∗/2),η∗=Fη/(RT)j/j_0=2\sinh(\eta_*/2),\quad\eta_*=F\eta/(RT)

Solution. Subtract the two exponentials in Butler–Volmer to obtain twice the hyperbolic sine.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Electrochemistry & energy storage

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Electrochemistry & energy storage155

Tafel approximation

Approximates high-overpotential behavior of Butler–Volmer kinetics.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

η≈RTαaFln⁡(j/j0)\eta\approx\frac{RT}{\alpha_aF}\ln(j/j_0)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Start with Butler–Volmer kinetics.
  2. At sufficiently large positive overpotential, neglect the cathodic exponential.
  3. Take the logarithm to obtain a straight-line Tafel relation.

Symbols & assumptions

Anodic branch shown; mass-transfer limits, ohmic losses and surface changes must be separated from activation kinetics.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Electrochemistry & energy storage

Practical use

Interpreting a polarization curve in a suitable regime.

Product / system examples

Electrolysis electrode characterization tools

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Electrochemistry Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Interpreting a polarization curve in a suitable regime.

Model-family limitations

Electrode parameters, aging mechanisms and operating conditions are chemistry-specific; extrapolation beyond validation is unreliable.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Anodic Tafel relation

Anodic Tafel relation

Problem & parameters. Use the anodic high-overpotential regime where the cathodic exponential is negligible.

αFη/(RT)=ln⁡(j/j0)\alpha F\eta/(RT)=\ln(j/j_0)

Solution. From j≈j0 exp(αFη/RT), take logarithms and solve for overpotential.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 55, calculated vertical coordinate 4.0073. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 55, into the displayed formula to obtain 4.0073 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Asymptotic approximation, plotted well above j/j0=1; not valid near equilibrium.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Electrochemistry & energy storage

Specific connections

  • Large-overpotential approximation of Butler–Volmer kinetics

    One exponential dominates, with sign and branch chosen consistently.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Electrochemistry & energy storage156

Poisson–Nernst–Planck model

Couples electrostatics to diffusion and migration of ions.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Ji=−Di[∇ci+ziFRTci∇ϕ]J_i=-D_i[\nabla c_i+\frac{z_iF}{RT}c_i\nabla\phi]−∇⋅(ε∇ϕ)=F∑izici-\nabla\cdot(\varepsilon\nabla\phi)=F\sum_i z_ic_i

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Combine diffusion with electric-field-driven ion migration using the Einstein relation.
  2. Use ion conservation ∂tci=−∇·Ji plus reactions if present.
  3. Determine electric potential from the local ionic charge density.

Symbols & assumptions

Dilute continuum electrolyte without advection shown; concentrated electrolytes and ion correlations require richer constitutive laws.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Electrochemistry & energy storage

Practical use

Ion transport through a charged nanopore.

Product / system examples

Ion-selective nanopores

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Electrochemistry Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Ion transport through a charged nanopore.

Model-family limitations

Electrode parameters, aging mechanisms and operating conditions are chemistry-specific; extrapolation beyond validation is unreliable.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Screened potential in a dilute electrolyte

Screened potential in a dilute electrolyte

Problem & parameters. At zero ionic flux, linearize a symmetric dilute electrolyte near equilibrium next to a planar wall.

ϕ/ϕ0=e−x/λD\phi/\phi_0=e^{-x/\lambda_D}

Solution. Boltzmann ionic populations linearize Poisson’s equation to φ″=φ/λD². Select the decaying solution and impose the wall potential.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Debye–Hückel equilibrium limit of PNP, requiring |zFφ|≪RT; no driven ionic transport.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Large nonlinear solveNewton-Krylov method ↗

    Solves each Newton correction approximately with a Krylov method.

    For large smooth residual systems; matrix-free products still need effective preconditioning and globalization.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Electrochemistry & energy storage

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Electrochemistry & energy storage157

Doyle–Fuller–Newman (DFN/P2D) model

Combines porous-electrode transport and particle diffusion.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂tcs=Dsr2∂r(r2∂rcs)\partial_tc_s=\frac{D_s}{r^2}\partial_r(r^2\partial_rc_s)∂xicell=0\partial_xi_{\mathrm{cell}}=0j=BV⁡(ϕs−ϕe−U)j=\operatorname{BV}(\phi_s-\phi_e-U)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Describe solid diffusion inside representative electrode particles.
  2. Couple reaction fluxes to porous-electrode electrolyte and electronic transport along cell thickness x.
  3. Enforce current conservation and Butler–Volmer interfacial kinetics.

Symbols & assumptions

Schematic DFN/P2D core; electrolyte mass balance, potential equations, porosity factors and boundary conditions complete the model. BV denotes Butler–Volmer kinetics.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Electrochemistry & energy storage

Practical use

Voltage response of a lithium-ion cell.

Product / system examples

Lithium-ion cell simulation packages

Named product or implementation route

PyBaMM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Voltage response of a lithium-ion cell.

Model-family limitations

Electrode parameters, aging mechanisms and operating conditions are chemistry-specific; extrapolation beyond validation is unreliable.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Spherical-particle average concentration balance

Spherical-particle average concentration balance

Problem & parameters. Start with a spherical active particle of radius R and mean concentration c*. Impose constant outward molar flux jout.

cˉ/c∗=1−3τ,τ=joutt/(Rc∗)\bar c/c_* =1-3\tau,\quad\tau=j_{out}t/(Rc_*)

Solution. Integrate spherical diffusion over particle volume: d(c̄)/dt=−(surface/volume)jout=−3jout/R. Apply the initial average.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.125, calculated vertical coordinate 0.625. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.125, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.625 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact particle mass balance shared by DFN, SPM, and SPMe. It does not give the radial profile, terminal voltage, electrolyte dynamics, or a usable-capacity prediction.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Large nonlinear solveNewton-Krylov method ↗

    Solves each Newton correction approximately with a Krylov method.

    For large smooth residual systems; matrix-free products still need effective preconditioning and globalization.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Electrochemistry & energy storage

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Electrochemistry & energy storage158

Single-particle battery model (SPM)

Represents each electrode by a representative active-material particle.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂tcs,k=Ds,kr2∂r(r2∂rcs,k)\partial_tc_{s,k}=\frac{D_{s,k}}{r^2}\partial_r(r^2\partial_rc_{s,k})V≈Up−Un+ηp−ηn−IRΩV\approx U_p-U_n+\eta_p-\eta_n-IR_\Omega

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Replace each porous electrode’s particle population by one representative particle.
  2. Apply the average reaction flux implied by cell current.
  3. Use surface concentrations to compute equilibrium potentials and kinetic voltage losses.

Symbols & assumptions

SPM simplification; electrolyte concentration and potential variations are neglected or approximated.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Electrochemistry & energy storage

Practical use

Fast battery state prediction at suitable rates.

Product / system examples

Battery-management estimators

Named product or implementation route

PyBaMM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Fast battery state prediction at suitable rates.

Model-family limitations

Electrode parameters, aging mechanisms and operating conditions are chemistry-specific; extrapolation beyond validation is unreliable.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Spherical-particle average concentration balance

Spherical-particle average concentration balance

Problem & parameters. Start with a spherical active particle of radius R and mean concentration c*. Impose constant outward molar flux jout.

cˉ/c∗=1−3τ,τ=joutt/(Rc∗)\bar c/c_* =1-3\tau,\quad\tau=j_{out}t/(Rc_*)

Solution. Integrate spherical diffusion over particle volume: d(c̄)/dt=−(surface/volume)jout=−3jout/R. Apply the initial average.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.125, calculated vertical coordinate 0.625. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.125, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.625 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact particle mass balance shared by DFN, SPM, and SPMe. It does not give the radial profile, terminal voltage, electrolyte dynamics, or a usable-capacity prediction.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Large nonlinear solveNewton-Krylov method ↗

    Solves each Newton correction approximately with a Krylov method.

    For large smooth residual systems; matrix-free products still need effective preconditioning and globalization.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Electrochemistry & energy storage

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Electrochemistry & energy storage159

Single-particle model with electrolyte (SPMe)

Adds electrolyte concentration effects to a single-particle approximation.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

εe∂tce=∂x(De,eff∂xce)+(1−t+)aj/F\varepsilon_e\partial_tc_e=\partial_x(D_{e,\mathrm{eff}}\partial_xc_e)+(1-t_+)aj/F

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Retain the SPM particle equations.
  2. Add electrolyte salt conservation across electrode and separator regions.
  3. Use electrolyte concentration and potential corrections in the cell voltage.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative electrolyte balance within SPMe; j is interfacial current density and a interfacial area per volume, with region-dependent signs and coefficients.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Electrochemistry & energy storage

Practical use

Improved reduced-order cell prediction.

Product / system examples

Battery-control simulation packages

Named product or implementation route

PyBaMM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Improved reduced-order cell prediction.

Model-family limitations

Electrode parameters, aging mechanisms and operating conditions are chemistry-specific; extrapolation beyond validation is unreliable.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Spherical-particle average concentration balance

Spherical-particle average concentration balance

Problem & parameters. Start with a spherical active particle of radius R and mean concentration c*. Impose constant outward molar flux jout.

cˉ/c∗=1−3τ,τ=joutt/(Rc∗)\bar c/c_* =1-3\tau,\quad\tau=j_{out}t/(Rc_*)

Solution. Integrate spherical diffusion over particle volume: d(c̄)/dt=−(surface/volume)jout=−3jout/R. Apply the initial average.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.125, calculated vertical coordinate 0.625. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.125, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.625 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact particle mass balance shared by DFN, SPM, and SPMe. It does not give the radial profile, terminal voltage, electrolyte dynamics, or a usable-capacity prediction.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Large nonlinear solveNewton-Krylov method ↗

    Solves each Newton correction approximately with a Krylov method.

    For large smooth residual systems; matrix-free products still need effective preconditioning and globalization.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Electrochemistry & energy storage

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Electrochemistry & energy storage160

Equivalent-circuit battery model

Uses fitted electrical elements to approximate terminal behavior.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

V=OCV⁡(z)−IR0−v1V=\operatorname{OCV}(z)-IR_0-v_1v˙1=−v1R1C1+IC1\dot v_1=-\frac{v_1}{R_1C_1}+\frac I{C_1}z˙=−IQn\dot z=-\frac I{Q_n}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Represent instantaneous ohmic loss by R₀ and relaxation by an RC branch.
  2. Apply Kirchhoff’s laws to the branch.
  3. Track state of charge z by coulomb counting.

Symbols & assumptions

One-RC Thevenin battery model with discharge-positive current; parameters depend on temperature, charge state and aging.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Electrochemistry & energy storage

Practical use

Battery state estimation in a controller.

Product / system examples

Battery-management systems

Named product or implementation route

PyBaMM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Battery state estimation in a controller.

Model-family limitations

Electrode parameters, aging mechanisms and operating conditions are chemistry-specific; extrapolation beyond validation is unreliable.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Battery polarization under a current step

Battery polarization under a current step

Problem & parameters. Apply a constant current I to an initially relaxed single-RC battery polarization branch.

Vp/(IRp)=1−e−t/(RpCp)V_p/(IR_p)=1-e^{-t/(R_pC_p)}

Solution. Solve CpVp′+Vp/Rp=I. The terminal-voltage drop also includes any separate series ohmic resistance.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.91792. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.91792 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. One branch with fixed parameters; state of charge and open-circuit voltage are held fixed.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Electrochemistry & energy storage

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Porous media & geomechanics161

Darcy porous-flow model

Relates averaged fluid flux to hydraulic gradient.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

q=−Kμ(∇p−ρg)q=-\frac K\mu(\nabla p-\rho g)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Average slow viscous flow over a representative porous volume.
  2. Relate bulk flux linearly to pressure and gravity driving forces.
  3. Collect pore-geometry effects into permeability K.

Symbols & assumptions

q is Darcy volumetric flux, not pore velocity; K may be a tensor and μ is dynamic viscosity.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Porous media & geomechanics

Practical use

Groundwater movement through an aquifer.

Product / system examples

Porous filters

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Porous Media Flow Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Groundwater movement through an aquifer.

Model-family limitations

Permeability, soil behavior and scale averaging are site-specific; fractures and heterogeneity can dominate flow and strength.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Darcy flux versus pressure gradient

Darcy flux versus pressure gradient

Problem & parameters. Let G=−dp/dx be positive, and hold permeability k and viscosity μ constant.

u/(kG∗/μ)=G/G∗u/(kG_*/\mu)=G/G_*

Solution. Solve μu/k = G.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Single-phase creeping flow in a homogeneous porous medium.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Large nonlinear solveNewton-Krylov method ↗

    Solves each Newton correction approximately with a Krylov method.

    For large smooth residual systems; matrix-free products still need effective preconditioning and globalization.

  • Linear accelerationAlgebraic multigrid ↗

    Constructs coarse spaces from matrix structure rather than an explicit mesh hierarchy.

    For suitable sparse elliptic blocks; coupled, indefinite, or strongly anisotropic operators need tailored treatment.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Porous media & geomechanics

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Porous media & geomechanics162

Brinkman porous-flow model

Adds a viscous shear term to a Darcy-like resistance model.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

−∇p+μeff∇2u−μK−1u+ρg=0-\nabla p+\mu_{\mathrm{eff}}\nabla^2u-\mu K^{-1}u+\rho g=0

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Begin with Darcy drag in a homogenized porous medium.
  2. Add a viscous shear-diffusion term to represent momentum exchange across velocity gradients.
  3. Balance pressure, shear, porous resistance and body force.

Symbols & assumptions

Brinkman effective viscosity μeff is model-dependent; interface conditions between porous and free flow require care.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Porous media & geomechanics

Practical use

Flow near a porous-medium interface.

Product / system examples

Porous heat exchangers

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Porous Media Flow Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Flow near a porous-medium interface.

Model-family limitations

Permeability, soil behavior and scale averaging are site-specific; fractures and heterogeneity can dominate flow and strength.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Brinkman flow between porous walls

Brinkman flow between porous walls

Problem & parameters. Solve μe u″−μu/k+G=0 between no-slip walls ±H. Choose screening length ℓ=√(μe k/μ) and H/ℓ=2.

u/(kG/μ)=1−cosh⁡(x/ℓ)/cosh⁡(H/ℓ),H/ℓ=2u/(kG/\mu)=1-\cosh(x/\ell)/\cosh(H/\ell),\quad H/\ell=2

Solution. Add a constant particular solution kG/μ to the symmetric cosh homogeneous solution, then enforce the wall values.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0.7342. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.7342 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Large nonlinear solveNewton-Krylov method ↗

    Solves each Newton correction approximately with a Krylov method.

    For large smooth residual systems; matrix-free products still need effective preconditioning and globalization.

  • Linear accelerationAlgebraic multigrid ↗

    Constructs coarse spaces from matrix structure rather than an explicit mesh hierarchy.

    For suitable sparse elliptic blocks; coupled, indefinite, or strongly anisotropic operators need tailored treatment.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Porous media & geomechanics

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Porous media & geomechanics163

Forchheimer model

Adds inertial resistance to porous flow.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

−∇p=μKu+ρβ∣u∣u-\nabla p=\frac\mu K u+\rho\beta|u|u

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Start with linear Darcy resistance at small pore Reynolds number.
  2. Add a quadratic velocity-dependent inertial loss.
  3. Fit the coefficient β to porous geometry or measurements.

Symbols & assumptions

Isotropic form without gravity; β has inverse-length units. Velocity convention must match calibration.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Porous media & geomechanics

Practical use

Higher-speed flow through a packed bed.

Product / system examples

Packed-bed flow systems

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Porous Media Flow Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Higher-speed flow through a packed bed.

Model-family limitations

Permeability, soil behavior and scale averaging are site-specific; fractures and heterogeneity can dominate flow and strength.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Forchheimer inertial pressure loss

Forchheimer inertial pressure loss

Problem & parameters. Choose velocity and gradient scales so that the linear and quadratic drag coefficients are both one.

G/G∗=v+v2G/G_*=v+v^2

Solution. Substitute positive velocity into G=av+bv|v| and apply the chosen scaling.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.5, calculated vertical coordinate 3.75. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 3.75 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

  • Tabulated dataBarycentric interpolation ↗

    Evaluates the interpolation polynomial using precomputed weights.

    For repeated evaluation of a polynomial interpolant with suitable nodes; this is not itself a physical solver.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Porous media & geomechanics

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Porous media & geomechanics164

Richards equation

Describes variably saturated water movement in porous media.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂θ(h)∂t=∇⋅[K(h)∇(h+z)]\frac{\partial\theta(h)}{\partial t}=\nabla\cdot[K(h)\nabla(h+z)]

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Apply water conservation to a variably saturated porous medium.
  2. Use a saturation-dependent Darcy flux driven by pressure head h plus elevation z.
  3. Close water content θ and hydraulic conductivity K as functions of h.

Symbols & assumptions

Water phase only with air pressure approximated as known; hysteresis and preferential flow are omitted unless added.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Porous media & geomechanics

Practical use

Rain infiltration into soil.

Product / system examples

Soil infiltration analysis tools

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Porous Media Flow Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Rain infiltration into soil.

Model-family limitations

Permeability, soil behavior and scale averaging are site-specific; fractures and heterogeneity can dominate flow and strength.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Linearized unsaturated-head relaxation

Linearized unsaturated-head relaxation

Problem & parameters. Linearize moisture capacity and hydraulic conductivity about a uniform reference state, neglect gravity, and solve the resulting diffusion equation on a slab.

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1

Solution. The sine satisfies both zero end values. Its second derivative is −π² times itself; the amplitude solves a′ = −π²a.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.37271. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.37271 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Constant-coefficient linearization of Richards’ equation. The nonlinear retention and conductivity changes are excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Large nonlinear solveNewton-Krylov method ↗

    Solves each Newton correction approximately with a Krylov method.

    For large smooth residual systems; matrix-free products still need effective preconditioning and globalization.

  • Linear accelerationAlgebraic multigrid ↗

    Constructs coarse spaces from matrix structure rather than an explicit mesh hierarchy.

    For suitable sparse elliptic blocks; coupled, indefinite, or strongly anisotropic operators need tailored treatment.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Porous media & geomechanics

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Porous media & geomechanics165

van Genuchten retention model

Relates water saturation to pressure head with fitted parameters.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Se=[1+(α∣h∣)n]−mS_e=[1+(\alpha|h|)^n]^{-m}θ=θr+Se(θs−θr)\theta=\theta_r+S_e(\theta_s-\theta_r)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Normalize water content between residual and saturated limits.
  2. Choose a monotonic fitted function of suction head.
  3. Use parameters α,n,m to capture the observed retention curve.

Symbols & assumptions

For h<0; saturated branch has Se=1. Often m=1−1/n for a particular conductivity closure, but this is not mandatory for the retention relation alone.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Porous media & geomechanics

Practical use

Soil-water retention in an infiltration analysis.

Product / system examples

Soil-water retention characterization tools

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Porous Media Flow Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Soil-water retention in an infiltration analysis.

Model-family limitations

Permeability, soil behavior and scale averaging are site-specific; fractures and heterogeneity can dominate flow and strength.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: van Genuchten water retention

van Genuchten water retention

Problem & parameters. Choose n=2 and m=1−1/n=1/2 for a drying retention curve.

Se=[1+(α∣h∣)2]−1/2S_e=[1+(\alpha|h|)^2]^{-1/2}

Solution. Insert the chosen parameters into Se=[1+(α|h|)^n]^−m.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.37139. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.37139 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Retention relation only; hysteresis and conductivity are not evaluated.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

  • Tabulated dataBarycentric interpolation ↗

    Evaluates the interpolation polynomial using precomputed weights.

    For repeated evaluation of a polynomial interpolant with suitable nodes; this is not itself a physical solver.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Porous media & geomechanics

Specific connections

  • Can provide closure for Richards equation

    A retention/conductivity relation connects water content, pressure head, and transport.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Porous media & geomechanics166

Biot poroelasticity

Couples solid deformation and pore-fluid pressure.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

σ=C:ε−αBpI\sigma=C:\varepsilon-\alpha_BpIζ=αBtr⁡ε+p/M\zeta=\alpha_B\operatorname{tr}\varepsilon+p/Mζ˙+∇⋅q=0\dot\zeta+\nabla\cdot q=0

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Split total stress into skeleton deformation and pore-pressure contributions.
  2. Relate fluid-content change ζ to volumetric strain and pressure.
  3. Combine fluid conservation with Darcy flow and mechanical equilibrium.

Symbols & assumptions

Linear Biot poroelasticity; αB is Biot coefficient and M Biot modulus. Sign conventions must match the strain and stress definitions.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Porous media & geomechanics

Practical use

Consolidation of a fluid-saturated formation.

Product / system examples

Porous rock deformation simulators

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Structural Mechanics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Consolidation of a fluid-saturated formation.

Model-family limitations

Permeability, soil behavior and scale averaging are site-specific; fractures and heterogeneity can dominate flow and strength.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: A single consolidation pressure mode

A single consolidation pressure mode

Problem & parameters. Use one-dimensional linear consolidation with drained ends and an initial excess pore-pressure mode sin(πx/L). Plot cvt/L²=0.1.

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1

Solution. The sine satisfies both zero end values. Its second derivative is −π² times itself; the amplitude solves a′ = −π²a.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.37271. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.37271 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact single-mode Terzaghi solution and a compatible one-dimensional poroelastic reduction; not an arbitrary initial loading history.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Large nonlinear solveNewton-Krylov method ↗

    Solves each Newton correction approximately with a Krylov method.

    For large smooth residual systems; matrix-free products still need effective preconditioning and globalization.

  • Linear accelerationAlgebraic multigrid ↗

    Constructs coarse spaces from matrix structure rather than an explicit mesh hierarchy.

    For suitable sparse elliptic blocks; coupled, indefinite, or strongly anisotropic operators need tailored treatment.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Porous media & geomechanics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Porous media & geomechanics167

Terzaghi consolidation model

Describes time-dependent settlement from pore-pressure dissipation.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂u∂t=cv∂2u∂z2\frac{\partial u}{\partial t}=c_v\frac{\partial^2u}{\partial z^2}cv=kmvγwc_v=\frac{k}{m_v\gamma_w}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Combine one-dimensional fluid conservation with Darcy drainage.
  2. Relate volume change to effective-stress change using compressibility mv.
  3. For constant total load, eliminate strain to obtain pore-pressure diffusion.

Symbols & assumptions

u is excess pore pressure, k hydraulic conductivity and γw water unit weight; assumptions include saturated homogeneous soil and small strain.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Porous media & geomechanics

Practical use

Settlement beneath a new embankment.

Product / system examples

Embankment settlement analysis tools

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Porous Media Flow Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Settlement beneath a new embankment.

Model-family limitations

Permeability, soil behavior and scale averaging are site-specific; fractures and heterogeneity can dominate flow and strength.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: A single consolidation pressure mode

A single consolidation pressure mode

Problem & parameters. Use one-dimensional linear consolidation with drained ends and an initial excess pore-pressure mode sin(πx/L). Plot cvt/L²=0.1.

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1

Solution. The sine satisfies both zero end values. Its second derivative is −π² times itself; the amplitude solves a′ = −π²a.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.37271. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.37271 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact single-mode Terzaghi solution and a compatible one-dimensional poroelastic reduction; not an arbitrary initial loading history.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Large nonlinear solveNewton-Krylov method ↗

    Solves each Newton correction approximately with a Krylov method.

    For large smooth residual systems; matrix-free products still need effective preconditioning and globalization.

  • Linear accelerationAlgebraic multigrid ↗

    Constructs coarse spaces from matrix structure rather than an explicit mesh hierarchy.

    For suitable sparse elliptic blocks; coupled, indefinite, or strongly anisotropic operators need tailored treatment.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Porous media & geomechanics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Porous media & geomechanics168

Modified Cam-Clay model

Uses critical-state plasticity for idealized clay behavior.

Continuum / componentPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

f=q2+M2p′(p′−pc′)=0f=q^2+M^2p'(p'-p_c')=0

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Describe yielding in mean effective stress p′ and deviatoric stress q.
  2. Use an elliptical surface that meets the critical-state line q=Mp′.
  3. Evolve preconsolidation pressure pc′ through a volumetric hardening law.

Symbols & assumptions

Modified Cam-Clay with compression-positive stress; elasticity, associated flow and hardening complete the constitutive model.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Porous media & geomechanics

Practical use

Compression and shear response of clay.

Product / system examples

Clay foundation analysis software

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Nonlinear Structural Materials Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Compression and shear response of clay.

Model-family limitations

Permeability, soil behavior and scale averaging are site-specific; fractures and heterogeneity can dominate flow and strength.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Modified Cam-Clay yield ellipse

Modified Cam-Clay yield ellipse

Problem & parameters. Hold preconsolidation pressure pc and critical-state slope M fixed. Plot the compression-positive yield locus.

q/(Mpc)=(p/pc)(1−p/pc)q/(Mp_c)=\sqrt{(p/p_c)(1-p/p_c)}

Solution. Solve q²+M²p(p−pc)=0 for the nonnegative q branch.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Yield-surface geometry only; hardening and stress-path evolution are not solved.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Large nonlinear solveNewton-Krylov method ↗

    Solves each Newton correction approximately with a Krylov method.

    For large smooth residual systems; matrix-free products still need effective preconditioning and globalization.

  • Linear accelerationAlgebraic multigrid ↗

    Constructs coarse spaces from matrix structure rather than an explicit mesh hierarchy.

    For suitable sparse elliptic blocks; coupled, indefinite, or strongly anisotropic operators need tailored treatment.

Relationships to other models

Continuum / component → Porous media & geomechanics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Water, atmosphere & Earth systems169

Saint-Venant shallow-water model

Depth-averages mass and momentum in free-surface flow.

Regional / planetaryPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂th+∇⋅(hu)=0\partial_th+\nabla\cdot(hu)=0∂t(hu)+∇⋅(hu⊗u+12gh2I)=−gh∇zb−τb/ρ\partial_t(hu)+\nabla\cdot(hu\otimes u+\frac12gh^2I)=-gh\nabla z_b-\tau_b/\rho

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Integrate incompressible conservation through water depth.
  2. Assume vertical acceleration is small so pressure is hydrostatic.
  3. Represent bed slope and friction as depth-averaged source terms.

Symbols & assumptions

Two-dimensional shallow-water form; h is depth and zb bed elevation. Waves must be long relative to depth.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Practical use

River flood routing.

Product / system examples

Flood-risk modeling software

Named product or implementation route

HEC-RAS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

River flood routing.

Model-family limitations

Boundary conditions, forcing scenarios, resolution and parameterizations introduce uncertainty; local calibration is often essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Linear shallow-water surface wave

Linear shallow-water surface wave

Problem & parameters. Linearize shallow-water dynamics about rest at constant depth H; the wave speed is √(gH).

u(ξ,0)=sin⁡(2πξ)u(\xi,0)=\sin(2\pi\xi)

Solution. A sinusoidal traveling-wave solution is u = sin[2π(ξ−τ)]. Set τ = 0 to obtain the plotted snapshot.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1.2246e-16. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.2246e-16 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Small free-surface perturbation in a constant-depth channel, without friction or dispersion.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Discretization uncertaintyGrid convergence index ↗

    Reports a safety-factored estimate of discretization uncertainty.

    For a systematic grid-refinement study with a justified observed order and safety factor; it is not physical validation.

Relationships to other models

Regional / planetary → Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Water, atmosphere & Earth systems170

Kinematic-wave routing

Simplifies flow routing by approximating dominant slope and friction balance.

Regional / planetaryPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂A∂t+∂Q∂x=ql\frac{\partial A}{\partial t}+\frac{\partial Q}{\partial x}=q_lQ=αAmQ=\alpha A^m

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Keep cross-sectional mass conservation.
  2. Approximate momentum by local friction-slope balance.
  3. Use an algebraic discharge-area relation to close the routing equation.

Symbols & assumptions

A is wetted area and ql lateral inflow per length; backwater and inertia are poorly represented.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Practical use

Overland runoff travel.

Product / system examples

Stormwater routing tools

Named product or implementation route

HEC-HMS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Overland runoff travel.

Model-family limitations

Boundary conditions, forcing scenarios, resolution and parameterizations introduce uncertainty; local calibration is often essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Constant-speed routing pulse

Constant-speed routing pulse

Problem & parameters. Use the linear routing equation ht+hx=0 with initial Gaussian pulse exp(−x²).

h(x,1)=e−(x−1)2h(x,1)=e^{-(x-1)^2}

Solution. The pulse is constant along characteristics x−t, hence it translates without changing shape.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Constant-celerity reduction; nonlinear depth-dependent routing can distort or steepen the pulse.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Discretization uncertaintyGrid convergence index ↗

    Reports a safety-factored estimate of discretization uncertainty.

    For a systematic grid-refinement study with a justified observed order and safety factor; it is not physical validation.

Relationships to other models

Regional / planetary → Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Water, atmosphere & Earth systems171

Rainfall–runoff model

Converts precipitation and catchment storage into streamflow.

Regional / planetaryPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

dSdt=P−ET−Q\frac{dS}{dt}=P-\mathrm{ET}-QQ=f(S,soil,routing)Q=f(S,\text{soil},\text{routing})

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Apply catchment water balance.
  2. Partition rainfall into storage, evapotranspiration and outflow.
  3. Specify empirical or physical functions for infiltration, storage release and channel routing.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative rainfall–runoff structure; there is no single universal model. Spatial resolution and parameter choices define a particular implementation.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Practical use

Watershed response to a storm.

Product / system examples

Watershed runoff models

Named product or implementation route

HEC-HMS ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Watershed response to a storm.

Model-family limitations

Boundary conditions, forcing scenarios, resolution and parameterizations introduce uncertainty; local calibration is often essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Linear-reservoir recession

Linear-reservoir recession

Problem & parameters. After rainfall stops, let storage S obey S′=−S/K and outflow Q=S/K. Normalize either by its initial value.

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}

Solution. Separate dy/dτ = −y, integrate ln(y) = −τ + C, and apply y(0) = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. One-reservoir rainfall–runoff component; no new rain, infiltration, or additional routing stores.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Time integrationBackward Euler ↗

    Uses the next-step slope and solves an implicit equation.

    For dissipative stiff evolution when first-order accuracy and damping are acceptable; solve each implicit step.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Regional / planetary → Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Water, atmosphere & Earth systems172

Groundwater flow model

Combines water conservation with porous-flow relations.

Regional / planetaryPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Ss∂h∂t=∇⋅(K∇h)+WS_s\frac{\partial h}{\partial t}=\nabla\cdot(K\nabla h)+W

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Apply water conservation in a saturated porous volume.
  2. Insert Darcy flux q=−K∇h.
  3. Represent compressible storage with specific storage Ss and sources with W.

Symbols & assumptions

Hydraulic-head form for saturated flow; unconfined aquifers require appropriate water-table storage and moving-boundary treatment.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Practical use

Regional aquifer drawdown.

Product / system examples

Groundwater management software

Named product or implementation route

MODFLOW 6 ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Regional aquifer drawdown.

Model-family limitations

Boundary conditions, forcing scenarios, resolution and parameterizations introduce uncertainty; local calibration is often essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Steady one-dimensional diffusion benchmark

Steady one-dimensional diffusion benchmark

Problem & parameters. Solve u″ = 0 on 0 < ξ < 1 with u(0) = 1 and u(1) = 0, constant transport coefficient, and no source.

u(ξ)=1−ξu(\xi)=1-\xi

Solution. Integrate twice to obtain u = A+Bξ. The two endpoint values give A = 1 and B = −1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. For numerical-method entries this is the exact target to verify against, not a computed discretization or convergence claim.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Discretization uncertaintyGrid convergence index ↗

    Reports a safety-factored estimate of discretization uncertainty.

    For a systematic grid-refinement study with a justified observed order and safety factor; it is not physical validation.

Relationships to other models

Regional / planetary → Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Water, atmosphere & Earth systems173

Advection–dispersion groundwater model

Represents contaminant transport and spreading through an aquifer.

Regional / planetaryPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂(θc)∂t=∇⋅(θD∇c)−∇⋅(qc)+S\frac{\partial(\theta c)}{\partial t}=\nabla\cdot(\theta D\nabla c)-\nabla\cdot(qc)+S

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Balance contaminant mass in pore water.
  2. Represent bulk transport by Darcy flux q and spreading by a dispersion tensor D.
  3. Add sources, reactions and sorption storage as needed.

Symbols & assumptions

θ is porosity or water content; the written storage term omits sorbed mass, which must be added for retarding solutes.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Practical use

Tracking a dissolved plume.

Product / system examples

Aquifer contamination models

Named product or implementation route

MODFLOW 6 ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Tracking a dissolved plume.

Model-family limitations

Boundary conditions, forcing scenarios, resolution and parameterizations introduce uncertainty; local calibration is often essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Dispersing tracer plume

Dispersing tracer plume

Problem & parameters. On an infinite line take velocity one, dispersion coefficient 0.1, and initial concentration exp(−x²).

c(x,1)=11.4e−(x−1)2/1.4c(x,1)=\frac1{\sqrt{1.4}}e^{-(x-1)^2/1.4}

Solution. Translate the Gaussian by vt and broaden its squared width to 1+4Dt, adjusting amplitude to conserve mass.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1, calculated vertical coordinate 0.84515. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.84515 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Homogeneous advection–dispersion with no reactions or sorption.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Discretization uncertaintyGrid convergence index ↗

    Reports a safety-factored estimate of discretization uncertainty.

    For a systematic grid-refinement study with a justified observed order and safety factor; it is not physical validation.

Relationships to other models

Regional / planetary → Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Water, atmosphere & Earth systems174

Numerical weather prediction

Evolves atmospheric dynamics and thermodynamics from an analyzed initial state.

Regional / planetaryPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

DuDt+2Ω×u=−∇pρ+g+F\frac{Du}{Dt}+2\Omega\times u=-\frac{\nabla p}\rho+g+FDθDt=Qθ\frac{D\theta}{Dt}=Q_\theta

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Apply rotating-frame momentum conservation.
  2. Couple it to mass, thermodynamic and water-species balances.
  3. Discretize, initialize from observations and parameterize unresolved processes to produce forecasts.

Symbols & assumptions

Schematic atmospheric dynamics; θ is potential temperature, Ω Earth’s rotation. Hydrostatic versus nonhydrostatic formulations differ.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Practical use

Forecasting a weather system.

Product / system examples

Numerical weather forecast systems

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL equation-based modeling ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Forecasting a weather system.

Model-family limitations

Boundary conditions, forcing scenarios, resolution and parameterizations introduce uncertainty; local calibration is often essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Isothermal hydrostatic atmosphere

Isothermal hydrostatic atmosphere

Problem & parameters. Use an ideal gas at constant temperature and constant gravity, with density ρ0 at height zero.

ρ(z)/ρ0=e−z/H\rho(z)/\rho_0=e^{-z/H}

Solution. Combine dp/dz=−ρg with p=ρRsT; integrate dρ/dz=−ρ/H, H=RsT/g.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Hydrostatic column benchmark only. For stellar structure this approximates a thin isothermal layer, not an entire star; radiation, convection, and dynamics are excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Discretization uncertaintyGrid convergence index ↗

    Reports a safety-factored estimate of discretization uncertainty.

    For a systematic grid-refinement study with a justified observed order and safety factor; it is not physical validation.

Relationships to other models

Regional / planetary → Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Water, atmosphere & Earth systems175

General circulation model (GCM)

Represents large-scale atmospheric or oceanic circulation.

Regional / planetaryPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂tx=Fdyn(x)+Fphysics(x,forcing)\partial_tx=F_{\mathrm{dyn}}(x)+F_{\mathrm{physics}}(x,\text{forcing})

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Represent the discretized atmosphere or ocean by state vector x.
  2. Advance resolved conservation laws with dynamical operator Fdyn.
  3. Add radiation, mixing, cloud or other unresolved physical tendencies.

Symbols & assumptions

GCM is a model class rather than one equation; spatial discretization, coupling and parameterizations specify the actual model.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Practical use

Studying global circulation under specified forcing.

Product / system examples

Global climate simulation systems

Named product or implementation route

CESM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Studying global circulation under specified forcing.

Model-family limitations

Boundary conditions, forcing scenarios, resolution and parameterizations introduce uncertainty; local calibration is often essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Isothermal hydrostatic atmosphere

Isothermal hydrostatic atmosphere

Problem & parameters. Use an ideal gas at constant temperature and constant gravity, with density ρ0 at height zero.

ρ(z)/ρ0=e−z/H\rho(z)/\rho_0=e^{-z/H}

Solution. Combine dp/dz=−ρg with p=ρRsT; integrate dρ/dz=−ρ/H, H=RsT/g.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Hydrostatic column benchmark only. For stellar structure this approximates a thin isothermal layer, not an entire star; radiation, convection, and dynamics are excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Discretization uncertaintyGrid convergence index ↗

    Reports a safety-factored estimate of discretization uncertainty.

    For a systematic grid-refinement study with a justified observed order and safety factor; it is not physical validation.

Relationships to other models

Regional / planetary → Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Specific connections

  • Can form the circulation core of Earth system model (ESM)

    Earth-system frameworks extend coupled circulation with land and biogeochemical processes.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Water, atmosphere & Earth systems176

Earth system model (ESM)

Couples atmosphere, ocean, land, ice and biogeochemical processes.

Regional / planetaryPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

x˙a=Fa(xa,Foa,Fla)\dot x_a=F_a(x_a,F_{oa},F_{la})x˙o=Fo(xo,Fao)\dot x_o=F_o(x_o,F_{ao})x˙l=Fl(xl,Fal)\dot x_l=F_l(x_l,F_{al})

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Build separate atmosphere, ocean and land evolution models.
  2. Exchange heat, water, momentum and biogeochemical fluxes across their boundaries.
  3. Enforce compatible time stepping and conservation during coupling.

Symbols & assumptions

Schematic Earth-system coupling; subscripts identify components and exchanged fluxes, with ice and chemistry often added.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Practical use

Exploring climate responses to emissions scenarios.

Product / system examples

Earth-system research models

Named product or implementation route

CESM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Exploring climate responses to emissions scenarios.

Model-family limitations

Boundary conditions, forcing scenarios, resolution and parameterizations introduce uncertainty; local calibration is often essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: One-box climate response to a forcing step

One-box climate response to a forcing step

Problem & parameters. For a constant radiative-forcing step F, use CΔT′=F−λΔT with positive linear feedback parameter λ and initially zero anomaly.

ΔT/(F/λ)=1−e−λt/C\Delta T/(F/\lambda)=1-e^{-\lambda t/C}

Solution. Apply an integrating factor to the one-box energy balance; the equilibrium anomaly is F/λ.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.91792. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.91792 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Reduced global-mean energy balance. For ESM this is an illustrative diagnostic reduction, not a full Earth-system forecast.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Discretization uncertaintyGrid convergence index ↗

    Reports a safety-factored estimate of discretization uncertainty.

    For a systematic grid-refinement study with a justified observed order and safety factor; it is not physical validation.

Relationships to other models

Regional / planetary → Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Water, atmosphere & Earth systems177

Energy-balance climate model

Balances incoming and outgoing energy in a simplified climate system.

Regional / planetaryPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

CdTdt=(1−α)S4−OLR⁡(T)C\frac{dT}{dt}=\frac{(1-\alpha)S}4-\operatorname{OLR}(T)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Average absorbed sunlight over the planetary surface.
  2. Subtract outgoing longwave radiation OLR.
  3. Assign the residual to heat storage C dT/dt.

Symbols & assumptions

Zero-dimensional energy-balance climate model; C is heat capacity per area, S solar irradiance and α planetary albedo.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Practical use

Estimating idealized temperature response to forcing.

Product / system examples

Climate teaching and sensitivity-analysis tools

Named product or implementation route

climlab ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Estimating idealized temperature response to forcing.

Model-family limitations

Boundary conditions, forcing scenarios, resolution and parameterizations introduce uncertainty; local calibration is often essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: One-box climate response to a forcing step

One-box climate response to a forcing step

Problem & parameters. For a constant radiative-forcing step F, use CΔT′=F−λΔT with positive linear feedback parameter λ and initially zero anomaly.

ΔT/(F/λ)=1−e−λt/C\Delta T/(F/\lambda)=1-e^{-\lambda t/C}

Solution. Apply an integrating factor to the one-box energy balance; the equilibrium anomaly is F/λ.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.91792. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.91792 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Reduced global-mean energy balance. For ESM this is an illustrative diagnostic reduction, not a full Earth-system forecast.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Time integrationBackward Euler ↗

    Uses the next-step slope and solves an implicit equation.

    For dissipative stiff evolution when first-order accuracy and damping are acceptable; solve each implicit step.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Regional / planetary → Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Water, atmosphere & Earth systems178

Ocean circulation model

Evolves ocean momentum, temperature and salinity.

Regional / planetaryPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

DuDt+fk^×u=−∇hpρ0+mixing\frac{Du}{Dt}+f\hat k\times u=-\frac{\nabla_hp}{\rho_0}+\text{mixing}∂zp=−ρg\partial_zp=-\rho g

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Apply rotating-fluid momentum and mass conservation.
  2. Use the Boussinesq approximation and hydrostatic vertical balance for large-scale flow.
  3. Couple velocity to temperature and salinity transport and an equation of state.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative primitive-equation ocean model; nonhydrostatic effects matter at smaller scales.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Practical use

Large-scale ocean currents.

Product / system examples

Ocean circulation simulation systems

Named product or implementation route

CESM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Large-scale ocean currents.

Model-family limitations

Boundary conditions, forcing scenarios, resolution and parameterizations introduce uncertainty; local calibration is often essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Linear barotropic ocean-wave reference

Linear barotropic ocean-wave reference

Problem & parameters. Use a constant-depth, nonrotating, inviscid shallow-water reduction of ocean circulation.

u(ξ,0)=sin⁡(2πξ)u(\xi,0)=\sin(2\pi\xi)

Solution. A sinusoidal traveling-wave solution is u = sin[2π(ξ−τ)]. Set τ = 0 to obtain the plotted snapshot.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1.2246e-16. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.2246e-16 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Single linear barotropic mode; rotation, stratification, mixing, and realistic boundaries are excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Discretization uncertaintyGrid convergence index ↗

    Reports a safety-factored estimate of discretization uncertainty.

    For a systematic grid-refinement study with a justified observed order and safety factor; it is not physical validation.

Relationships to other models

Regional / planetary → Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Specific connections

  • Can be a component of Earth system model (ESM)

    Ocean transport exchanges heat, momentum, and tracers with other Earth-system components.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Water, atmosphere & Earth systems179

Sea-ice thermodynamic-dynamic model

Couples freezing, melting and ice motion.

Regional / planetaryPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂th+∇⋅(hu)=growth−melt\partial_th+\nabla\cdot(hu)=\text{growth}-\text{melt}miDuDt=air drag+water drag+∇⋅σi+⋯m_i\frac{Du}{Dt}=\text{air drag}+\text{water drag}+\nabla\cdot\sigma_i+\cdots

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Balance sea-ice volume through transport, freezing and melting.
  2. Balance ice momentum with surface forcing and internal stress.
  3. Close conductive heat flow and an ice rheology to couple thickness and motion.

Symbols & assumptions

h is ice thickness and mi mass per area; concentration, ridging and rheological formulations vary by model.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Practical use

Seasonal sea-ice evolution.

Product / system examples

Sea-ice forecast components

Named product or implementation route

CESM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Seasonal sea-ice evolution.

Model-family limitations

Boundary conditions, forcing scenarios, resolution and parameterizations introduce uncertainty; local calibration is often essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Conduction-limited ice growth

Conduction-limited ice growth

Problem & parameters. Assume zero initial thickness, fixed surface-to-freezing temperature difference ΔT, and conductive flux kΔT/h through the ice.

h/ℓ=t/t∗h/\ell=\sqrt{t/t_*}

Solution. Balance latent heat: ρLh′=kΔT/h. Integrate h²=2kΔTt/(ρL) and choose t*=ρLℓ²/(2kΔT).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2, calculated vertical coordinate 1.4142. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.4142 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Stefan growth limit with no ocean heat flux, snow insulation, or ice dynamics.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Discretization uncertaintyGrid convergence index ↗

    Reports a safety-factored estimate of discretization uncertainty.

    For a systematic grid-refinement study with a justified observed order and safety factor; it is not physical validation.

Relationships to other models

Regional / planetary → Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Water, atmosphere & Earth systems180

Elastic seismic-wave model

Propagates elastic disturbances through Earth materials.

Regional / planetaryPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

ρu¨=∇⋅σ+f\rho\ddot u=\nabla\cdot\sigma+fσ=C:ε(u)\sigma=C:\varepsilon(u)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Apply momentum conservation to an elastic solid.
  2. Use a constitutive relation between stress and displacement gradients.
  3. Propagate the resulting wave equation through heterogeneous Earth materials.

Symbols & assumptions

Linear elastic seismic model; attenuation, anisotropy, free-surface and absorbing boundaries may be required.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Practical use

Ground-motion simulation for an earthquake scenario.

Product / system examples

Earthquake wave-propagation software

Named product or implementation route

SPECFEM3D ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Ground-motion simulation for an earthquake scenario.

Model-family limitations

Boundary conditions, forcing scenarios, resolution and parameterizations introduce uncertainty; local calibration is often essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Linear traveling-wave snapshot

Linear traveling-wave snapshot

Problem & parameters. Use a one-dimensional sinusoidal wave in a uniform, lossless linear medium. Plot the normalized field at time zero.

u(ξ,0)=sin⁡(2πξ)u(\xi,0)=\sin(2\pi\xi)

Solution. A sinusoidal traveling-wave solution is u = sin[2π(ξ−τ)]. Set τ = 0 to obtain the plotted snapshot.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1.2246e-16. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.2246e-16 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. An acoustic, electromagnetic, elastic, or linear Alfvén-wave reference as appropriate. For MHD this is the small transverse perturbation of a uniform magnetized equilibrium; for FDTD it is an exact target, not a discretized result.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Discretization uncertaintyGrid convergence index ↗

    Reports a safety-factored estimate of discretization uncertainty.

    For a systematic grid-refinement study with a justified observed order and safety factor; it is not physical validation.

Relationships to other models

Regional / planetary → Water, atmosphere & Earth systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Aerospace, vehicles & power systems181

Six-degree-of-freedom flight model

Evolves vehicle translation and rotation using aerodynamic and propulsion forces.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

mv˙body+ω×(mvbody)=Fm\dot v_{\mathrm{body}}+\omega\times(mv_{\mathrm{body}})=FIω˙+ω×Iω=MI\dot\omega+\omega\times I\omega=M

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Resolve translational and rotational momentum in vehicle-fixed axes.
  2. Include rotating-coordinate transport terms.
  3. Compute aerodynamic, thrust and gravity loads and integrate attitude and position kinematics.

Symbols & assumptions

Six-degree-of-freedom rigid vehicle model; aerodynamic coefficients and mass properties are operating-condition dependent.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Aerospace, vehicles & power systems

Practical use

An aircraft maneuver simulation.

Product / system examples

Flight dynamics simulators

Named product or implementation route

JSBSim ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

An aircraft maneuver simulation.

Model-family limitations

Reduced system models need measured coefficients and consistent interfaces; operating limits and control interactions matter.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Constant-force translation

Constant-force translation

Problem & parameters. A rigid body starts at rest with constant net force-to-mass ratio 1 m/s² along one axis and zero net torque.

x(t)=12at2,a=1  m/s2x(t)=\tfrac12at^2,\quad a=1\;\mathrm{m/s^2}

Solution. Newton’s law gives constant acceleration. Integrate twice with zero initial position and velocity.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 3.125. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 3.125 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Single translational degree of freedom; the remaining forces, torques, and rotational motion are set to zero.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Aerospace, vehicles & power systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Aerospace, vehicles & power systems182

Lifting-line model

Approximates finite-wing lift using a spanwise circulation distribution.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

L′(y)=ρUΓ(y)L'(y)=\rho U\Gamma(y)αeff=αgeom−αinduced\alpha_{\mathrm{eff}}=\alpha_{\mathrm{geom}}-\alpha_{\mathrm{induced}}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Replace a finite wing by a spanwise bound-vorticity distribution with a trailing wake.
  2. Relate local circulation Γ to sectional lift.
  3. Compute induced angle from the wake and solve the self-consistent sectional lift relation.

Symbols & assumptions

Prandtl lifting-line assumptions: slender lifting surface, attached flow and suitable small-angle aerodynamic relations.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Aerospace, vehicles & power systems

Practical use

Estimating induced drag of a slender wing.

Product / system examples

Finite-wing aerodynamic analysis tools

Named product or implementation route

AeroDyn ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Estimating induced drag of a slender wing.

Model-family limitations

Reduced system models need measured coefficients and consistent interfaces; operating limits and control interactions matter.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Finite-wing lift slope

Finite-wing lift slope

Problem & parameters. Use lifting-line theory for an ideal elliptically loaded wing of aspect ratio eight and two-dimensional slope 2π per radian.

CL=2πα1+2/(e AR),e=1, AR=8C_L=\frac{2\pi\alpha}{1+2/(e\,AR)},\quad e=1,\ AR=8

Solution. The induced angle reduces the effective angle. Solve CL=a0[α−CL/(πeAR)] for CL.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Small-angle attached-flow approximation; no stall prediction.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

  • Self-consistency / couplingFixed-point iteration ↗

    Iterates a rearranged equation until the state stops changing.

    For a contractive or suitably relaxed fixed-point formulation; monitor residuals and possible divergence.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Aerospace, vehicles & power systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Aerospace, vehicles & power systems183

Blade-element momentum model

Combines blade-section loads with momentum balances.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

dT=12ρW2BcCl,normal dr=4πρU∞2a(1−a)r drdT=\frac12\rho W^2BcC_{l,\mathrm{normal}}\,dr=4\pi\rho U_\infty^2a(1-a)r\,dr

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Compute blade-section loads from relative speed W, chord c and sectional coefficients.
  2. Compute the same annular thrust from axial momentum theory.
  3. Equate the two and iterate for induction factors.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative axial BEM balance; B is blade count and a axial induction. Tip loss, swirl and high-induction corrections are important.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Aerospace, vehicles & power systems

Practical use

Wind-turbine rotor performance.

Product / system examples

Wind-turbine rotor design tools

Named product or implementation route

AeroDyn ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Wind-turbine rotor performance.

Model-family limitations

Reduced system models need measured coefficients and consistent interfaces; operating limits and control interactions matter.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Ideal actuator-disk power

Ideal actuator-disk power

Problem & parameters. Use the ideal nonrotating actuator-disk limit underlying axial momentum theory.

CP=4a(1−a)2C_P=4a(1-a)^2

Solution. Mass, momentum, and energy balances give the displayed coefficient. Differentiating yields a maximum 16/27 at a=1/3.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.25, calculated vertical coordinate 0.5625. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.25, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.5625 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Momentum-theory benchmark for BEM; blade geometry, swirl, drag, tip losses, and high-induction corrections are excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

  • Self-consistency / couplingFixed-point iteration ↗

    Iterates a rearranged equation until the state stops changing.

    For a contractive or suitably relaxed fixed-point formulation; monitor residuals and possible divergence.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Aerospace, vehicles & power systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Aerospace, vehicles & power systems184

Bicycle vehicle model

Combines left and right wheels into a planar steering model.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

m(v˙y+Ur)=Fyf+Fyrm(\dot v_y+Ur)=F_{yf}+F_{yr}Izr˙=lfFyf−lrFyrI_z\dot r=l_fF_{yf}-l_rF_{yr}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Merge left and right wheels into one front and one rear tire.
  2. Apply planar lateral-force and yaw-moment balances.
  3. Relate tire forces to slip angles, often through linear cornering stiffness.

Symbols & assumptions

Small-slip constant-forward-speed bicycle model; U is forward speed, r yaw rate and lf,lr axle distances from the mass center.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Aerospace, vehicles & power systems

Practical use

Lateral vehicle dynamics.

Product / system examples

Vehicle handling simulators

Named product or implementation route

MATLAB / Simulink ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Lateral vehicle dynamics.

Model-family limitations

Reduced system models need measured coefficients and consistent interfaces; operating limits and control interactions matter.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Steady kinematic bicycle turning

Steady kinematic bicycle turning

Problem & parameters. Assume low-speed rolling without tire slip for a vehicle of wheelbase L.

κL=tan⁡δ\kappa L=\tan\delta

Solution. The front-wheel geometry gives turn radius R=L/tanδ; curvature is 1/R.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Kinematic limit, not a high-speed dynamic tire-force model.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Aerospace, vehicles & power systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Aerospace, vehicles & power systems185

Quarter-car suspension model

Represents one wheel assembly and a fraction of vehicle body mass.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

msz¨s=−ks(zs−zu)−cs(z˙s−z˙u)m_s\ddot z_s=-k_s(z_s-z_u)-c_s(\dot z_s-\dot z_u)muz¨u=ks(zs−zu)+cs(z˙s−z˙u)−kt(zu−zr)m_u\ddot z_u=k_s(z_s-z_u)+c_s(\dot z_s-\dot z_u)-k_t(z_u-z_r)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Represent a quarter body and wheel assembly by sprung and unsprung masses.
  2. Connect them with suspension stiffness and damping and connect the wheel to the road through tire stiffness.
  3. Apply vertical force balance to each mass.

Symbols & assumptions

Linear two-mass quarter-car model; road displacement zr is input, with tire damping and active force omitted here.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Aerospace, vehicles & power systems

Practical use

Ride response over a road bump.

Product / system examples

Automotive suspension design tools

Named product or implementation route

MATLAB / Simulink ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Ride response over a road bump.

Model-family limitations

Reduced system models need measured coefficients and consistent interfaces; operating limits and control interactions matter.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Wheel-hop-free suspension mode

Wheel-hop-free suspension mode

Problem & parameters. Hold the unsprung mass fixed, set damping to zero, and release the sprung mass from displacement A.

z/A=cos⁡(ωt)z/A=\cos(\omega t)

Solution. The reduced quarter-car equation is ms z″+ks z=0; ω=√(ks/ms).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 6.2832, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 6.2832, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Single-mode constrained reduction, not the full two-degree-of-freedom road response.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Aerospace, vehicles & power systems

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Aerospace, vehicles & power systems186

Pacejka tire model

Uses empirical nonlinear formulas for tire forces.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

F=Dsin⁡[Carctan⁡(Bs−E(Bs−arctan⁡Bs))]F=D\sin[C\arctan(Bs-E(Bs-\arctan Bs))]

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Choose a flexible empirical curve with tunable initial slope, peak and curvature.
  2. Fit its coefficients to tire-force measurements as functions of load and other conditions.
  3. Evaluate the fitted force against slip s.

Symbols & assumptions

Simplified Pacejka Magic Formula; B,C,D,E are fitted coefficients, not universal constants. Combined slip and camber require extensions.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Aerospace, vehicles & power systems

Practical use

Vehicle handling simulation.

Product / system examples

Tire force simulation models

Named product or implementation route

MATLAB / Simulink ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Vehicle handling simulation.

Model-family limitations

Reduced system models need measured coefficients and consistent interfaces; operating limits and control interactions matter.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Illustrative Magic Formula tire force

Illustrative Magic Formula tire force

Problem & parameters. Choose B=10, C=1.3, E=0, zero offsets, and fixed load in the basic Pacejka Magic Formula.

F/D=sin⁡[1.3arctan⁡(10s)]F/D=\sin[1.3\arctan(10s)]

Solution. With E=0 the curvature correction drops out. Evaluate the sine of the scaled arctangent.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Illustrative coefficients, not a calibrated tire or a combined-slip model.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

  • Tabulated dataCubic spline interpolation ↗

    Joins piecewise cubic polynomials with continuity constraints.

    For smooth interpolation of coefficients or responses; ordinary splines do not guarantee positivity or monotonicity.

  • Derivative verificationComplex-step differentiation ↗

    Estimates an analytic derivative without real subtractive cancellation.

    Only for smooth analytic, complex-compatible code paths; clipping, absolute values, and phase switches can invalidate it.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Aerospace, vehicles & power systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Aerospace, vehicles & power systems187

AC power-flow model

Balances complex power on an electrical network.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Si=Vi∑jYijVj‾S_i=V_i\overline{\sum_jY_{ij}V_j}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Write nodal current from the network admittance matrix: I=YV.
  2. Use complex power S=VI*.
  3. Separate real and imaginary equations and solve for unknown voltage magnitudes and angles.

Symbols & assumptions

AC steady-state phasor model; specified loads, generators, transformers and bus types complete the nonlinear system.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Aerospace, vehicles & power systems

Practical use

Bus voltages in a transmission system.

Product / system examples

Electrical grid planning tools

Named product or implementation route

MATPOWER ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Bus voltages in a transmission system.

Model-family limitations

Reduced system models need measured coefficients and consistent interfaces; operating limits and control interactions matter.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Lossless power-angle relation

Lossless power-angle relation

Problem & parameters. Use two fixed voltage magnitudes connected by a purely reactive line; for a generator use the analogous fixed internal-voltage coupling.

P/(V1V2/X)=sin⁡δP/(V_1V_2/X)=\sin\delta

Solution. The lossless AC circuit gives P=(V1V2/X)sinδ.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Steady electrical-power term; the swing-equation rotor transient and voltage dynamics are not solved.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Aerospace, vehicles & power systems

Specific connections

  • Has linearized approximation DC power-flow approximation

    Uses assumptions including small angle differences, near-unit voltage, and low resistance.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Aerospace, vehicles & power systems188

DC power-flow approximation

Linearizes active-power flow under restrictive grid assumptions.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Pij≈θi−θjxijP_{ij}\approx\frac{\theta_i-\theta_j}{x_{ij}}P=BθP=B\theta

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Start from AC power-flow relations.
  2. Assume near-unit voltage magnitudes, small angle differences and negligible resistance.
  3. Linearize the sine term to obtain a susceptance-based active-power model.

Symbols & assumptions

Despite its name, this approximates an AC network; it does not represent reactive power, voltage magnitude changes or most losses.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Aerospace, vehicles & power systems

Practical use

Fast transmission-network screening.

Product / system examples

Transmission-grid screening tools

Named product or implementation route

MATPOWER ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Fast transmission-network screening.

Model-family limitations

Reduced system models need measured coefficients and consistent interfaces; operating limits and control interactions matter.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Small-angle DC power flow

Small-angle DC power flow

Problem & parameters. Use nearly equal fixed bus voltage magnitudes, negligible resistance, and small angle difference.

P/(V1V2/X)≈δP/(V_1V_2/X)\approx\delta

Solution. Linearize sinδ≈δ in the lossless AC transfer formula.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. DC power-flow approximation; it does not calculate reactive power or voltage magnitudes.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

  • Linear solveConjugate gradient ↗

    Solves symmetric positive-definite systems using conjugate search directions.

    Only when both the matrix and preconditioner satisfy the required symmetry and positive-definiteness conditions.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Aerospace, vehicles & power systems

Specific connections

  • Linearized approximation of AC power-flow model

    Uses assumptions including small angle differences, near-unit voltage, and low resistance.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Aerospace, vehicles & power systems189

Swing-equation generator model

Represents rotor-angle dynamics from mechanical-electrical power imbalance.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Mδ¨+Dδ˙=Pm−Pe(δ)M\ddot\delta+D\dot\delta=P_m-P_e(\delta)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Balance mechanical and electrical torque on a synchronous rotor.
  2. Convert torque to power near synchronous speed.
  3. Express rotor position relative to a synchronous reference to obtain the swing equation.

Symbols & assumptions

δ is electrical rotor angle; per-unit inertia scaling determines M. Generator, excitation and network dynamics may add states.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Aerospace, vehicles & power systems

Practical use

Power-system transient stability.

Product / system examples

Power-grid stability simulators

Named product or implementation route

MATLAB / Simulink ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Power-system transient stability.

Model-family limitations

Reduced system models need measured coefficients and consistent interfaces; operating limits and control interactions matter.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Lossless power-angle relation

Lossless power-angle relation

Problem & parameters. Use two fixed voltage magnitudes connected by a purely reactive line; for a generator use the analogous fixed internal-voltage coupling.

P/(V1V2/X)=sin⁡δP/(V_1V_2/X)=\sin\delta

Solution. The lossless AC circuit gives P=(V1V2/X)sinδ.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Steady electrical-power term; the swing-equation rotor transient and voltage dynamics are not solved.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Aerospace, vehicles & power systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Aerospace, vehicles & power systems190

Building thermal-zone model

Balances heat gains, losses and storage within building zones.

Component / systemPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

CzT˙z=∑j(UA)j(Tj−Tz)+Qsolar+Qinternal+QHVACC_z\dot T_z=\sum_j(UA)_j(T_j-T_z)+Q_{\mathrm{solar}}+Q_{\mathrm{internal}}+Q_{\mathrm{HVAC}}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Apply an energy balance to a thermal zone.
  2. Represent conduction, convection and ventilation exchanges through appropriate conductances or mass flows.
  3. Add internal, solar and conditioning loads.

Symbols & assumptions

Lumped sensible-heat form; humidity, surface temperatures, radiation and infiltration can require separate coupled states.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Aerospace, vehicles & power systems

Practical use

Heating and cooling demand.

Product / system examples

Building energy simulation software

Named product or implementation route

EnergyPlus ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Heating and cooling demand.

Model-family limitations

Reduced system models need measured coefficients and consistent interfaces; operating limits and control interactions matter.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Single thermal capacitance cooling

Single thermal capacitance cooling

Problem & parameters. A thermal capacitance C connects through resistance R to fixed ambient temperature. Set τ = t/(RC) and y = (T−T∞)/(T0−T∞).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}

Solution. Separate dy/dτ = −y, integrate ln(y) = −τ + C, and apply y(0) = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. One-node constant-property cooling example; multizone and multi-node networks have additional modes.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Time integrationBackward Euler ↗

    Uses the next-step slope and solves an implicit equation.

    For dissipative stiff evolution when first-order accuracy and damping are acceptable; solve each implicit step.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Aerospace, vehicles & power systems

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Control, estimation & systems191

State-space model

Represents system evolution with internal states, inputs and outputs.

Component / systemFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

x˙=Ax+Bu\dot x=Ax+Buy=Cx+Duy=Cx+Du

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Choose independent internal variables x that determine future evolution.
  2. Write first-order dynamics and output relations.
  3. Linearize around an operating point to obtain the displayed linear state-space matrices.

Symbols & assumptions

A nonlinear state-space model instead uses ẋ=f(x,u), y=g(x,u); matrix dimensions and operating-point offsets must be consistent.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Control, estimation & systems

Practical use

A motor and load in a control design.

Product / system examples

Motor-control models

Named product or implementation route

MATLAB / Simulink ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A motor and load in a control design.

Model-family limitations

Observability, identifiability, linearization range and unmodeled dynamics limit predictions and control performance.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: First-order unit-step response

First-order unit-step response

Problem & parameters. Use the scalar state equation y′+y=1 with y(0)=0, or transfer function 1/(s+1).

y(τ)=1−e−τy(\tau)=1-e^{-\tau}

Solution. The homogeneous response is Ce^−τ and the constant particular response is one. The initial state gives C=−1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.91792. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.91792 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact linear plant reference. For bond graphs/electrical analogs use a single storage-and-resistance element; for HIL this is a reference trajectory, not measured hardware data.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Control, estimation & systems

Specific connections

  • Can be estimated with Kalman state estimator

    Uses a state-space dynamics and observation model with noise assumptions.

  • Can yield Transfer-function model

    For linear time-invariant systems, eliminate internal states under specified initial conditions.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Control, estimation & systems192

Transfer-function model

Relates linear time-invariant input and output in the transform domain.

Component / systemFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

G(s)=C(sI−A)−1B+DG(s)=C(sI-A)^{-1}B+DY(s)=G(s)U(s)Y(s)=G(s)U(s)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Take the Laplace transform of a linear time-invariant state model with zero initial conditions.
  2. Solve (sI−A)X=BU.
  3. Substitute into the output equation to obtain the transfer function.

Symbols & assumptions

Nonzero initial states produce additional output terms; delays and unstable dynamics require careful interpretation.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Control, estimation & systems

Practical use

Frequency-response design of a feedback loop.

Product / system examples

Feedback control-design software

Named product or implementation route

MATLAB / Simulink ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Frequency-response design of a feedback loop.

Model-family limitations

Observability, identifiability, linearization range and unmodeled dynamics limit predictions and control performance.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: First-order unit-step response

First-order unit-step response

Problem & parameters. Use the scalar state equation y′+y=1 with y(0)=0, or transfer function 1/(s+1).

y(τ)=1−e−τy(\tau)=1-e^{-\tau}

Solution. The homogeneous response is Ce^−τ and the constant particular response is one. The initial state gives C=−1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.91792. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.91792 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact linear plant reference. For bond graphs/electrical analogs use a single storage-and-resistance element; for HIL this is a reference trajectory, not measured hardware data.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Control, estimation & systems

Specific connections

  • Input-output representation of State-space model

    For linear time-invariant systems, eliminate internal states under specified initial conditions.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Control, estimation & systems193

Hybrid dynamical model

Combines continuous dynamics with discrete state changes.

Component / systemFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

x˙=fq(x,u)\dot x=f_q(x,u)q+=g(q,x,u)q^+=g(q,x,u)x+=Rq(x)x^+=R_q(x)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Use a discrete mode q to select a continuous dynamical law.
  2. Define guard conditions that trigger mode transitions.
  3. Apply any state reset R at a transition.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative hybrid-system structure; event priorities and behavior at simultaneous or rapidly repeating switches must be specified.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Control, estimation & systems

Practical use

A thermostat-controlled heating system.

Product / system examples

Thermostat control systems

Named product or implementation route

MATLAB / Simulink ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A thermostat-controlled heating system.

Model-family limitations

Observability, identifiability, linearization range and unmodeled dynamics limit predictions and control performance.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Bouncing-ball flight and one impact

Bouncing-ball flight and one impact

Problem & parameters. Drop a ball from 1 m with g=9.81 m/s². At first ground contact reverse velocity and multiply its magnitude by restitution e=0.8. Plot before the second impact.

h(t)={1−12gt2t≤tiegti(t−ti)−12g(t−ti)2t>tih(t)=\begin{cases}1-\tfrac12gt^2&t\le t_i\\ egt_i(t-t_i)-\tfrac12g(t-t_i)^2&t>t_i\end{cases}

Solution. The first impact occurs at ti=√(2/g). Integrate constant gravity before and after the velocity reset with continuous height.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.55, calculated vertical coordinate 0.30139. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.55, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.30139 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Ideal instantaneous first bounce; air resistance and contact deformation are excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Scalar rootBisection ↗

    Reliably narrows a continuous scalar root bracket.

    For a continuous scalar closure or balance with a known sign-changing bracket.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    For continuous scalar closures with a valid sign-changing bracket; verify the intended physical root.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Control, estimation & systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Control, estimation & systems194

Bond-graph model

Represents energy exchange across mechanical, electrical and other domains.

Component / systemFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

P=efP=ef∑flows=0at a common-effort junction\sum\text{flows}=0\quad\text{at a common-effort junction}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Describe energy exchange using conjugate effort and flow variables.
  2. Impose conservation of flow at equal-effort junctions and conservation of effort at equal-flow junctions.
  3. Connect storage, dissipation and transformation elements to obtain system equations.

Symbols & assumptions

Examples: voltage/current or force/velocity. Bond orientation fixes signs; constitutive laws define each element.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Control, estimation & systems

Practical use

An electromechanical actuator.

Product / system examples

Electromechanical actuator models

Named product or implementation route

Modelica BondLib ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

An electromechanical actuator.

Model-family limitations

Observability, identifiability, linearization range and unmodeled dynamics limit predictions and control performance.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: First-order unit-step response

First-order unit-step response

Problem & parameters. Use the scalar state equation y′+y=1 with y(0)=0, or transfer function 1/(s+1).

y(τ)=1−e−τy(\tau)=1-e^{-\tau}

Solution. The homogeneous response is Ce^−τ and the constant particular response is one. The initial state gives C=−1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.91792. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.91792 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact linear plant reference. For bond graphs/electrical analogs use a single storage-and-resistance element; for HIL this is a reference trajectory, not measured hardware data.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Control, estimation & systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Control, estimation & systems195

System-dynamics stock-flow model

Represents accumulated quantities and their rates of change.

Component / systemFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

x˙=Fin−Fout\dot x=F_{\mathrm{in}}-F_{\mathrm{out}}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Define x as an accumulated stock.
  2. Apply conservation over a small time interval.
  3. Take the interval to zero, then express flows as functions of stocks, controls and delays.

Symbols & assumptions

A model needs explicit flow laws and units; causal diagrams alone do not determine numerical predictions.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Control, estimation & systems

Practical use

Material inventories in a production process.

Product / system examples

Production inventory simulators

Named product or implementation route

Modelica BondLib ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Material inventories in a production process.

Model-family limitations

Observability, identifiability, linearization range and unmodeled dynamics limit predictions and control performance.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Stock with constant inflow and linear outflow

Stock with constant inflow and linear outflow

Problem & parameters. An initially empty stock receives constant inflow q and drains at rate kS.

S/(q/k)=1−e−ktS/(q/k)=1-e^{-kt}

Solution. Solve S′=q−kS with S(0)=0.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.91792. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.91792 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Single stock, constant coefficients, and no delays or saturation.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Control, estimation & systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Control, estimation & systems196

Discrete-event simulation

Advances a system through scheduled events.

Component / systemFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

x(tk+)=Fk[x(tk−),eventk]x(t_k^+)=F_k[x(t_k^-),\text{event}_k]tk+1=min⁡(next event times)t_{k+1}=\min(\text{next event times})

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume the system state changes at discrete events.
  2. Schedule candidate event times from service, arrival or failure processes.
  3. Advance to the earliest event and update state and future schedules.

Symbols & assumptions

Discrete-event simulation is a computational framework; stochastic distributions and event rules encode the application model.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Control, estimation & systems

Practical use

Equipment utilization on a manufacturing line.

Product / system examples

Factory scheduling simulators

Named product or implementation route

SimPy ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Equipment utilization on a manufacturing line.

Model-family limitations

Observability, identifiability, linearization range and unmodeled dynamics limit predictions and control performance.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Deterministic event accumulation

Deterministic event accumulation

Problem & parameters. Identical events occur at Δt,2Δt,… with zero events completed at t=0.

N(t)=⌊t/Δt⌋N(t)=\lfloor t/\Delta t\rfloor

Solution. Count the positive integer multiples of Δt not exceeding t. The floor function gives the exact event count.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 3, calculated vertical coordinate 3. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 3, into the displayed formula to obtain 3 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Simple scheduled-event benchmark; a discrete-event model need not have periodic arrivals.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Uncertainty integrationQuasi-Monte Carlo ↗

    Uses low-discrepancy points to cover an integration domain evenly.

    For well-behaved parameter integrals where low-discrepancy coverage helps; use randomized replicates for uncertainty assessment.

  • Rare-event / expectation estimationImportance sampling ↗

    Changes the sampling distribution to focus on influential regions.

    For a known target and proposal with correct support and controlled weight variance.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Control, estimation & systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Control, estimation & systems197

Agent-based physical-system model

Represents interacting entities following local rules.

Component / systemFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

xi(t+Δt)=Fi[xi(t),neighbors,environment,ξi]x_i(t+\Delta t)=F_i[x_i(t),\text{neighbors},\text{environment},\xi_i]

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Give each agent an internal state and an interaction rule.
  2. Compute local observations and random inputs ξi if needed.
  3. Update states using a specified synchronous or asynchronous schedule.

Symbols & assumptions

There is no universal agent equation; local rules, spatial constraints and calibration determine emergent behavior.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Control, estimation & systems

Practical use

Pedestrian flow through a station.

Product / system examples

Pedestrian and crowd simulations

Named product or implementation route

Mesa ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Pedestrian flow through a station.

Model-family limitations

Observability, identifiability, linearization range and unmodeled dynamics limit predictions and control performance.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Mean position of independent moving agents

Mean position of independent moving agents

Problem & parameters. Agents start at mean position zero, have constant mean velocity 1 m/s, and do not interact.

⟨x(t)⟩=x0+vt\langle x(t)\rangle=x_0+vt

Solution. Each agent has x=x0+vt. Average this relation over agents; the mean is linear in time.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 2.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 2.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Noninteracting kinematic benchmark; not an emergent many-agent simulation.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Uncertainty integrationQuasi-Monte Carlo ↗

    Uses low-discrepancy points to cover an integration domain evenly.

    For well-behaved parameter integrals where low-discrepancy coverage helps; use randomized replicates for uncertainty assessment.

  • Rare-event / expectation estimationImportance sampling ↗

    Changes the sampling distribution to focus on influential regions.

    For a known target and proposal with correct support and controlled weight variance.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Control, estimation & systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Control, estimation & systems198

Markov state model

Represents probabilistic transitions between a finite set of states.

Component / systemFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

p(t+τ)=p(t)T(τ)p(t+\tau)=p(t)T(\tau)Tij=P[Xt+τ=j∣Xt=i]T_{ij}=P[X_{t+\tau}=j\mid X_t=i]

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Discretize the system into states.
  2. Estimate conditional transition probabilities at lag τ.
  3. Assume the present state captures the relevant memory so distributions propagate by matrix multiplication.

Symbols & assumptions

Row-vector probability convention; transition rows sum to one. Molecular Markov models require lag-time and state-partition validation.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Control, estimation & systems

Practical use

Coarse kinetics between molecular conformations.

Product / system examples

Molecular kinetics analysis tools

Named product or implementation route

PyMC ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Coarse kinetics between molecular conformations.

Model-family limitations

Observability, identifiability, linearization range and unmodeled dynamics limit predictions and control performance.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Two-state continuous-time occupation

Two-state continuous-time occupation

Problem & parameters. Two states exchange population at equal rate k. Initially all probability is in state one.

P1(t)=12(1+e−2kt)P_1(t)=\tfrac12(1+e^{-2kt})

Solution. Use P2=1−P1 in P1′=−kP1+kP2. Solve the resulting first-order equation.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2, calculated vertical coordinate 0.50916. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.50916 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Control, estimation & systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Control, estimation & systems199

Kalman state estimator

Combines a dynamical model with noisy observations using covariance updates.

Component / systemFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

x^−=Ax^+Bu\hat x^-=A\hat x+BuK=P−HT(HP−HT+R)−1K=P^-H^{\mathsf T}(HP^-H^{\mathsf T}+R)^{-1}x^=x^−+K(y−Hx^−)\hat x=\hat x^-+K(y-H\hat x^-)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Predict state and covariance through a linear dynamical model.
  2. Combine predicted and measurement uncertainties.
  3. Choose the gain minimizing posterior error covariance and update with the measurement residual.

Symbols & assumptions

Discrete linear-Gaussian Kalman filter; process covariance Q enters P⁻=APAᵀ+Q. Correlated or nonlinear errors need extensions.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Control, estimation & systems

Practical use

Estimating position from sensors under linear-Gaussian assumptions.

Product / system examples

Navigation sensor-fusion software

Named product or implementation route

MATLAB / Simulink ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Estimating position from sensors under linear-Gaussian assumptions.

Model-family limitations

Observability, identifiability, linearization range and unmodeled dynamics limit predictions and control performance.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Kalman gain versus measurement noise

Kalman gain versus measurement noise

Problem & parameters. For one scalar measurement with observation coefficient one, hold the positive prior variance fixed.

K=P−P−+R=11+R/P−K=\frac{P^-}{P^-+R}=\frac1{1+R/P^-}

Solution. Insert H=1 into K=P−H/(H²P−+R).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.16667. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.16667 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Single measurement update; not a full dynamic filter trajectory.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Linear solveCholesky factorization ↗

    Factors a symmetric positive-definite matrix efficiently.

    Only for symmetric positive-definite assembled systems after constraints are handled; not for general coupled saddle-point systems.

  • Stable fitting / linear solveQR factorization ↗

    Uses an orthogonal factorization to solve least-squares systems.

    For a linearized least-squares or calibration problem; use pivoting or SVD when rank is uncertain.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Control, estimation & systems

Specific connections

  • Estimates states of State-space model

    Uses a state-space dynamics and observation model with noise assumptions.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Control, estimation & systems200

Model predictive control

Optimizes future actions using a predictive model and constraints.

Component / systemFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

min⁡∑k=0N−1ℓ(xk,uk)+Vf(xN)\min\sum_{k=0}^{N-1}\ell(x_k,u_k)+V_f(x_N)xk+1=f(xk,uk)x_{k+1}=f(x_k,u_k)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Predict a finite sequence of future states from candidate controls.
  2. Minimize tracking or economic cost under state and input constraints.
  3. Apply only the first control and repeat when a new state estimate arrives.

Symbols & assumptions

Model predictive control framework; stability, feasibility and execution time depend on the horizon, cost and constraints.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Control, estimation & systems

Practical use

Temperature control of a process with input limits.

Product / system examples

Constrained process controllers

Named product or implementation route

MATLAB / Simulink ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Temperature control of a process with input limits.

Model-family limitations

Observability, identifiability, linearization range and unmodeled dynamics limit predictions and control performance.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: One-step unconstrained predictive control

One-step unconstrained predictive control

Problem & parameters. Let xnext=x+u and minimize (x+u)²+ρu² with ρ=1 and no constraints.

u∗=−x1+ρ,ρ=1u_*=-\frac{x}{1+\rho},\quad\rho=1

Solution. Differentiate the quadratic cost with respect to u, set 2(x+u)+2ρu=0, and solve.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate -0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain -0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical horizon-one MPC example; longer horizons and constraints change the feedback law.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Constrained designSequential quadratic programming ↗

    Solves a sequence of locally quadratic constrained subproblems.

    For smooth constrained parameter/design optimization with derivatives and constraint regularity.

  • Constrained designInterior-point optimization ↗

    Approaches inequality-constrained solutions through barrier subproblems.

    For appropriately formulated inequality-constrained design or control problems; scale constraints and verify feasibility.

  • Many-parameter gradientsAdjoint sensitivity analysis ↗

    Computes gradients of scalar outputs with respect to many parameters.

    For a differentiable discretized state problem and scalar objectives; use consistent derivatives, boundary conditions, and solver tolerances.

Relationships to other models

Component / system → Control, estimation & systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Biological & biomechanical systems201

Hodgkin–Huxley membrane model

Uses voltage-dependent ion-channel conductances.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

CmV˙=I−gNam3h(V−ENa)−gKn4(V−EK)−gL(V−EL)C_m\dot V=I-g_{\mathrm{Na}}m^3h(V-E_{\mathrm{Na}})-g_{\mathrm K}n^4(V-E_{\mathrm K})-g_L(V-E_L)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Treat the membrane as a capacitor with parallel ionic conductances.
  2. Use voltage-dependent gate probabilities m,h,n to determine open-channel fractions.
  3. Apply current conservation and evolve each gate with ẋ=αx(V)(1−x)−βx(V)x.

Symbols & assumptions

Classic Hodgkin–Huxley structure; conductance, reversal-potential and gating parameters are preparation-specific.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Biological & biomechanical systems

Practical use

Electrical excitation in a nerve membrane.

Product / system examples

Neuron simulation software

Named product or implementation route

NEURON ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Electrical excitation in a nerve membrane.

Model-family limitations

Biological variability is large; parameters and validation must match the organism, tissue and experimental setting.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Passive membrane voltage relaxation

Passive membrane voltage relaxation

Problem & parameters. Set sodium and potassium conductances to zero, hold leak reversal potential EL fixed, and normalize V−EL by its initial value. Use τ=gLt/Cm.

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}

Solution. Separate dy/dτ = −y, integrate ln(y) = −τ + C, and apply y(0) = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Passive leak-only reduction of Hodgkin–Huxley; action potentials and voltage-dependent gates are deliberately excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Biological & biomechanical systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Biological & biomechanical systems202

FitzHugh–Nagumo model

Simplifies excitation and recovery into two dynamical variables.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

v˙=v−v3/3−w+I\dot v=v-v^3/3-w+Iw˙=ε(v+a−bw)\dot w=\varepsilon(v+a-bw)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Reduce an excitable system to a fast activation variable and slow recovery variable.
  2. Use a cubic activation nullcline to permit threshold-like excursions.
  3. Couple recovery to activation to produce excitation and relaxation.

Symbols & assumptions

One dimensionless FitzHugh–Nagumo convention; parameters and signs vary among formulations.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Biological & biomechanical systems

Practical use

Qualitative pulse propagation in excitable media.

Product / system examples

Excitable-system teaching models

Named product or implementation route

NEURON ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Qualitative pulse propagation in excitable media.

Model-family limitations

Biological variability is large; parameters and validation must match the organism, tissue and experimental setting.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: FitzHugh–Nagumo voltage nullcline

FitzHugh–Nagumo voltage nullcline

Problem & parameters. For v′=v−v³/3−w+I set I=0 and find the zero-fast-derivative curve.

w=v−v3/3,I=0w=v-v^3/3,\quad I=0

Solution. Set v′=0 and solve for w.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. A phase-plane nullcline, not a trajectory or the complete system equilibrium; equilibria also lie on the recovery nullcline.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Biological & biomechanical systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Biological & biomechanical systems203

Hill muscle model

Represents muscle mechanics with active and passive elements.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

(F+a)(v+b)=(F0+a)b(F+a)(v+b)=(F_0+a)b

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Measure muscle force against shortening velocity under controlled activation.
  2. Fit Hill’s hyperbolic force-velocity relation.
  3. Combine it with force-length and passive elastic components in a practical muscle model.

Symbols & assumptions

F is force and v shortening speed; this phenomenological law is not a universal molecular derivation.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Biological & biomechanical systems

Practical use

Force generation in a musculoskeletal simulation.

Product / system examples

Musculoskeletal simulation systems

Named product or implementation route

OpenSim ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Force generation in a musculoskeletal simulation.

Model-family limitations

Biological variability is large; parameters and validation must match the organism, tissue and experimental setting.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Hill force–velocity curve

Hill force–velocity curve

Problem & parameters. Use (F+a)(v+b)=(F0+a)b, with a/F0=0.25 and vmax=bF0/a.

F/F0=0.25(1−v/vmax⁡)0.25+v/vmax⁡F/F_0=\frac{0.25(1-v/v_{\max})}{0.25+v/v_{\max}}

Solution. Solve the hyperbolic force–velocity equation for F and substitute the normalized speed.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.16667. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.16667 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Steady concentric shortening only; activation and length effects are held fixed.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Biological & biomechanical systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Biological & biomechanical systems204

Windkessel circulation model

Represents vascular resistance and compliance with lumped elements.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

CdPdt=Qin−P−PvRC\frac{dP}{dt}=Q_{\mathrm{in}}-\frac{P-P_v}{R}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Represent arterial storage by compliance C and peripheral outflow by resistance R.
  2. Use stored-volume change dV=C dP.
  3. Apply flow conservation to obtain the pressure equation.

Symbols & assumptions

Two-element Windkessel; Pv is downstream pressure. Three- and four-element variants improve characteristic impedance or inertia representation.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Biological & biomechanical systems

Practical use

Arterial pressure response to pulsatile flow.

Product / system examples

Hemodynamic research models

Named product or implementation route

Modelica Standard Library ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Arterial pressure response to pulsatile flow.

Model-family limitations

Biological variability is large; parameters and validation must match the organism, tissue and experimental setting.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Windkessel diastolic pressure decay

Windkessel diastolic pressure decay

Problem & parameters. With zero inflow, a two-element Windkessel discharges through resistance R from compliance C. Use τ=t/(RC) and normalize pressure above venous pressure.

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}

Solution. Separate dy/dτ = −y, integrate ln(y) = −τ + C, and apply y(0) = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Constant-compliance diastolic interval, not a full pulsatile cardiac cycle.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Biological & biomechanical systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Biological & biomechanical systems205

Pennes bioheat model

Adds perfusion and metabolic heat to tissue heat transfer.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

ρc∂tT=∇⋅(k∇T)+ρbcbωb(Ta−T)+Qmet+Qext\rho c\partial_tT=\nabla\cdot(k\nabla T)+\rho_bc_b\omega_b(T_a-T)+Q_{\mathrm{met}}+Q_{\mathrm{ext}}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Start with tissue heat storage and conduction.
  2. Approximate perfusion exchange by blood entering at arterial temperature Ta and equilibrating locally.
  3. Add metabolic and applied heating.

Symbols & assumptions

Pennes model; ωb is volumetric perfusion per tissue volume. Large-vessel directional heat transfer is not resolved.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Biological & biomechanical systems

Practical use

Approximate temperature distribution in tissue.

Product / system examples

Tissue-heating research simulators

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Heat Transfer Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Approximate temperature distribution in tissue.

Model-family limitations

Biological variability is large; parameters and validation must match the organism, tissue and experimental setting.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Uniform tissue heating with perfusion

Uniform tissue heating with perfusion

Problem & parameters. Take spatially uniform tissue with constant heat source Q, blood heat-exchange coefficient W>0, and initial tissue temperature equal to arterial temperature Ta.

(T−Ta)/(Q/W)=1−e−Wt/(ρc)(T-T_a)/(Q/W)=1-e^{-Wt/(\rho c)}

Solution. The Pennes balance reduces to ρc T′=Q−W(T−Ta). Solve the linear initial-value problem.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.91792. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.91792 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Uniform-temperature reduction; no spatial conduction, temperature-dependent perfusion, or safety prediction.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Code verificationMethod of manufactured solutions ↗

    Tests a PDE implementation using a constructed exact solution.

    For an accessible differential operator, construct compatible forcing and boundaries; this tests implementation rather than physical realism.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Biological & biomechanical systems

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Biological & biomechanical systems206

Reaction–diffusion morphogenesis model

Couples reacting substances with diffusion.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂tu=Du∇2u+f(u,v)\partial_tu=D_u\nabla^2u+f(u,v)∂tv=Dv∇2v+g(u,v)\partial_tv=D_v\nabla^2v+g(u,v)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Couple local reaction kinetics to diffusion of two species.
  2. Linearize about a homogeneous steady state.
  3. Compare eigenvalues with and without diffusion to identify diffusion-driven pattern instability.

Symbols & assumptions

Turing-type reaction-diffusion family; a pattern requires suitable kinetics and diffusion contrast, not merely the presence of diffusion.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Biological & biomechanical systems

Practical use

Formation of spatial biological patterns.

Product / system examples

Pattern-formation research software

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL equation-based modeling ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Formation of spatial biological patterns.

Model-family limitations

Biological variability is large; parameters and validation must match the organism, tissue and experimental setting.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: One linear reaction–diffusion mode

One linear reaction–diffusion mode

Problem & parameters. Solve ut=uxx−u with zero ends and initial sin(πx), then plot t=1.

u(x,1)=e−(π2+1)sin⁡(πx)u(x,1)=e^{-(\pi^2+1)}\sin(\pi x)

Solution. The Laplacian and decay each multiply the mode by a negative constant; its amplitude solves A′=−(π²+1)A.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1.9028e-05. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.9028e-05 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. One-species linear stable subproblem, not a two-species Turing pattern or nonlinear morphogenesis prediction.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Code verificationMethod of manufactured solutions ↗

    Tests a PDE implementation using a constructed exact solution.

    For an accessible differential operator, construct compatible forcing and boundaries; this tests implementation rather than physical realism.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Biological & biomechanical systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Biological & biomechanical systems207

Monod growth model

Relates microbial growth to a limiting substrate.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

μ=μmax⁡SKS+S\mu=\frac{\mu_{\max}S}{K_S+S}X˙=(μ−kd)X\dot X=(\mu-k_d)X

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Fit growth rate to a saturating function of limiting substrate S.
  2. At low substrate it is approximately linear; at high substrate it approaches μmax.
  3. Multiply specific growth by biomass X and include decay if appropriate.

Symbols & assumptions

Monod model; KS is half-saturation concentration and kd decay rate. Substrate mass balance is also required.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Biological & biomechanical systems

Practical use

Biomass growth in a treatment reactor.

Product / system examples

Bioreactor process models

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Chemical Reaction Engineering Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Biomass growth in a treatment reactor.

Model-family limitations

Biological variability is large; parameters and validation must match the organism, tissue and experimental setting.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Monod nutrient limitation

Monod nutrient limitation

Problem & parameters. Evaluate growth rate at prescribed substrate concentration with fixed Monod parameters.

μ/μmax⁡=S/(Ks+S)\mu/\mu_{\max}=S/(K_s+S)

Solution. Normalize μ=μmax S/(Ks+S) by μmax and substitute S/Ks.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 4, calculated vertical coordinate 0.8. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 4, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.8 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Growth-rate relation only; substrate depletion and biomass evolution are not integrated.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Biological & biomechanical systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Biological & biomechanical systems208

Physiologically based compartment model

Represents exchange between anatomically motivated compartments.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

VidCidt=Qi(Ca−Ci/Ki)−CLiCiV_i\frac{dC_i}{dt}=Q_i(C_a-C_i/K_i)-\mathrm{CL}_i C_i

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Represent an organ as a well-mixed compartment.
  2. Balance arterial delivery against venous removal using a partition relation.
  3. Subtract local clearance or transformation when applicable.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative perfusion-limited PBPK compartment; Vi is volume, Qi perfusion, Ki tissue-blood partition coefficient and CLi a compatible clearance term.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Biological & biomechanical systems

Practical use

Transport of a tracer through organ compartments.

Product / system examples

Physiological exposure-modeling software

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL equation-based modeling ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Transport of a tracer through organ compartments.

Model-family limitations

Biological variability is large; parameters and validation must match the organism, tissue and experimental setting.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Single well-mixed compartment washout

Single well-mixed compartment washout

Problem & parameters. After an initial dose, use one well-mixed compartment with first-order elimination, no further input, and τ=kt.

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}

Solution. Separate dy/dτ = −y, integrate ln(y) = −τ + C, and apply y(0) = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. One-compartment limiting case; interorgan exchange, binding, and nonlinear metabolism are excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Biological & biomechanical systems

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics209

Boltzmann kinetic equation

Evolves a particle distribution under transport and collisions.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂tf+v⋅∇xf+Fm⋅∇vf=C[f]\partial_tf+v\cdot\nabla_xf+\frac Fm\cdot\nabla_vf=C[f]

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Track a distribution f in position-velocity phase space.
  2. Use conservation along particle trajectories for streaming and acceleration.
  3. Add a collision operator for transitions between velocity states.

Symbols & assumptions

Boltzmann kinetic equation; collision assumptions, molecular interaction laws and closure determine C[f].

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Practical use

Gas kinetics outside simple continuum conditions.

Product / system examples

Rarefied-gas simulation software

Named product or implementation route

SPARTA ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Gas kinetics outside simple continuum conditions.

Model-family limitations

Kinetic, fluid, relativistic and gravitational approximations apply in different regimes; cross-section and closure data are essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Homogeneous Maxwellian velocity marginal

Homogeneous Maxwellian velocity marginal

Problem & parameters. Take a spatially uniform equilibrium with zero drift and the normalized Gaussian velocity marginal. For collisionless plasma use zero fields and a neutralizing background.

vthf(v)=π−1/2e−(v/vth)2v_{th}f(v)=\pi^{-1/2}e^{-(v/v_{th})^2}

Solution. The homogeneous force-free streaming terms vanish. Maxwellian collisions balance for Boltzmann equilibrium; integrating the Gaussian fixes its normalization.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0.56419. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.56419 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Equilibrium distribution or exact kinetic benchmark. DSMC and PIC would estimate it using particles; this plot is not a finite-particle sample.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Spatial error controlAdaptive mesh refinement ↗

    Concentrates degrees of freedom where a numerical error indicator is large.

    Refine localized gradients or error indicators after choosing the PDE discretization.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics210

Vlasov–Poisson model

Couples collisionless distribution dynamics to electrostatic fields.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂tf+v⋅∇xf−qm∇ϕ⋅∇vf=0\partial_tf+v\cdot\nabla_xf-\frac qm\nabla\phi\cdot\nabla_vf=0−ε0∇2ϕ=ρ-\varepsilon_0\nabla^2\phi=\rho

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Neglect collisions in the kinetic transport equation.
  2. Restrict fields to electrostatics with E=−∇φ.
  3. Integrate each species distribution over velocity to obtain charge density for Poisson’s equation.

Symbols & assumptions

Multiple species contribute ρ=Σs qs∫fsdv; electrostatic approximation omits electromagnetic induction and radiation.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Practical use

Electrostatic waves in a plasma.

Product / system examples

Electrostatic plasma simulators

Named product or implementation route

WarpX ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Electrostatic waves in a plasma.

Model-family limitations

Kinetic, fluid, relativistic and gravitational approximations apply in different regimes; cross-section and closure data are essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Homogeneous Maxwellian velocity marginal

Homogeneous Maxwellian velocity marginal

Problem & parameters. Take a spatially uniform equilibrium with zero drift and the normalized Gaussian velocity marginal. For collisionless plasma use zero fields and a neutralizing background.

vthf(v)=π−1/2e−(v/vth)2v_{th}f(v)=\pi^{-1/2}e^{-(v/v_{th})^2}

Solution. The homogeneous force-free streaming terms vanish. Maxwellian collisions balance for Boltzmann equilibrium; integrating the Gaussian fixes its normalization.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0.56419. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.56419 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Equilibrium distribution or exact kinetic benchmark. DSMC and PIC would estimate it using particles; this plot is not a finite-particle sample.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Spatial error controlAdaptive mesh refinement ↗

    Concentrates degrees of freedom where a numerical error indicator is large.

    Refine localized gradients or error indicators after choosing the PDE discretization.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics211

Vlasov–Maxwell model

Couples collisionless kinetic distributions to electromagnetic fields.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂tfs+v⋅∇xfs+qsms(E+v×B)⋅∇vfs=0\partial_tf_s+v\cdot\nabla_xf_s+\frac{q_s}{m_s}(E+v\times B)\cdot\nabla_vf_s=0

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Neglect collisional scattering while retaining the Lorentz force.
  2. Compute charge and current by taking velocity moments of all species distributions.
  3. Use those moments as sources in Maxwell’s equations.

Symbols & assumptions

Nonrelativistic phase-space form shown; relativistic momentum coordinates are required for high-energy particles.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Practical use

Kinetic plasma-wave behavior.

Product / system examples

Electromagnetic plasma simulators

Named product or implementation route

WarpX ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Kinetic plasma-wave behavior.

Model-family limitations

Kinetic, fluid, relativistic and gravitational approximations apply in different regimes; cross-section and closure data are essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Homogeneous Maxwellian velocity marginal

Homogeneous Maxwellian velocity marginal

Problem & parameters. Take a spatially uniform equilibrium with zero drift and the normalized Gaussian velocity marginal. For collisionless plasma use zero fields and a neutralizing background.

vthf(v)=π−1/2e−(v/vth)2v_{th}f(v)=\pi^{-1/2}e^{-(v/v_{th})^2}

Solution. The homogeneous force-free streaming terms vanish. Maxwellian collisions balance for Boltzmann equilibrium; integrating the Gaussian fixes its normalization.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0.56419. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.56419 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Equilibrium distribution or exact kinetic benchmark. DSMC and PIC would estimate it using particles; this plot is not a finite-particle sample.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Spatial error controlAdaptive mesh refinement ↗

    Concentrates degrees of freedom where a numerical error indicator is large.

    Refine localized gradients or error indicators after choosing the PDE discretization.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics212

Magnetohydrodynamics (MHD)

Treats a conducting fluid coupled to a magnetic field.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

ρDuDt=−∇p+J×B\rho\frac{Du}{Dt}=-\nabla p+J\times B∂tB=∇×(u×B)+ηm∇2B\partial_tB=\nabla\times(u\times B)+\eta_m\nabla^2B

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Take velocity moments of kinetic species equations and form a conducting-fluid description.
  2. Use a resistive Ohm law and Ampère’s law without displacement current.
  3. Combine with Faraday induction to obtain magnetic-field evolution.

Symbols & assumptions

Simple resistive MHD with constant magnetic diffusivity ηm; continuity, energy and ∇·B=0 complete the system.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Practical use

Large-scale magnetized-plasma motion.

Product / system examples

Magnetized-plasma simulation systems

Named product or implementation route

Dedalus ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Large-scale magnetized-plasma motion.

Model-family limitations

Kinetic, fluid, relativistic and gravitational approximations apply in different regimes; cross-section and closure data are essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Linear traveling-wave snapshot

Linear traveling-wave snapshot

Problem & parameters. Use a one-dimensional sinusoidal wave in a uniform, lossless linear medium. Plot the normalized field at time zero.

u(ξ,0)=sin⁡(2πξ)u(\xi,0)=\sin(2\pi\xi)

Solution. A sinusoidal traveling-wave solution is u = sin[2π(ξ−τ)]. Set τ = 0 to obtain the plotted snapshot.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1.2246e-16. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.2246e-16 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. An acoustic, electromagnetic, elastic, or linear Alfvén-wave reference as appropriate. For MHD this is the small transverse perturbation of a uniform magnetized equilibrium; for FDTD it is an exact target, not a discretized result.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Spatial error controlAdaptive mesh refinement ↗

    Concentrates degrees of freedom where a numerical error indicator is large.

    Refine localized gradients or error indicators after choosing the PDE discretization.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics213

Neutron transport model

Tracks neutron angular and energy-dependent transport with interactions.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

1v∂tψ+Ω⋅∇ψ+Σtψ=∫Σsψ′ dΩ′ dE′+Sf+Q\frac1v\partial_t\psi+\Omega\cdot\nabla\psi+\Sigma_t\psi=\int\Sigma_s\psi'\,d\Omega'\,dE'+S_f+Q

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Balance angular neutron flux in a spatial, directional and energy element.
  2. Subtract streaming losses and collision removal.
  3. Add scattering into the element, fission emission and external sources.

Symbols & assumptions

ψ is angular flux, Σ cross sections and Sf fission source. Energy dependence and boundary conditions are essential.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Practical use

Neutron flux in a shielding analysis.

Product / system examples

Radiation transport software

Named product or implementation route

OpenMC ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Neutron flux in a shielding analysis.

Model-family limitations

Kinetic, fluid, relativistic and gravitational approximations apply in different regimes; cross-section and closure data are essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Uncollided beam attenuation

Uncollided beam attenuation

Problem & parameters. A steady beam traverses a homogeneous purely absorbing medium. Set τ = Σx and y = intensity / incident intensity.

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}

Solution. Separate dy/dτ = −y, integrate ln(y) = −τ + C, and apply y(0) = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact absorption-only transport benchmark, without scattering or emission. For Monte Carlo transport this is the expected value, not a sampled realization.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Rare-event / expectation estimationImportance sampling ↗

    Changes the sampling distribution to focus on influential regions.

    For a known target and proposal with correct support and controlled weight variance.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Specific connections

  • Has diffusion approximation Neutron diffusion approximation

    Applies in appropriate scattering-dominated, near-isotropic regimes, away from strong boundary effects.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics214

Neutron diffusion approximation

Simplifies neutron transport to a diffusion description.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

1v∂tϕ−∇⋅(D∇ϕ)+Σaϕ=S\frac1v\partial_t\phi-\nabla\cdot(D\nabla\phi)+\Sigma_a\phi=S

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Integrate neutron transport over directions to obtain a scalar-flux balance.
  2. Approximate angular distribution as nearly isotropic.
  3. Close current by Fick-like leakage J=−D∇φ.

Symbols & assumptions

Diffusion coefficient is often D≈1/(3Σtr); interfaces, voids and strongly absorbing boundaries challenge the approximation.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Practical use

Flux distribution where angular anisotropy is weak.

Product / system examples

Reactor flux-analysis tools

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL equation-based modeling ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Flux distribution where angular anisotropy is weak.

Model-family limitations

Kinetic, fluid, relativistic and gravitational approximations apply in different regimes; cross-section and closure data are essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Subcritical neutron-density diffusion mode

Subcritical neutron-density diffusion mode

Problem & parameters. On a slab solve nτ=nξξ with zero extrapolated-end values and initial sin(πξ), ignoring reactions in this illustrative diffusion subproblem.

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1

Solution. The sine satisfies both zero end values. Its second derivative is −π² times itself; the amplitude solves a′ = −π²a.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.37271. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.37271 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Diffusion-only benchmark; absorption and fission terms would modify the mode growth/decay rate.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Spatial error controlAdaptive mesh refinement ↗

    Concentrates degrees of freedom where a numerical error indicator is large.

    Refine localized gradients or error indicators after choosing the PDE discretization.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Specific connections

  • Diffusion approximation of Neutron transport model

    Applies in appropriate scattering-dominated, near-isotropic regimes, away from strong boundary effects.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics215

Point reactor kinetics

Approximates time-dependent neutron population with delayed-neutron groups.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

n˙=ρreact−βΛn+∑iλiCi\dot n=\frac{\rho_{\mathrm{react}}-\beta}{\Lambda}n+\sum_i\lambda_i C_iC˙i=βiΛn−λiCi\dot C_i=\frac{\beta_i}{\Lambda}n-\lambda_i C_i

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume the spatial neutron-flux shape is fixed while its amplitude changes.
  2. Separate prompt neutrons from delayed-neutron precursor groups.
  3. Balance neutron population and precursor production/decay.

Symbols & assumptions

n is neutron amplitude, Λ generation time, β delayed fraction and ρreact reactivity; thermal feedback may be coupled separately.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Practical use

A simplified reactor transient.

Product / system examples

Reactor transient teaching models

Named product or implementation route

MOOSE ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A simplified reactor transient.

Model-family limitations

Kinetic, fluid, relativistic and gravitational approximations apply in different regimes; cross-section and closure data are essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Prompt-only subcritical neutron decay

Prompt-only subcritical neutron decay

Problem & parameters. Set delayed-neutron fraction and external source to zero, take constant negative reactivity ρ, and prompt generation time Λ.

n/n0=e−τ,τ=∣ρ∣t/Λn/n_0=e^{-\tau},\quad\tau=|\rho|t/\Lambda

Solution. Point kinetics reduces to n′=(ρ/Λ)n. Integrate with n(0)=n0.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Prompt-only idealization, not a realistic startup, shutdown, or reactor-safety calculation.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Time integrationBackward Euler ↗

    Uses the next-step slope and solves an implicit equation.

    For dissipative stiff evolution when first-order accuracy and damping are acceptable; solve each implicit step.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics216

Bateman decay-chain model

Evolves coupled radioactive parent and daughter populations.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

N˙i=∑jbj→iλjNj−λiNi\dot N_i=\sum_j b_{j\to i}\lambda_jN_j-\lambda_i N_i

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Treat each unstable nuclide as having an exponential decay probability per time.
  2. Add production from parent decays and subtract its own decay.
  3. Collect the coupled linear system and solve with a matrix exponential or chain formula.

Symbols & assumptions

λ are decay constants and b branching fractions. Irradiation adds reaction production/removal terms.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Practical use

Isotope inventory over time.

Product / system examples

Radioisotope inventory calculators

Named product or implementation route

OpenMC ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Isotope inventory over time.

Model-family limitations

Kinetic, fluid, relativistic and gravitational approximations apply in different regimes; cross-section and closure data are essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Daughter buildup in a two-step decay chain

Daughter buildup in a two-step decay chain

Problem & parameters. Initially N1=N10 and N2=0. Let the parent decay to the daughter with λ2=2λ1 and unit branching fraction.

N2/N10=e−λ1t−e−2λ1tN_2/N_{10}=e^{-\lambda_1t}-e^{-2\lambda_1t}

Solution. Solve N1=N10exp(−λ1t). Insert into N2′+λ2N2=λ1N1 and integrate using an integrating factor.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.075347. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.075347 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Stiff time integrationBackward differentiation formulas ↗

    Use several past states to approximate the new-time derivative.

    For stiff ODEs; constrained or algebraic formulations require an appropriate DAE-capable implementation, not a plain ODE routine.

  • Time integrationBackward Euler ↗

    Uses the next-step slope and solves an implicit equation.

    For dissipative stiff evolution when first-order accuracy and damping are acceptable; solve each implicit step.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics217

Newtonian gravitational N-body model

Evolves masses under mutual inverse-square attraction.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

r¨i=−G∑j≠imj(ri−rj)∣ri−rj∣3\ddot r_i=-G\sum_{j\ne i}\frac{m_j(r_i-r_j)}{|r_i-r_j|^3}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Apply Newton’s inverse-square gravitational force to every pair of masses.
  2. Sum all forces on a selected body.
  3. Divide by that body’s mass and integrate the coupled trajectories.

Symbols & assumptions

Point masses under nonrelativistic gravity; close encounters, collisions and extended bodies may need special treatment.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Practical use

Orbits in a planetary system.

Product / system examples

Orbital simulation software

Named product or implementation route

REBOUND ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Orbits in a planetary system.

Model-family limitations

Kinetic, fluid, relativistic and gravitational approximations apply in different regimes; cross-section and closure data are essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Circular two-body orbital coordinate

Circular two-body orbital coordinate

Problem & parameters. Reduce an isolated gravitational system to two point masses with total mass M in a circular relative orbit of radius a.

x/a=cos⁡(nt),n=GM/a3x/a=\cos(nt),\quad n=\sqrt{GM/a^3}

Solution. Balance relative centripetal acceleration n²a against GM/a². The Cartesian x coordinate then follows a cosine.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 3.1416, calculated vertical coordinate -1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 3.1416, into the displayed formula to obtain -1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact two-body circular orbit, not a general many-body solution; a one-coordinate time trace is shown.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics218

General relativity model

Relates spacetime curvature to matter and energy.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Gμν+Λgμν=8πGc4TμνG_{\mu\nu}+\Lambda g_{\mu\nu}=\frac{8\pi G}{c^4}T_{\mu\nu}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Describe gravitation through a spacetime metric rather than a Newtonian force field.
  2. Vary the Einstein–Hilbert action plus matter action with respect to the metric.
  3. Stationarity gives the Einstein field equations.

Symbols & assumptions

Gμν is the Einstein curvature tensor, Tμν stress-energy and Λ cosmological constant. This is a relativistic field theory; coordinate and boundary choices matter.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Practical use

Orbital dynamics in a strong gravitational field.

Product / system examples

Relativistic gravity simulation systems

Named product or implementation route

Einstein Toolkit ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Orbital dynamics in a strong gravitational field.

Model-family limitations

Kinetic, fluid, relativistic and gravitational approximations apply in different regimes; cross-section and closure data are essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Gravitational time dilation outside a sphere

Gravitational time dilation outside a sphere

Problem & parameters. For a stationary observer outside a nonrotating spherical mass, compare proper time with Schwarzschild coordinate time at infinity.

dτ/dt=1−rs/rd\tau/dt=\sqrt{1-r_s/r}

Solution. Set spatial coordinate increments to zero in the Schwarzschild line element and take the square root of its time coefficient.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 4.525, calculated vertical coordinate 0.88261. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 4.525, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.88261 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exterior vacuum Schwarzschild solution, r>rs. A static observer cannot remain at the horizon.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Conservative discretizationFinite volume method ↗

    Balances conserved quantities over control volumes.

    For transport/balance-law formulations; use consistent face fluxes and appropriate reconstruction.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

  • Spatial error controlAdaptive mesh refinement ↗

    Concentrates degrees of freedom where a numerical error indicator is large.

    Refine localized gradients or error indicators after choosing the PDE discretization.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Specific connections

  • Has cosmological application FLRW cosmological model

    Assumes spatial homogeneity and isotropy at cosmological scales.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics219

Stellar structure model

Couples hydrostatic balance, energy transport and energy generation.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

dmdr=4πr2ρ\frac{dm}{dr}=4\pi r^2\rhodPdr=−Gmρr2\frac{dP}{dr}=-\frac{Gm\rho}{r^2}dLdr=4πr2ρε\frac{dL}{dr}=4\pi r^2\rho\varepsilon

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Apply spherical mass conservation.
  2. Balance gravity with the pressure gradient for hydrostatic support.
  3. Integrate local energy generation into luminosity and add an energy-transport law.

Symbols & assumptions

Quasi-static spherical stellar structure; an equation of state, opacity and nuclear reaction network close the model.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Practical use

An idealized star's internal structure.

Product / system examples

Stellar evolution research software

Named product or implementation route

MESA stellar evolution ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

An idealized star's internal structure.

Model-family limitations

Kinetic, fluid, relativistic and gravitational approximations apply in different regimes; cross-section and closure data are essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Isothermal hydrostatic atmosphere

Isothermal hydrostatic atmosphere

Problem & parameters. Use an ideal gas at constant temperature and constant gravity, with density ρ0 at height zero.

ρ(z)/ρ0=e−z/H\rho(z)/\rho_0=e^{-z/H}

Solution. Combine dp/dz=−ρg with p=ρRsT; integrate dρ/dz=−ρ/H, H=RsT/g.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Hydrostatic column benchmark only. For stellar structure this approximates a thin isothermal layer, not an entire star; radiation, convection, and dynamics are excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics220

FLRW cosmological model

Assumes a homogeneous and isotropic expanding spacetime.

Cross-scalePhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

H2=8πG3ρ−kc2a2+Λc23H^2=\frac{8\pi G}{3}\rho-\frac{kc^2}{a^2}+\frac{\Lambda c^2}{3}H=a˙aH=\frac{\dot a}a

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume large-scale spatial homogeneity and isotropy, defining an FLRW metric.
  2. Insert it into Einstein’s equations.
  3. The time-time component gives the first Friedmann equation for the scale factor a.

Symbols & assumptions

ρ is mass-equivalent energy density; a pressure relation and conservation equation determine evolution. k is spatial curvature in a consistent normalization.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Practical use

Large-scale cosmic expansion histories.

Product / system examples

Cosmological research models

Named product or implementation route

CAMB ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Large-scale cosmic expansion histories.

Model-family limitations

Kinetic, fluid, relativistic and gravitational approximations apply in different regimes; cross-section and closure data are essential.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Matter-dominated cosmic expansion

Matter-dominated cosmic expansion

Problem & parameters. Take a spatially flat FLRW universe with pressureless matter only and zero cosmological constant.

a(t)/a(t∗)=(t/t∗)2/3a(t)/a(t_*)=(t/t_*)^{2/3}

Solution. Mass conservation gives ρ∝a^−3. Friedmann’s equation then gives ȧ∝a^−1/2; integrate from the big-bang branch.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.51, calculated vertical coordinate 1.3162. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.51, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.3162 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Matter-only special case, not a fit to the present universe.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Adaptive time integrationEmbedded Runge-Kutta RK45 ↗

    Uses two related formulas to estimate local error and adapt the step.

    For nonstiff ODEs; detect events and check whether constraints or fast scales require another solver.

  • Nonlinear solveNewton-Raphson method ↗

    Solves nonlinear equations by repeated local linearization.

    For differentiable residuals with a suitable initial guess; use globalization and consistent Jacobians.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Plasma, nuclear & astrophysics

Specific connections

  • Symmetry-restricted application of General relativity model

    Assumes spatial homogeneity and isotropy at cosmological scales.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Numerical solution methods221

Finite element method (FEM / FEA)

Approximates fields with basis functions over elements.

Cross-scaleNumerical method
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Ku=fKu=fKij=∫Ω∇Ni⋅k∇Nj dΩK_{ij}=\int_\Omega\nabla N_i\cdot k\nabla N_j\,d\Omega

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. For a representative diffusion equation, multiply by a test function and integrate by parts.
  2. Approximate the field by basis functions Ni and choose matching test functions.
  3. Assemble the resulting element integrals into a global matrix system.

Symbols & assumptions

Displayed weak form is for scalar diffusion; FEM itself is not a constitutive model. Essential and natural boundary conditions must be treated consistently.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Numerical solution methods

Practical use

Solving a structural elasticity boundary-value problem.

Product / system examples

Finite-element engineering packages

Named product or implementation route

deal.II ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Solving a structural elasticity boundary-value problem.

Model-family limitations

A numerical method solves a chosen model; consistency, stability, conservation and convergence do not by themselves validate the physics.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Steady one-dimensional diffusion benchmark

Steady one-dimensional diffusion benchmark

Problem & parameters. Solve u″ = 0 on 0 < ξ < 1 with u(0) = 1 and u(1) = 0, constant transport coefficient, and no source.

u(ξ)=1−ξu(\xi)=1-\xi

Solution. Integrate twice to obtain u = A+Bξ. The two endpoint values give A = 1 and B = −1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. For numerical-method entries this is the exact target to verify against, not a computed discretization or convergence claim.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

  • Code verificationMethod of manufactured solutions ↗

    Tests a PDE implementation using a constructed exact solution.

    For an accessible differential operator, construct compatible forcing and boundaries; this tests implementation rather than physical realism.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Numerical solution methods

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Numerical solution methods222

Finite volume method (FVM)

Discretizes conservation laws using fluxes across control-volume boundaries.

Cross-scaleNumerical method
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

VidUidt+∑facesFf⋅nfAf=ViSiV_i\frac{dU_i}{dt}+\sum_{\mathrm{faces}}F_f\cdot n_f A_f=V_iS_i

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Integrate a conservation law over a control volume.
  2. Use the divergence theorem to convert volume flux divergence into surface fluxes.
  3. Approximate each face flux while sharing it consistently between adjacent cells.

Symbols & assumptions

U is a conserved quantity, F flux and S source; numerical reconstruction and flux choices determine accuracy and stability.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Numerical solution methods

Practical use

Conservative computational fluid dynamics.

Product / system examples

Conservative CFD packages

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Conservative computational fluid dynamics.

Model-family limitations

A numerical method solves a chosen model; consistency, stability, conservation and convergence do not by themselves validate the physics.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Steady one-dimensional diffusion benchmark

Steady one-dimensional diffusion benchmark

Problem & parameters. Solve u″ = 0 on 0 < ξ < 1 with u(0) = 1 and u(1) = 0, constant transport coefficient, and no source.

u(ξ)=1−ξu(\xi)=1-\xi

Solution. Integrate twice to obtain u = A+Bξ. The two endpoint values give A = 1 and B = −1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. For numerical-method entries this is the exact target to verify against, not a computed discretization or convergence claim.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

  • Code verificationMethod of manufactured solutions ↗

    Tests a PDE implementation using a constructed exact solution.

    For an accessible differential operator, construct compatible forcing and boundaries; this tests implementation rather than physical realism.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Numerical solution methods223

Finite difference method (FDM)

Approximates derivatives with differences on a grid.

Cross-scaleNumerical method
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂2u∂x2≈ui+1−2ui+ui−1Δx2\frac{\partial^2u}{\partial x^2}\approx\frac{u_{i+1}-2u_i+u_{i-1}}{\Delta x^2}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Expand neighboring function values in Taylor series about grid point i.
  2. Add the two expansions so odd derivatives cancel.
  3. Solve for the second derivative, leaving an O(Δx²) truncation error.

Symbols & assumptions

Uniform grid and sufficiently smooth u; boundary formulas and time stepping determine the full discretization.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Numerical solution methods

Practical use

A transient heat-equation calculation.

Product / system examples

Finite-difference PDE solvers

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL equation-based modeling ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A transient heat-equation calculation.

Model-family limitations

A numerical method solves a chosen model; consistency, stability, conservation and convergence do not by themselves validate the physics.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Steady one-dimensional diffusion benchmark

Steady one-dimensional diffusion benchmark

Problem & parameters. Solve u″ = 0 on 0 < ξ < 1 with u(0) = 1 and u(1) = 0, constant transport coefficient, and no source.

u(ξ)=1−ξu(\xi)=1-\xi

Solution. Integrate twice to obtain u = A+Bξ. The two endpoint values give A = 1 and B = −1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. For numerical-method entries this is the exact target to verify against, not a computed discretization or convergence claim.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

  • Code verificationMethod of manufactured solutions ↗

    Tests a PDE implementation using a constructed exact solution.

    For an accessible differential operator, construct compatible forcing and boundaries; this tests implementation rather than physical realism.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Numerical solution methods224

Boundary element method (BEM)

Recasts suitable field problems as boundary integral equations.

Cross-scaleNumerical method
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

c(P)u(P)+∫Γu∂nG dΓ=∫ΓG∂nu dΓc(P)u(P)+\int_\Gamma u\partial_nG\,d\Gamma=\int_\Gamma G\partial_nu\,d\Gamma

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Choose a fundamental solution G of the governing linear differential operator.
  2. Apply Green’s identity to the field and G.
  3. Move the problem to the boundary and discretize the boundary unknowns.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative Laplace boundary-integral equation; c(P) depends on geometry and limiting convention. Nonlinear or heterogeneous media need extensions.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Numerical solution methods

Practical use

Exterior acoustics in a homogeneous medium.

Product / system examples

Exterior acoustics solvers

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Acoustics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Exterior acoustics in a homogeneous medium.

Model-family limitations

A numerical method solves a chosen model; consistency, stability, conservation and convergence do not by themselves validate the physics.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Steady one-dimensional diffusion benchmark

Steady one-dimensional diffusion benchmark

Problem & parameters. Solve u″ = 0 on 0 < ξ < 1 with u(0) = 1 and u(1) = 0, constant transport coefficient, and no source.

u(ξ)=1−ξu(\xi)=1-\xi

Solution. Integrate twice to obtain u = A+Bξ. The two endpoint values give A = 1 and B = −1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. For numerical-method entries this is the exact target to verify against, not a computed discretization or convergence claim.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

  • Code verificationMethod of manufactured solutions ↗

    Tests a PDE implementation using a constructed exact solution.

    For an accessible differential operator, construct compatible forcing and boundaries; this tests implementation rather than physical realism.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Numerical solution methods225

Spectral method

Represents fields with global or element-wise high-order basis expansions.

Cross-scaleNumerical method
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

uN(x)=∑n=0Nanϕn(x)u_N(x)=\sum_{n=0}^Na_n\phi_n(x)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Expand the solution in a global or element-local basis.
  2. Insert the expansion into the governing equation.
  3. Set weighted residuals or collocation residuals to zero to solve for coefficients an.

Symbols & assumptions

Fourier, Chebyshev and other bases suit different domains; smoothness drives convergence and discontinuities can cause oscillations.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Numerical solution methods

Practical use

Smooth periodic flow calculations.

Product / system examples

Spectral PDE solvers

Named product or implementation route

Dedalus ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Smooth periodic flow calculations.

Model-family limitations

A numerical method solves a chosen model; consistency, stability, conservation and convergence do not by themselves validate the physics.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Decaying heat-mode reference

Decaying heat-mode reference

Problem & parameters. Use uτ = uξξ on the unit interval, zero end values, and u(ξ,0) = sin(πξ). Plot τ = 0.1.

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1

Solution. The sine satisfies both zero end values. Its second derivative is −π² times itself; the amplitude solves a′ = −π²a.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.37271. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.37271 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact PDE benchmark. For reduced bases, PINNs, and neural operators, this is a reference target, not a claimed trained or computed prediction.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

  • Code verificationMethod of manufactured solutions ↗

    Tests a PDE implementation using a constructed exact solution.

    For an accessible differential operator, construct compatible forcing and boundaries; this tests implementation rather than physical realism.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Numerical solution methods226

Smoothed particle hydrodynamics (SPH)

Approximates continuum fields through moving particles and kernels.

Cross-scaleNumerical method
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

f(ri)≈∑jmjfjρjW(ri−rj,h)f(r_i)\approx\sum_j m_j\frac{f_j}{\rho_j}W(r_i-r_j,h)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Approximate a field by convolution with a smoothing kernel.
  2. Replace the volume integral with particle volumes mj/ρj.
  3. Differentiate the kernel to construct discrete gradients and conservation equations.

Symbols & assumptions

W is a normalized kernel with smoothing length h; boundary consistency, tensile instability and conservation depend on the chosen formulation.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Numerical solution methods

Practical use

Large deformation of a free-surface liquid.

Product / system examples

Free-surface particle solvers

Named product or implementation route

DualSPHysics ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Large deformation of a free-surface liquid.

Model-family limitations

A numerical method solves a chosen model; consistency, stability, conservation and convergence do not by themselves validate the physics.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Normalized SPH kernel section

Normalized SPH kernel section

Problem & parameters. Evaluate the standard one-dimensional cubic-spline smoothing kernel of support radius 2h.

hW(q)=23{1−1.5q2+0.75q3q<1(2−q)3/41≤q≤2hW(q)=\frac23\begin{cases}1-1.5q^2+0.75q^3&q<1\\(2-q)^3/4&1\le q\le2\end{cases}

Solution. Use q=|x|/h, apply the inner and outer polynomial branches, and normalize their integral to one.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0.66667. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.66667 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Kernel evaluation, not a complete SPH flow or solid simulation.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Numerical solution methods227

Discrete element method (DEM)

Evolves contacting discrete bodies with contact laws.

Cross-scaleNumerical method
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

mir¨i=∑jFij+migm_i\ddot r_i=\sum_j F_{ij}+m_igIiω˙i=∑jMijI_i\dot\omega_i=\sum_j M_{ij}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Treat grains as individual bodies.
  2. Compute overlap- or geometry-based contact forces and frictional moments.
  3. Apply translational and rotational momentum balances to each grain.

Symbols & assumptions

DEM is a numerical framework; normal stiffness, damping, friction and cohesion laws must be specified and calibrated.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Numerical solution methods

Practical use

Granular flow in a hopper.

Product / system examples

Granular-material simulators

Named product or implementation route

YADE ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Granular flow in a hopper.

Model-family limitations

A numerical method solves a chosen model; consistency, stability, conservation and convergence do not by themselves validate the physics.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Elastic DEM contact

Elastic DEM contact

Problem & parameters. Choose a linear frictionless normal-contact spring with stiffness k, no damping, and positive overlap.

F/(kδ∗)=δ/δ∗F/(k\delta_*)=\delta/\delta_*

Solution. The prescribed contact law is F=kδ. Before contact, F=0.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. One elastic contact contribution; many-particle dynamics and tangential friction are excluded.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Numerical solution methods228

Lattice Boltzmann method (LBM)

Evolves discrete velocity populations to recover suitable macroscopic flow equations.

Cross-scaleNumerical method
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

fi(x+ciΔt,t+Δt)=fi(x,t)−Δtτ[fi−fieq]f_i(x+c_i\Delta t,t+\Delta t)=f_i(x,t)-\frac{\Delta t}\tau[f_i-f_i^{\mathrm{eq}}]

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Discretize particle velocity space into lattice directions ci.
  2. Alternate streaming with relaxation toward a local equilibrium distribution.
  3. Take a long-wavelength, low-Mach expansion to recover continuum hydrodynamics.

Symbols & assumptions

Single-relaxation-time LBM example; viscosity relates to τ and Δt. More robust collision operators and boundary schemes are common.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Numerical solution methods

Practical use

Flow through complex pore geometry.

Product / system examples

Lattice-Boltzmann flow solvers

Named product or implementation route

Palabos ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Flow through complex pore geometry.

Model-family limitations

A numerical method solves a chosen model; consistency, stability, conservation and convergence do not by themselves validate the physics.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Uniform LBM shear-mode decay target

Uniform LBM shear-mode decay target

Problem & parameters. Use a small-amplitude periodic transverse shear wave in the low-Mach hydrodynamic limit; plot νt/L²=0.02.

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(2πξ)e−4π2τ,τ=0.02u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(2\pi\xi)e^{-4\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.02

Solution. The continuum transverse velocity obeys diffusion. Its wave number 2π/L fixes the exponential decay rate.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 5.5604e-17. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 5.5604e-17 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact continuum benchmark for LBM, not a finite-lattice prediction; compressibility and lattice errors must be checked separately.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Numerical solution methods229

Direct numerical simulation (DNS)

Resolves turbulence without a turbulence closure for the selected flow equations.

Cross-scaleNumerical method
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

∂tu+u⋅∇u=−∇pρ+ν∇2u\partial_tu+u\cdot\nabla u=-\frac{\nabla p}\rho+\nu\nabla^2uΔx must resolve dissipative scales\Delta x\text{ must resolve dissipative scales}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Choose the physical flow equations without an added turbulence closure.
  2. Resolve the energy-containing and dissipative motions with sufficiently fine space and time steps.
  3. Check convergence and conservation to assess numerical resolution.

Symbols & assumptions

DNS is a resolution strategy, not a new fluid law; feasible Reynolds numbers are limited by computational cost.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Numerical solution methods

Practical use

A research simulation at a computationally tractable Reynolds number.

Product / system examples

Turbulence research solvers

Named product or implementation route

OpenFOAM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A research simulation at a computationally tractable Reynolds number.

Model-family limitations

A numerical method solves a chosen model; consistency, stability, conservation and convergence do not by themselves validate the physics.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Pressure-driven laminar flow profile

Pressure-driven laminar flow profile

Problem & parameters. Take steady, fully developed incompressible flow with constant viscosity between fixed parallel plates. For Hagen–Poiseuille use the equivalent diameter cut through a round pipe.

u/Umax⁡=1−ξ2u/U_{\max}=1-\xi^2

Solution. The axial momentum equation becomes a constant second derivative. Integrate twice and impose no slip at both walls to obtain a parabola.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact laminar benchmark. Plate and pipe pressure-to-maximum-speed factors differ; the plotted normalized profile is identical. DNS here resolves this simple laminar case.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

  • Code verificationMethod of manufactured solutions ↗

    Tests a PDE implementation using a constructed exact solution.

    For an accessible differential operator, construct compatible forcing and boundaries; this tests implementation rather than physical realism.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Numerical solution methods230

Direct simulation Monte Carlo (DSMC)

Samples particle motion and collisions in a rarefied gas.

Cross-scaleNumerical method
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Ppair∝σT(g)gΔtVcellP_{\mathrm{pair}}\propto\frac{\sigma_T(g)g\Delta t}{V_{\mathrm{cell}}}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Split rarefied-gas evolution into particle motion and collisions over a short time step.
  2. Select representative collision pairs in local cells using relative speed g and total cross section σT.
  3. Sample post-collision states while conserving the appropriate quantities.

Symbols & assumptions

DSMC acceptance also depends on particle statistical weights and collision-selection scheme; cell/time scales must resolve mean-free-path and collision-time behavior.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Numerical solution methods

Practical use

Gas flow where continuum assumptions fail.

Product / system examples

Rarefied-flow simulation packages

Named product or implementation route

SPARTA ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Gas flow where continuum assumptions fail.

Model-family limitations

A numerical method solves a chosen model; consistency, stability, conservation and convergence do not by themselves validate the physics.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Homogeneous Maxwellian velocity marginal

Homogeneous Maxwellian velocity marginal

Problem & parameters. Take a spatially uniform equilibrium with zero drift and the normalized Gaussian velocity marginal. For collisionless plasma use zero fields and a neutralizing background.

vthf(v)=π−1/2e−(v/vth)2v_{th}f(v)=\pi^{-1/2}e^{-(v/v_{th})^2}

Solution. The homogeneous force-free streaming terms vanish. Maxwellian collisions balance for Boltzmann equilibrium; integrating the Gaussian fixes its normalization.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0.56419. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.56419 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Equilibrium distribution or exact kinetic benchmark. DSMC and PIC would estimate it using particles; this plot is not a finite-particle sample.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Numerical solution methods

Specific connections

  • Particle simulation approach to Boltzmann kinetic equation

    Statistical particle collisions approximate dilute-gas kinetic transport.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Numerical solution methods231

Particle-in-cell (PIC)

Couples moving computational particles to fields on a mesh.

Cross-scaleNumerical method
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

mpv˙p=qp(Ep+vp×Bp)m_p\dot v_p=q_p(E_p+v_p\times B_p)ρgrid=∑pqpW(xgrid−xp)\rho_{\mathrm{grid}}=\sum_pq_pW(x_{\mathrm{grid}}-x_p)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Move computational particles under interpolated fields.
  2. Deposit particle charge and current on a mesh.
  3. Solve field equations and gather fields back to particles for the next step.

Symbols & assumptions

PIC scheme; charge-conserving deposition, field solver, particle shape W and time integration determine numerical behavior.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Numerical solution methods

Practical use

A kinetic plasma simulation.

Product / system examples

Plasma particle simulators

Named product or implementation route

WarpX ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A kinetic plasma simulation.

Model-family limitations

A numerical method solves a chosen model; consistency, stability, conservation and convergence do not by themselves validate the physics.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Homogeneous Maxwellian velocity marginal

Homogeneous Maxwellian velocity marginal

Problem & parameters. Take a spatially uniform equilibrium with zero drift and the normalized Gaussian velocity marginal. For collisionless plasma use zero fields and a neutralizing background.

vthf(v)=π−1/2e−(v/vth)2v_{th}f(v)=\pi^{-1/2}e^{-(v/v_{th})^2}

Solution. The homogeneous force-free streaming terms vanish. Maxwellian collisions balance for Boltzmann equilibrium; integrating the Gaussian fixes its normalization.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 0.56419. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.56419 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Equilibrium distribution or exact kinetic benchmark. DSMC and PIC would estimate it using particles; this plot is not a finite-particle sample.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Numerical solution methods232

Finite-difference time-domain (FDTD)

Advances discretized electromagnetic fields in time.

Cross-scaleNumerical method
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Hn+1/2=Hn−1/2−Δtμ−1curl⁡hEnH^{n+1/2}=H^{n-1/2}-\Delta t\mu^{-1}\operatorname{curl}_hE^nEn+1=En+Δtε−1(curl⁡hHn+1/2−Jn+1/2)E^{n+1}=E^n+\Delta t\varepsilon^{-1}(\operatorname{curl}_hH^{n+1/2}-J^{n+1/2})

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Discretize Maxwell’s curl equations on staggered spatial locations.
  2. Stagger electric and magnetic updates by half a time step.
  3. Alternate the updates to propagate electromagnetic fields.

Symbols & assumptions

Yee-type FDTD; Courant stability, absorbing boundaries and dispersive material updates must be respected.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Numerical solution methods

Practical use

Wave propagation through a dielectric structure.

Product / system examples

Electromagnetic time-domain solvers

Named product or implementation route

Meep ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Wave propagation through a dielectric structure.

Model-family limitations

A numerical method solves a chosen model; consistency, stability, conservation and convergence do not by themselves validate the physics.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Linear traveling-wave snapshot

Linear traveling-wave snapshot

Problem & parameters. Use a one-dimensional sinusoidal wave in a uniform, lossless linear medium. Plot the normalized field at time zero.

u(ξ,0)=sin⁡(2πξ)u(\xi,0)=\sin(2\pi\xi)

Solution. A sinusoidal traveling-wave solution is u = sin[2π(ξ−τ)]. Set τ = 0 to obtain the plotted snapshot.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 1.2246e-16. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.2246e-16 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. An acoustic, electromagnetic, elastic, or linear Alfvén-wave reference as appropriate. For MHD this is the small transverse perturbation of a uniform magnetized equilibrium; for FDTD it is an exact target, not a discretized result.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

  • Code verificationMethod of manufactured solutions ↗

    Tests a PDE implementation using a constructed exact solution.

    For an accessible differential operator, construct compatible forcing and boundaries; this tests implementation rather than physical realism.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Numerical solution methods

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Numerical solution methods233

Material point method (MPM)

Transfers particle-carried material state to a computational grid.

Cross-scaleNumerical method
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

mi=∑pmpNi(xp)m_i=\sum_p m_pN_i(x_p)fi,int=−∑pVpσp⋅∇Ni(xp)f_{i,\mathrm{int}}=-\sum_pV_p\sigma_p\cdot\nabla N_i(x_p)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Store mass, stress and history on material particles.
  2. Transfer mass and internal forces to a background grid using shape functions Ni.
  3. Solve grid momentum and transfer updated motion back to particles.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative MPM mapping; transfer choices, cell crossing and boundary conditions affect conservation and accuracy.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Numerical solution methods

Practical use

Large-deformation soil motion.

Product / system examples

Large-deformation material solvers

Named product or implementation route

CB-Geo MPM ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Large-deformation soil motion.

Model-family limitations

A numerical method solves a chosen model; consistency, stability, conservation and convergence do not by themselves validate the physics.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Uniform bar extension benchmark

Uniform bar extension benchmark

Problem & parameters. Apply a uniform small axial strain of 0.01 to a homogeneous elastic bar.

u(x)/L=0.01(x/L)u(x)/L=0.01(x/L)

Solution. Integrate du/dx=0.01 with u(0)=0.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.005. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.005 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact continuum target for MPM; grid transfer and particle quadrature errors are not represented.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Numerical solution methods234

Monte Carlo transport

Samples particle histories and interactions statistically.

Cross-scaleNumerical method
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

s=−ln⁡ξΣts=-\frac{\ln\xi}{\Sigma_t}tally estimate=1N∑kwkfk\text{tally estimate}=\frac1N\sum_k w_kf_k

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Sample a free path from the exponential survival law in a homogeneous material.
  2. Sample interaction type and outgoing state using cross sections.
  3. Average weighted particle-history contributions to estimate observables and sampling error.

Symbols & assumptions

ξ is uniform on (0,1); heterogeneous materials require boundary tracking. Variance-reduction weights must preserve unbiased tallies.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Numerical solution methods

Practical use

Radiation shielding calculations with sampling uncertainty.

Product / system examples

Monte Carlo radiation transport packages

Named product or implementation route

OpenMC ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Radiation shielding calculations with sampling uncertainty.

Model-family limitations

A numerical method solves a chosen model; consistency, stability, conservation and convergence do not by themselves validate the physics.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Uncollided beam attenuation

Uncollided beam attenuation

Problem & parameters. A steady beam traverses a homogeneous purely absorbing medium. Set τ = Σx and y = intensity / incident intensity.

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}

Solution. Separate dy/dτ = −y, integrate ln(y) = −τ + C, and apply y(0) = 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact absorption-only transport benchmark, without scattering or emission. For Monte Carlo transport this is the expected value, not a sampled realization.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Rare-event / expectation estimationImportance sampling ↗

    Changes the sampling distribution to focus on influential regions.

    For a known target and proposal with correct support and controlled weight variance.

  • Uncertainty integrationQuasi-Monte Carlo ↗

    Uses low-discrepancy points to cover an integration domain evenly.

    For well-behaved parameter integrals where low-discrepancy coverage helps; use randomized replicates for uncertainty assessment.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models235

Homogenization

Derives effective properties or equations from smaller-scale structure.

Cross-scaleFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

σˉ=Ceff:εˉ\bar\sigma=C_{\mathrm{eff}}:\bar\varepsilonσˉ=⟨σ⟩\bar\sigma=\langle\sigma\rangleεˉ=⟨ε⟩\bar\varepsilon=\langle\varepsilon\rangle

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Solve a microscale boundary-value problem under imposed macroscopic loading.
  2. Average stress and strain over a representative region.
  3. Define an effective constitutive relation consistent with those averages.

Symbols & assumptions

Linear elastic example; scale separation, boundary conditions and statistical representativeness determine validity.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models

Practical use

Equivalent stiffness of a composite.

Product / system examples

Composite effective-property tools

Named product or implementation route

MOOSE ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Equivalent stiffness of a composite.

Model-family limitations

Training data, scale separation and coupling consistency bound validity; extrapolation and model discrepancy need explicit assessment.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Parallel-layer effective modulus

Parallel-layer effective modulus

Problem & parameters. Two perfectly bonded parallel axial bars share the same strain, with modulus ratio E2/E1=4.

Eeff/E1=(1−f)+4fE_{eff}/E_1=(1-f)+4f

Solution. Average stress is [(1−f)E1+fE2] times the common strain. Divide by strain to obtain the effective axial modulus.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 2.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 2.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact iso-strain parallel-bar construction; generally an upper-bound estimate for other microstructures.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Linear solveConjugate gradient ↗

    Solves symmetric positive-definite systems using conjugate search directions.

    Only when both the matrix and preconditioner satisfy the required symmetry and positive-definiteness conditions.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models236

Representative volume element (RVE)

Uses a finite microstructural sample to estimate bulk response.

Cross-scaleFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

KeffG=⟨k(x)(G+∇w)⟩K_{\mathrm{eff}}G=\langle k(x)(G+\nabla w)\rangle

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Choose a sample of heterogeneous material and impose average temperature gradient G.
  2. Solve for the microscopic fluctuation field w with compatible boundary conditions.
  3. Average the flux to infer effective conductivity.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative volume element conductivity example; tensor columns follow from independent applied gradients. An undersized sample may not be representative.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models

Practical use

Effective conductivity of a heterogeneous material.

Product / system examples

Microstructure property simulations

Named product or implementation route

MOOSE ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Effective conductivity of a heterogeneous material.

Model-family limitations

Training data, scale separation and coupling consistency bound validity; extrapolation and model discrepancy need explicit assessment.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Uniform axial extension

Uniform axial extension

Problem & parameters. Apply uniform uniaxial strain to a homogeneous small-strain elastic bar with traction-free lateral surfaces.

σ/E=ε\sigma/E=\varepsilon

Solution. The one-dimensional constitutive law is σ = Eε; divide by E. For an orthotropic solid use its modulus along a principal material axis.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.005, calculated vertical coordinate 0.005. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.005, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.005 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Homogeneous linear reference for truss, RVE, and FE² entries; this is not a heterogeneous microscale simulation.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Linear solveConjugate gradient ↗

    Solves symmetric positive-definite systems using conjugate search directions.

    Only when both the matrix and preconditioner satisfy the required symmetry and positive-definiteness conditions.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models237

FE² computational homogenization

Solves microscale problems within a macroscale finite-element calculation.

Cross-scaleFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

σˉ(εˉ)=1∣Ωmicro∣∫Ωmicroσ(εˉ+∇su~) dV\bar\sigma(\bar\varepsilon)=\frac1{|\Omega_{\mathrm{micro}}|}\int_{\Omega_{\mathrm{micro}}}\sigma(\bar\varepsilon+\nabla^s\tilde u)\,dV

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. At each macroscale integration point, impose its strain on a microscale problem.
  2. Solve the microstructure’s equilibrium with compatible fluctuation boundaries.
  3. Return volume-averaged stress and a consistent tangent to the macroscale solver.

Symbols & assumptions

Small-strain FE² example; ∇s is the symmetric gradient. Computational cost and micro-macro energy consistency are central.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models

Practical use

A multiscale composite deformation simulation.

Product / system examples

Multiscale finite-element research systems

Named product or implementation route

deal.II ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A multiscale composite deformation simulation.

Model-family limitations

Training data, scale separation and coupling consistency bound validity; extrapolation and model discrepancy need explicit assessment.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Uniform axial extension

Uniform axial extension

Problem & parameters. Apply uniform uniaxial strain to a homogeneous small-strain elastic bar with traction-free lateral surfaces.

σ/E=ε\sigma/E=\varepsilon

Solution. The one-dimensional constitutive law is σ = Eε; divide by E. For an orthotropic solid use its modulus along a principal material axis.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.005, calculated vertical coordinate 0.005. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.005, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.005 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Homogeneous linear reference for truss, RVE, and FE² entries; this is not a heterogeneous microscale simulation.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Linear solveConjugate gradient ↗

    Solves symmetric positive-definite systems using conjugate search directions.

    Only when both the matrix and preconditioner satisfy the required symmetry and positive-definiteness conditions.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models238

QM/MM coupling

Combines quantum mechanics in a selected region with molecular mechanics around it.

Cross-scaleFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Etotal=EQM+EMM+EcouplingE_{\mathrm{total}}=E_{\mathrm{QM}}+E_{\mathrm{MM}}+E_{\mathrm{coupling}}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Partition the system into a quantum region and a molecular-mechanics environment.
  2. Evaluate each region with its chosen representation.
  3. Add compatible electrostatic, van der Waals and boundary coupling terms and differentiate for forces.

Symbols & assumptions

Additive QM/MM form; subtractive schemes use different bookkeeping. Link atoms, polarization and double counting require care.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models

Practical use

A local chemical event in a large molecular environment.

Product / system examples

Molecular reaction simulation packages

Named product or implementation route

CP2K ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A local chemical event in a large molecular environment.

Model-family limitations

Training data, scale separation and coupling consistency bound validity; extrapolation and model discrepancy need explicit assessment.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Coupled-region harmonic reference

Coupled-region harmonic reference

Problem & parameters. As a consistency check, choose a common harmonic coordinate whose total coupled-region energy is kq²/2 and whose effective mass is m.

q/A=cos⁡(ωt)q/A=\cos(\omega t)

Solution. The total force is −kq. Solve m q″+kq=0 with q(0)=A and q′(0)=0.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 3.1416, calculated vertical coordinate -1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 3.1416, into the displayed formula to obtain -1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Prescribed harmonic reference only; no electronic calculation, interface force transfer, or adaptive region simulation is performed.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models239

Atomistic–continuum coupling

Connects particle-level and continuum descriptions.

Cross-scaleFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Etotal≈Eatomistic+Econtinuum+EinterfaceE_{\mathrm{total}}\approx E_{\mathrm{atomistic}}+E_{\mathrm{continuum}}+E_{\mathrm{interface}}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Resolve atomistic detail where discrete effects matter.
  2. Use an effective continuum energy away from that region.
  3. Construct interface coupling that transfers forces and avoids double counting.

Symbols & assumptions

Schematic energy-based coupling; ghost forces and patch-test consistency depend on the specific method.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models

Practical use

A local defect embedded in a larger solid.

Product / system examples

Multiscale materials research software

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A local defect embedded in a larger solid.

Model-family limitations

Training data, scale separation and coupling consistency bound validity; extrapolation and model discrepancy need explicit assessment.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Coupled-region harmonic reference

Coupled-region harmonic reference

Problem & parameters. As a consistency check, choose a common harmonic coordinate whose total coupled-region energy is kq²/2 and whose effective mass is m.

q/A=cos⁡(ωt)q/A=\cos(\omega t)

Solution. The total force is −kq. Solve m q″+kq=0 with q(0)=A and q′(0)=0.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 3.1416, calculated vertical coordinate -1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 3.1416, into the displayed formula to obtain -1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Prescribed harmonic reference only; no electronic calculation, interface force transfer, or adaptive region simulation is performed.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models240

Fluid–structure interaction (FSI)

Couples fluid loads with structural motion or deformation.

Cross-scaleFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

uf=∂tdsat Γu_f=\partial_td_s\quad\text{at }\Gammaσfnf+σsns=0\sigma_fn_f+\sigma_sn_s=0

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Solve fluid and structural momentum equations in their respective domains.
  2. Enforce matching interface velocity.
  3. Enforce equal-and-opposite interface tractions and update geometry consistently.

Symbols & assumptions

No-slip fluid–structure coupling; partitioned or monolithic solvers need stable exchange and compatible interface discretization.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models

Practical use

Flow-induced motion of a flexible valve.

Product / system examples

Flexible-valve flow simulations

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — CFD Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Flow-induced motion of a flexible valve.

Model-family limitations

Training data, scale separation and coupling consistency bound validity; extrapolation and model discrepancy need explicit assessment.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Added-mass structural oscillation

Added-mass structural oscillation

Problem & parameters. Approximate fluid loading as a constant added mass ma=m on an undamped spring-supported body.

q/A=cos⁡(τ1+ma/m),ma/m=1q/A=\cos\left(\frac{\tau}{\sqrt{1+m_a/m}}\right),\quad m_a/m=1

Solution. Combine the masses: (m+ma)q″+kq=0. The frequency becomes √[k/(m+ma)].

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 6.2832, calculated vertical coordinate -0.26626. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 6.2832, into the displayed formula to obtain -0.26626 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Linear added-mass reduction of FSI; no viscous drag, free-surface, or flow-field solution.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Large nonlinear solveNewton-Krylov method ↗

    Solves each Newton correction approximately with a Krylov method.

    For large smooth residual systems; matrix-free products still need effective preconditioning and globalization.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models

Specific connections

  • Can couple fluid component Navier–Stokes model

    Fluid and solid models exchange interface traction and motion; fluid formulation depends on regime.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models241

Thermomechanical coupling

Couples temperature evolution and mechanical response.

Cross-scaleFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

σ=C:(ε−αΔTI)\sigma=C:(\varepsilon-\alpha\Delta TI)ρcpT˙=∇⋅(k∇T)+Q\rho c_p\dot T=\nabla\cdot(k\nabla T)+Q

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Represent thermal expansion as a stress-free strain.
  2. Subtract it from total strain in the elastic constitutive law.
  3. Solve the thermal energy balance and couple deformation-dependent heat or geometry effects when needed.

Symbols & assumptions

Linear isotropic thermoelastic example; α is thermal expansion coefficient. Full thermodynamics can include mechanical heating and reversible coupling.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models

Practical use

Thermal stress in a heated component.

Product / system examples

Thermal stress simulations

Named product or implementation route

COMSOL Multiphysics — Structural Mechanics Module ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Thermal stress in a heated component.

Model-family limitations

Training data, scale separation and coupling consistency bound validity; extrapolation and model discrepancy need explicit assessment.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Fully restrained thermal expansion

Fully restrained thermal expansion

Problem & parameters. A one-dimensional elastic bar is prevented from expanding while its temperature rises uniformly.

σ/(EαΔT∗)=−ΔT/ΔT∗\sigma/(E\alpha\Delta T_*)=-\Delta T/\Delta T_*

Solution. Total strain is σ/E+αΔT. Set it to zero and solve for stress.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1, calculated vertical coordinate -1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1, into the displayed formula to obtain -1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Small-strain constant-property axial model, with tension positive; uniform heating produces compression.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • DiscretizationFinite element method ↗

    Uses piecewise basis functions and a weak formulation on a mesh.

    For a suitable weak-form spatial problem; choose function spaces and boundary conditions for the operator.

  • Large nonlinear solveNewton-Krylov method ↗

    Solves each Newton correction approximately with a Krylov method.

    For large smooth residual systems; matrix-free products still need effective preconditioning and globalization.

  • Split time integrationIMEX integration ↗

    Treats stiff terms implicitly and nonstiff terms explicitly.

    When a meaningful stiff/nonstiff split exists; check the stability and coupling error of both parts.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models

Specific connections

  • Can couple thermal component Transient heat equation

    Temperature affects deformation and material properties; mechanical processes may also generate heat.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models242

Proper orthogonal decomposition (POD)

Builds a compact basis from representative field snapshots.

Cross-scaleFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

X=UΣVTX=U\Sigma V^{\mathsf T}x≈Urax\approx U_ra

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Collect representative state snapshots into a matrix X.
  2. Compute its singular value decomposition.
  3. Keep the leading r left singular vectors, which minimize squared reconstruction error for an orthonormal rank-r basis.

Symbols & assumptions

POD alone provides a basis, not an evolution law; projecting dynamics or fitting reduced equations is an additional step.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models

Practical use

Reduced prediction of recurring flow patterns.

Product / system examples

Reduced flow-analysis tools

Named product or implementation route

pyMOR ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Reduced prediction of recurring flow patterns.

Model-family limitations

Training data, scale separation and coupling consistency bound validity; extrapolation and model discrepancy need explicit assessment.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Exactly rank-one snapshot reconstruction

Exactly rank-one snapshot reconstruction

Problem & parameters. All snapshots are scalar multiples of sin(πx). Reconstruct the snapshot at dimensionless time one using one POD mode.

u(x,t)=e−tsin⁡(πx),t=1u(x,t)=e^{-t}\sin(\pi x),\quad t=1

Solution. The snapshot matrix has rank one. Its only nonzero spatial mode is proportional to sin(πx), with coefficient exp(−t).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.36788. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.36788 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact rank-one constructed data set; real POD truncation can incur substantial error.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Rank / inverse analysisSingular value decomposition ↗

    Separates matrix directions by their amplification strengths.

    For reduced bases, rank diagnosis, or regularized inverse fitting; select truncation using the data and error budget.

  • Stable fitting / linear solveQR factorization ↗

    Uses an orthogonal factorization to solve least-squares systems.

    For a linearized least-squares or calibration problem; use pivoting or SVD when rank is uncertain.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models243

Reduced basis model

Projects a parameterized governing model onto a small approximation space.

Cross-scaleFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

VrTA(μ)Vrar=VrTb(μ)V_r^{\mathsf T}A(\mu)V_ra_r=V_r^{\mathsf T}b(\mu)u≈Vraru\approx V_ra_r

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Generate representative solutions over a parameter domain.
  2. Build a small basis Vr from those solutions.
  3. Project the governing equations onto that basis to reduce solve dimension.

Symbols & assumptions

Linear parameterized-system example; nonlinear problems need efficient evaluation or hyper-reduction and error control.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models

Practical use

Fast repeated evaluation of an engineering design.

Product / system examples

Fast parameterized design models

Named product or implementation route

pyMOR ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Fast repeated evaluation of an engineering design.

Model-family limitations

Training data, scale separation and coupling consistency bound validity; extrapolation and model discrepancy need explicit assessment.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Decaying heat-mode reference

Decaying heat-mode reference

Problem & parameters. Use uτ = uξξ on the unit interval, zero end values, and u(ξ,0) = sin(πξ). Plot τ = 0.1.

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1

Solution. The sine satisfies both zero end values. Its second derivative is −π² times itself; the amplitude solves a′ = −π²a.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.37271. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.37271 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact PDE benchmark. For reduced bases, PINNs, and neural operators, this is a reference target, not a claimed trained or computed prediction.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Rank / inverse analysisSingular value decomposition ↗

    Separates matrix directions by their amplification strengths.

    For reduced bases, rank diagnosis, or regularized inverse fitting; select truncation using the data and error budget.

  • Stable fitting / linear solveQR factorization ↗

    Uses an orthogonal factorization to solve least-squares systems.

    For a linearized least-squares or calibration problem; use pivoting or SVD when rank is uncertain.

  • Linear solveLU factorization ↗

    Solves a linear system through triangular factors with pivoting.

    For assembled nonsingular linear systems; pivoting, conditioning, and sparse fill-in determine reliability and cost.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models244

Gaussian-process surrogate

Predicts responses with a probabilistic function model fitted to samples.

Cross-scaleFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

μ∗=k∗T(K+σn2I)−1y\mu_*=k_*^{\mathsf T}(K+\sigma_n^2I)^{-1}yσ∗2=k∗∗−k∗T(K+σn2I)−1k∗\sigma_*^2=k_{**}-k_*^{\mathsf T}(K+\sigma_n^2I)^{-1}k_*

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assign a Gaussian-process prior with a chosen kernel.
  2. Combine its joint Gaussian distribution at training and query points with a noise model.
  3. Condition on observed data to obtain predictive mean and variance.

Symbols & assumptions

Zero-mean GP formulas; K is training covariance and k* cross-covariance. Predictive uncertainty depends on kernel and data assumptions.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models

Practical use

Emulating an expensive simulation over a bounded design space.

Product / system examples

Probabilistic simulation emulators

Named product or implementation route

GPflow ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Emulating an expensive simulation over a bounded design space.

Model-family limitations

Training data, scale separation and coupling consistency bound validity; extrapolation and model discrepancy need explicit assessment.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: One-observation Gaussian-process posterior mean

One-observation Gaussian-process posterior mean

Problem & parameters. Use a zero-mean, unit-variance squared-exponential GP, unit length scale, and one noiseless observation y(0)=1.

μ(x)=e−x2/2\mu(x)=e^{-x^2/2}

Solution. The one-by-one training covariance is one. The conditional mean k(x,0)K^−1y equals exp(−x²/2).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical posterior mean under the stated kernel; it is not a physical law, and posterior uncertainty is not shown.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Linear solveCholesky factorization ↗

    Factors a symmetric positive-definite matrix efficiently.

    Only for symmetric positive-definite assembled systems after constraints are handled; not for general coupled saddle-point systems.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models245

Physics-informed neural network (PINN)

Trains a neural approximation using data and governing-equation residuals.

Cross-scaleFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

L(θ)=λdata∑∣uθ−y∣2+λPDE∑∣N[uθ]−f∣2+λBCLBC\mathcal L(\theta)=\lambda_{\mathrm{data}}\sum|u_\theta-y|^2+\lambda_{\mathrm{PDE}}\sum|\mathcal N[u_\theta]-f|^2+\lambda_{\mathrm{BC}}\mathcal L_{\mathrm{BC}}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Approximate the solution by a neural function uθ.
  2. Evaluate governing-equation residuals and boundary errors, often using automatic differentiation.
  3. Optimize a weighted loss combining physics and observations.

Symbols & assumptions

PINN method; a small sampled residual does not guarantee a uniformly accurate or conservative solution.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models

Practical use

An approximate solution of a specified differential equation.

Product / system examples

Physics-informed PDE research tools

Named product or implementation route

DeepXDE ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

An approximate solution of a specified differential equation.

Model-family limitations

Training data, scale separation and coupling consistency bound validity; extrapolation and model discrepancy need explicit assessment.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Decaying heat-mode reference

Decaying heat-mode reference

Problem & parameters. Use uτ = uξξ on the unit interval, zero end values, and u(ξ,0) = sin(πξ). Plot τ = 0.1.

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1

Solution. The sine satisfies both zero end values. Its second derivative is −π² times itself; the amplitude solves a′ = −π²a.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.37271. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.37271 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact PDE benchmark. For reduced bases, PINNs, and neural operators, this is a reference target, not a claimed trained or computed prediction.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Parameter fittingGradient descent ↗

    Moves downhill along the negative objective gradient.

    For a differentiable calibration objective with a justified step rule; slow convergence is possible under poor scaling.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models246

Neural operator

Learns a map between function-valued inputs and outputs.

Cross-scaleFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

u≈Gθ(a)u\approx\mathcal G_\theta(a)vl+1(x)=σ[Wlvl(x)+∫κl(x,y)vl(y) dy]v_{l+1}(x)=\sigma[W_lv_l(x)+\int\kappa_l(x,y)v_l(y)\,dy]

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Represent the desired map from coefficient or forcing field a to solution field u.
  2. Build layers that mix information locally and through an integral kernel.
  3. Fit parameters from solution pairs, optionally adding physical constraints.

Symbols & assumptions

Representative neural-operator layer; Fourier operators parameterize the integral via spectral multipliers. Generalization requires validation.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models

Practical use

Surrogate prediction of parameterized solution fields.

Product / system examples

Learned PDE surrogate packages

Named product or implementation route

neuraloperator ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Surrogate prediction of parameterized solution fields.

Model-family limitations

Training data, scale separation and coupling consistency bound validity; extrapolation and model discrepancy need explicit assessment.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Decaying heat-mode reference

Decaying heat-mode reference

Problem & parameters. Use uτ = uξξ on the unit interval, zero end values, and u(ξ,0) = sin(πξ). Plot τ = 0.1.

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1

Solution. The sine satisfies both zero end values. Its second derivative is −π² times itself; the amplitude solves a′ = −π²a.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.37271. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.37271 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact PDE benchmark. For reduced bases, PINNs, and neural operators, this is a reference target, not a claimed trained or computed prediction.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Parameter fittingGradient descent ↗

    Moves downhill along the negative objective gradient.

    For a differentiable calibration objective with a justified step rule; slow convergence is possible under poor scaling.

  • Bounded calibrationL-BFGS-B ↗

    Uses limited curvature history with bound constraints.

    For smooth parameter fitting with physical bounds; local minima and identifiability still require assessment.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models247

Digital twin framework

Links an evolving model of a specific asset with observations.

Cross-scaleFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

xk+1=fθ(xk,uk)x_{k+1}=f_\theta(x_k,u_k)yk=hθ(xk)+vky_k=h_\theta(x_k)+v_k(x^,θ)←update⁡(data)(\hat x,\theta)\leftarrow\operatorname{update}(\text{data})

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Define a model of a specific physical asset.
  2. Assimilate measurements to update states or parameters.
  3. Use the synchronized model for prediction and decisions, then continue updating as observations arrive.

Symbols & assumptions

Digital twin is an architecture, not a unique equation; identity, update cadence, uncertainty and validation are part of its definition.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models

Practical use

Updating a machine model using operating measurements.

Product / system examples

Connected asset monitoring platforms

Named product or implementation route

Ansys Twin Builder ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Updating a machine model using operating measurements.

Model-family limitations

Training data, scale separation and coupling consistency bound validity; extrapolation and model discrepancy need explicit assessment.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Digital-twin reference cooling trajectory

Digital-twin reference cooling trajectory

Problem & parameters. Use a lumped thermal model with a known constant cooling time as an ideal reference for a thermal digital twin.

(T−T∞)/(T0−T∞)=e−t/τ(T-T_\infty)/(T_0-T_\infty)=e^{-t/\tau}

Solution. Solve the first-order heat balance analytically; compare actual sensor data with this reference in a real implementation.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.082085. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.082085 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Reference physics only. No sensors, online updates, or actual equipment measurements are included.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Surrogate / uncertaintyGaussian-process regression ↗

    Predicts a response using a covariance model and observed data.

    For an expensive-simulation or data surrogate; predictive uncertainty is conditional on kernel and noise assumptions.

  • Dynamics analysisDynamic mode decomposition ↗

    Fits a linear evolution map between successive snapshots.

    For time-resolved snapshots; modes describe a fitted evolution map and need not capture all nonlinear behavior.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models248

Bayesian model calibration

Updates uncertain parameters using observations and a statistical likelihood.

Cross-scaleFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

p(θ∣y)∝p(y∣θ)p(θ)p(\theta\mid y)\propto p(y\mid\theta)p(\theta)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Choose a prior distribution for uncertain parameters.
  2. Construct a likelihood from observations, noise and any model-discrepancy assumptions.
  3. Apply Bayes’ rule to obtain a posterior for prediction and uncertainty propagation.

Symbols & assumptions

Identifiability and mismatch between model and reality can dominate; a narrow posterior does not prove model validity.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models

Practical use

Estimating heat-transfer parameters with uncertainty.

Product / system examples

Model calibration software

Named product or implementation route

PyMC ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Estimating heat-transfer parameters with uncertainty.

Model-family limitations

Training data, scale separation and coupling consistency bound validity; extrapolation and model discrepancy need explicit assessment.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Gaussian conjugate posterior density

Gaussian conjugate posterior density

Problem & parameters. Use prior θ~Normal(0,1) and one measurement y=1 with independent Normal(0,1) measurement noise.

p(θ∣y=1)=π−1/2e−(θ−0.5)2p(\theta\mid y=1)=\pi^{-1/2}e^{-(\theta-0.5)^2}

Solution. Add prior and data precisions to obtain variance 1/2; precision-weight the means to obtain posterior mean 1/2. Normalize the Gaussian.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.56419. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.56419 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact conjugate scalar calibration example; not a calibrated engineering system.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Equilibrium / posterior samplingMetropolis-Hastings sampling ↗

    Builds a Markov chain with a desired stationary density.

    For a specified target distribution; diagnose mixing and correlation. Samples do not generally represent physical time.

  • Rare-event / expectation estimationImportance sampling ↗

    Changes the sampling distribution to focus on influential regions.

    For a known target and proposal with correct support and controlled weight variance.

  • Uncertainty integrationQuasi-Monte Carlo ↗

    Uses low-discrepancy points to cover an integration domain evenly.

    For well-behaved parameter integrals where low-discrepancy coverage helps; use randomized replicates for uncertainty assessment.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models249

Polynomial chaos expansion

Represents uncertain responses with polynomial functions of random inputs.

Cross-scaleFramework
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Y(ξ)≈∑αcαΨα(ξ)Y(\xi)\approx\sum_\alpha c_\alpha\Psi_\alpha(\xi)cα=E[YΨα]E[Ψα2]c_\alpha=\frac{\mathbb E[Y\Psi_\alpha]}{\mathbb E[\Psi_\alpha^2]}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Represent uncertainty with random inputs ξ.
  2. Choose orthogonal polynomials for their probability law.
  3. Project the response onto those polynomials or fit coefficients from samples.

Symbols & assumptions

Truncated polynomial chaos expansion; smoothness and dimension affect convergence. Correlated inputs require suitable transformations or bases.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Multiscale, reduced & data-driven models

Practical use

Propagation of material-property uncertainty.

Product / system examples

Uncertainty-propagation software

Named product or implementation route

Chaospy ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Propagation of material-property uncertainty.

Model-family limitations

Training data, scale separation and coupling consistency bound validity; extrapolation and model discrepancy need explicit assessment.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: First-order polynomial chaos response

First-order polynomial chaos response

Problem & parameters. Use a linear response to a uniform random input. Expand in the first two Legendre polynomials.

Y(ξ)=2+0.5ξ,ξ∼U[−1,1]Y(\xi)=2+0.5\xi,\quad\xi\sim U[-1,1]

Solution. Since P0=1 and P1=ξ, coefficients are 2 and 0.5. The mean is 2 and variance is 0.25/3.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0, calculated vertical coordinate 2. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0, into the displayed formula to obtain 2 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact degree-one expansion for the chosen response, not a surrogate fitted to arbitrary simulation data.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

  • Data fittingPolynomial least squares ↗

    Fits basis coefficients by minimizing data residuals.

    For fitting a low-dimensional response or constitutive curve; scale variables and validate independently.

  • Uncertainty integrationQuasi-Monte Carlo ↗

    Uses low-discrepancy points to cover an integration domain evenly.

    For well-behaved parameter integrals where low-discrepancy coverage helps; use randomized replicates for uncertainty assessment.

Relationships to other models
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Physical analogs & experimental models250

Geometrically scaled physical model

Reproduces a system's shape at another size.

Cross-scalePhysical analog
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Πmodel=Πprototype\Pi_{\mathrm{model}}=\Pi_{\mathrm{prototype}}xmodel=λLxprototypex_{\mathrm{model}}=\lambda_Lx_{\mathrm{prototype}}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Choose a geometric length ratio λL.
  2. Nondimensionalize the governing equations.
  3. Match the dimensionless groups that control the phenomenon, rather than geometry alone.

Symbols & assumptions

A scale model cannot generally preserve all similarity conditions with the same fluid and gravity; prioritize the relevant physics.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Physical analogs & experimental models

Practical use

A reduced-size architectural or machinery prototype.

Product / system examples

Scale engineering prototypes

Named product or implementation route

Modelica Standard Library ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

A reduced-size architectural or machinery prototype.

Model-family limitations

Match the relevant dimensionless groups and boundary conditions; one scaled experiment cannot usually preserve every similarity condition.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Geometric volume scaling

Geometric volume scaling

Problem & parameters. Scale all dimensions of a shape by the same positive length ratio.

Vm/Vp=(Lm/Lp)3V_m/V_p=(L_m/L_p)^3

Solution. Volume is the product of three lengths; multiply the three identical scale factors.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.125. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.125 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Geometric similarity alone does not ensure force, material, or dynamic similarity.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Data fittingPolynomial least squares ↗

    Fits basis coefficients by minimizing data residuals.

    For fitting a low-dimensional response or constitutive curve; scale variables and validate independently.

  • Tabulated dataCubic spline interpolation ↗

    Joins piecewise cubic polynomials with continuity constraints.

    For smooth interpolation of coefficients or responses; ordinary splines do not guarantee positivity or monotonicity.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Physical analogs & experimental models

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Physical analogs & experimental models251

Wind-tunnel model

Uses a controlled air stream around a physical specimen.

Cross-scalePhysical analog
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Rem=Rep\mathrm{Re}_m=\mathrm{Re}_pMam=Mapwhen both matter\mathrm{Ma}_m=\mathrm{Ma}_p\quad\text{when both matter}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Identify viscous and compressibility effects through Reynolds and Mach numbers.
  2. Choose model size, speed, fluid properties and pressure to match important nondimensional conditions.
  3. Use nondimensional force coefficients to transfer measurements.

Symbols & assumptions

Wind-tunnel walls, support interference, transition and surface roughness also affect similarity.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Physical analogs & experimental models

Practical use

Measuring aerodynamic forces on a scale aircraft.

Product / system examples

Wind-tunnel test models

Named product or implementation route

MATLAB / Simulink ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Measuring aerodynamic forces on a scale aircraft.

Model-family limitations

Match the relevant dimensionless groups and boundary conditions; one scaled experiment cannot usually preserve every similarity condition.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Dynamic pressure in a wind-tunnel test

Dynamic pressure in a wind-tunnel test

Problem & parameters. Use fixed air density and reference dynamic pressure q*=ρU*²/2.

q/q∗=(U/U∗)2q/q_*=(U/U_*)^2

Solution. Evaluate q=ρU²/2 and divide by q*.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1, calculated vertical coordinate 1. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1, into the displayed formula to obtain 1 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Test-planning relation, not measured wind-tunnel data; Reynolds and Mach similarity require separate checks.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Data fittingPolynomial least squares ↗

    Fits basis coefficients by minimizing data residuals.

    For fitting a low-dimensional response or constitutive curve; scale variables and validate independently.

  • Tabulated dataCubic spline interpolation ↗

    Joins piecewise cubic polynomials with continuity constraints.

    For smooth interpolation of coefficients or responses; ordinary splines do not guarantee positivity or monotonicity.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Surrogate / uncertaintyGaussian-process regression ↗

    Predicts a response using a covariance model and observed data.

    For an expensive-simulation or data surrogate; predictive uncertainty is conditional on kernel and noise assumptions.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Physical analogs & experimental models

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Physical analogs & experimental models252

Hydraulic flume model

Uses physical water flow with selected similarity conditions.

Cross-scalePhysical analog
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Frm=Frp\mathrm{Fr}_m=\mathrm{Fr}_pUmodelUprototype=λL\frac{U_{\mathrm{model}}}{U_{\mathrm{prototype}}}=\sqrt{\lambda_L}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. For gravity-dominated free-surface flow, match Froude number Fr=U/√(gL).
  2. Use equal gravitational acceleration and a geometric scale λL.
  3. Solve the equality for velocity scale and obtain time scale √λL.

Symbols & assumptions

Viscous and surface-tension similarity may conflict with Froude scaling, especially at small model sizes.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Physical analogs & experimental models

Practical use

Testing a river structure or spillway.

Product / system examples

Physical hydraulic scale models

Named product or implementation route

HEC-RAS ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Testing a river structure or spillway.

Model-family limitations

Match the relevant dimensionless groups and boundary conditions; one scaled experiment cannot usually preserve every similarity condition.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Froude-similar velocity scaling

Froude-similar velocity scaling

Problem & parameters. Use the same gravitational acceleration and match Froude number U/√(gL) between a model and prototype.

Um/Up=Lm/LpU_m/U_p=\sqrt{L_m/L_p}

Solution. Equate the two Froude numbers and solve for the velocity ratio.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.505, calculated vertical coordinate 0.71063. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.505, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.71063 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Gravity-dominated similarity appropriate to free-surface flumes; Reynolds, Weber, and other dimensionless groups may not also match.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Data fittingPolynomial least squares ↗

    Fits basis coefficients by minimizing data residuals.

    For fitting a low-dimensional response or constitutive curve; scale variables and validate independently.

  • Tabulated dataCubic spline interpolation ↗

    Joins piecewise cubic polynomials with continuity constraints.

    For smooth interpolation of coefficients or responses; ordinary splines do not guarantee positivity or monotonicity.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

  • Integral / post-processingComposite Simpson rule ↗

    Integrates pairs of intervals using quadratic interpolation.

    For smooth sampled responses with compatible spacing; do not apply its uniform-grid error order blindly.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Physical analogs & experimental models

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Physical analogs & experimental models253

Shake-table structural model

Excites a physical structure with controlled base motion.

Cross-scalePhysical analog
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Mu¨+Cu˙+Ku=−Mrag(t)M\ddot u+C\dot u+Ku=-Mr a_g(t)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Write structure dynamics relative to a moving base.
  2. Convert base acceleration ag into an equivalent inertial load.
  3. Apply a scaled base-motion history in a shake-table experiment and compare response.

Symbols & assumptions

r is the influence vector. A physical test must match relevant mass, stiffness, damping and time scales.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Physical analogs & experimental models

Practical use

Investigating a scaled building's dynamic response.

Product / system examples

Shake-table structural specimens

Named product or implementation route

UC San Diego LHPOST6 shake table ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Investigating a scaled building's dynamic response.

Model-family limitations

Match the relevant dimensionless groups and boundary conditions; one scaled experiment cannot usually preserve every similarity condition.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Undamped shake-table reference transfer

Undamped shake-table reference transfer

Problem & parameters. For an undamped single-degree-of-freedom oscillator with sinusoidal base motion, calculate the steady absolute displacement below resonance.

∣X/Y∣=1/∣1−r2∣,r=Ω/ωn|X/Y|=1/|1-r^2|,\quad r=\Omega/\omega_n

Solution. Insert harmonic motions into mX″+k(X−Y)=0. Solve (k−mΩ²)X=kY for the amplitude ratio.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.4, calculated vertical coordinate 1.1905. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.4, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.1905 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Ideal steady reference, not shake-table measurements; the undamped resonance singularity is outside the plotted range.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Data fittingPolynomial least squares ↗

    Fits basis coefficients by minimizing data residuals.

    For fitting a low-dimensional response or constitutive curve; scale variables and validate independently.

  • Tabulated dataCubic spline interpolation ↗

    Joins piecewise cubic polynomials with continuity constraints.

    For smooth interpolation of coefficients or responses; ordinary splines do not guarantee positivity or monotonicity.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Physical analogs & experimental models

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Physical analogs & experimental models254

Photoelastic model

Uses stress-induced optical birefringence to visualize stress patterns.

Cross-scalePhysical analog
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Nf=t(σ1−σ2)fσN_f=\frac{t(\sigma_1-\sigma_2)}{f_\sigma}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Use stress-induced birefringence to relate refractive-index difference to principal-stress difference.
  2. Integrate optical retardation through specimen thickness t.
  3. Express retardation as fringe order Nf using the calibrated stress-optic coefficient fσ.

Symbols & assumptions

Plane photoelasticity relation under suitable optical assumptions; calibration, residual stress and three-dimensional effects matter.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Physical analogs & experimental models

Practical use

Identifying stress concentrations in a transparent specimen.

Product / system examples

Photoelastic test specimens

Named product or implementation route

Vishay Micro-Measurements PhotoStress system ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Identifying stress concentrations in a transparent specimen.

Model-family limitations

Match the relevant dimensionless groups and boundary conditions; one scaled experiment cannot usually preserve every similarity condition.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Photoelastic fringe order

Photoelastic fringe order

Problem & parameters. Use a transparent specimen of thickness t, stress-optic coefficient C, and monochromatic wavelength λ.

N=Ct(σ1−σ2)/λN=Ct(\sigma_1-\sigma_2)/\lambda

Solution. The principal refractive-index difference is CΔσ. Optical path retardation is CtΔσ; divide by wavelength to obtain fringe order.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 2.5. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 2.5 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Uniform stress through thickness and linear stress-optic law; this is not a fringe photograph.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Data fittingPolynomial least squares ↗

    Fits basis coefficients by minimizing data residuals.

    For fitting a low-dimensional response or constitutive curve; scale variables and validate independently.

  • Tabulated dataCubic spline interpolation ↗

    Joins piecewise cubic polynomials with continuity constraints.

    For smooth interpolation of coefficients or responses; ordinary splines do not guarantee positivity or monotonicity.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Physical analogs & experimental models

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Physical analogs & experimental models255

Electrical analog model

Maps another physical system onto an electrical network.

Cross-scalePhysical analog
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

CthT˙+T−T∞Rth=Q↔CV˙+V/R=IC_{\mathrm{th}}\dot T+\frac{T-T_\infty}{R_{\mathrm{th}}}=Q\quad\leftrightarrow\quad C\dot V+V/R=I

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Write a lumped thermal storage-and-resistance balance.
  2. Compare it term by term with Kirchhoff current balance for an RC circuit.
  3. Map temperature to voltage and heat flow to current with chosen scale factors.

Symbols & assumptions

An electrical analog reproduces the mapped equations within component tolerances; it does not automatically reproduce all physical effects.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Physical analogs & experimental models

Practical use

Using an RC network as a thermal-system analog.

Product / system examples

Thermal RC analog circuits

Named product or implementation route

ngspice ↗

Named modeling product or research implementation. Consult its documentation for supported variants and required modules.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Using an RC network as a thermal-system analog.

Model-family limitations

Match the relevant dimensionless groups and boundary conditions; one scaled experiment cannot usually preserve every similarity condition.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: First-order unit-step response

First-order unit-step response

Problem & parameters. Use the scalar state equation y′+y=1 with y(0)=0, or transfer function 1/(s+1).

y(τ)=1−e−τy(\tau)=1-e^{-\tau}

Solution. The homogeneous response is Ce^−τ and the constant particular response is one. The initial state gives C=−1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.91792. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.91792 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact linear plant reference. For bond graphs/electrical analogs use a single storage-and-resistance element; for HIL this is a reference trajectory, not measured hardware data.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Data fittingPolynomial least squares ↗

    Fits basis coefficients by minimizing data residuals.

    For fitting a low-dimensional response or constitutive curve; scale variables and validate independently.

  • Tabulated dataCubic spline interpolation ↗

    Joins piecewise cubic polynomials with continuity constraints.

    For smooth interpolation of coefficients or responses; ordinary splines do not guarantee positivity or monotonicity.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Physical analogs & experimental models

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Physical analogs & experimental models256

Hardware-in-the-loop model

Couples actual hardware to simulated parts of a system.

Cross-scalePhysical analog
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

xs,k+1=Fd(xs,k,uh,k)x_{s,k+1}=F_d(x_{s,k},u_{h,k})yh,k=Hs(xs,k)y_{h,k}=H_s(x_{s,k})

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Simulate the plant or missing subsystem in real time.
  2. Exchange measured hardware outputs and simulated sensor signals through interfaces.
  3. Advance the simulation within each hardware sampling deadline.

Symbols & assumptions

HIL coupling requires bounded latency, calibrated I/O and stability under discretization; equations depend on the simulated plant and real hardware.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Physical analogs & experimental models

Practical use

Testing a controller against a simulated plant.

Product / system examples

Real-time hardware-in-the-loop test rigs

Named product or implementation route

MATLAB / Simulink ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Testing a controller against a simulated plant.

Model-family limitations

Match the relevant dimensionless groups and boundary conditions; one scaled experiment cannot usually preserve every similarity condition.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: First-order unit-step response

First-order unit-step response

Problem & parameters. Use the scalar state equation y′+y=1 with y(0)=0, or transfer function 1/(s+1).

y(τ)=1−e−τy(\tau)=1-e^{-\tau}

Solution. The homogeneous response is Ce^−τ and the constant particular response is one. The initial state gives C=−1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 2.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.91792. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 2.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.91792 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact linear plant reference. For bond graphs/electrical analogs use a single storage-and-resistance element; for HIL this is a reference trajectory, not measured hardware data.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Data fittingPolynomial least squares ↗

    Fits basis coefficients by minimizing data residuals.

    For fitting a low-dimensional response or constitutive curve; scale variables and validate independently.

  • Tabulated dataCubic spline interpolation ↗

    Joins piecewise cubic polynomials with continuity constraints.

    For smooth interpolation of coefficients or responses; ordinary splines do not guarantee positivity or monotonicity.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Physical analogs & experimental models

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Physical analogs & experimental models257

Dimensional-analysis similarity model

Uses dimensionless groups to relate tests across scales.

Cross-scalePhysical analog
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Πj=∏ixiaij\Pi_j=\prod_i x_i^{a_{ij}}∑iaijdim⁡(xi)=0\sum_i a_{ij}\operatorname{dim}(x_i)=0

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. List the dimensional variables controlling a phenomenon.
  2. Find exponent combinations whose length, mass, time and other dimensions cancel.
  3. Relate the resulting dimensionless groups using theory or experiments.

Symbols & assumptions

Buckingham Π construction; n variables with a dimensional matrix of rank r give n−r independent groups, subject to completeness of the variable list.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Physical analogs & experimental models

Practical use

Matching Reynolds or Froude behavior where appropriate.

Product / system examples

Dimensionally scaled experimental models

Named product or implementation route

Modelica Standard Library ↗

Implementation route: this configurable product can express the formulation; a user-defined model or experimental setup is required.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Matching Reynolds or Froude behavior where appropriate.

Model-family limitations

Match the relevant dimensionless groups and boundary conditions; one scaled experiment cannot usually preserve every similarity condition.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Froude-similar velocity scaling

Froude-similar velocity scaling

Problem & parameters. Use the same gravitational acceleration and match Froude number U/√(gL) between a model and prototype.

Um/Up=Lm/LpU_m/U_p=\sqrt{L_m/L_p}

Solution. Equate the two Froude numbers and solve for the velocity ratio.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.505, calculated vertical coordinate 0.71063. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.505, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.71063 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Gravity-dominated similarity appropriate to free-surface flumes; Reynolds, Weber, and other dimensionless groups may not also match.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Data fittingPolynomial least squares ↗

    Fits basis coefficients by minimizing data residuals.

    For fitting a low-dimensional response or constitutive curve; scale variables and validate independently.

  • Tabulated dataCubic spline interpolation ↗

    Joins piecewise cubic polynomials with continuity constraints.

    For smooth interpolation of coefficients or responses; ordinary splines do not guarantee positivity or monotonicity.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    For expectation or uncertainty calculations with a stated sampling law; this does not replace a specialized stochastic time integrator.

Relationships to other models

Cross-scale → Physical analogs & experimental models

Specific connections

  • Guides Hydraulic flume model

    Gravity-dominated free-surface experiments commonly prioritize Froude similarity.

  • Guides Wind-tunnel model

    Relevant dimensionless groups and boundary conditions guide the experimental scaling.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Liquid-state physics258

Ornstein-Zernike equation

Relates total and direct pair correlations in a homogeneous liquid, linking microscopic structure to scattering.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

h(r)=c(r)+ρ∫R3c(∣r−r′∣)h(r′) d3r′h(r)=c(r)+\rho\int_{\mathbb R^3}c(|\mathbf r-\mathbf r^{\prime}|)h(r^{\prime})\,d^3r^{\prime}S(k)=11−ρc^(k),h=g−1S(k)=\frac{1}{1-\rho\widehat c(k)},\quad h=g-1

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Define the total correlation h=g-1 and direct correlation c.
  2. Separate the correlation into a direct contribution and indirect chains through other particles.
  3. Fourier transformation turns convolution into multiplication; solve for h_hat and use S=1+rho h_hat.

Symbols & assumptions

Homogeneous isotropic equilibrium fluid; rho is number density, g is radial distribution, k is wavevector. Fourier transform has no prefactor in the forward integral. A closure or supplied c is needed.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Liquid-state physics

Practical use

Interpreting scattering structure factors of liquid and colloidal samples.

Product / system examples

Small-angle scattering analysis of colloidal dispersions

Named product or implementation route

SasView — hard-sphere specialization ↗

SasView implements a hard-sphere specialization using the Percus-Yevick closure, not a general OZ solver.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Interpreting scattering structure factors of liquid and colloidal samples.

Model-family limitations

Select an appropriate equilibrium, interaction, and transport regime. Closures and continuum limits have distinct validity ranges.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: OZ structure factor with prescribed direct correlation

OZ structure factor with prescribed direct correlation

Problem & parameters. Assume rho times the Fourier-transformed direct correlation is −exp[−(kℓ)²]. Find S(k) from the OZ relation.

ρc^(k)=−e−(kℓ)2,S(k)=11+e−(kℓ)2\rho\widehat c(k)=-e^{-(k\ell)^2},\quad S(k)=\frac{1}{1+e^{-(k\ell)^2}}

Solution. Fourier transformation gives h_hat=c_hat/(1−rho c_hat). Substitute into S=1+rho h_hat to obtain the displayed expression. At k=0, S=1/2; at large k, S tends to 1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.90465. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.90465 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. A prescribed-correlation algebraic benchmark, not a self-consistent closure solution or measured scattering spectrum.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Self-consistency / couplingFixed-point iteration ↗

    Iterates a rearranged equation until the state stops changing.

    Iterate the coupled OZ/closure equations with damping; check residuals and grid convergence, especially at high density.

  • Nonlinear solveBroyden method ↗

    Updates an approximate Jacobian from observed changes.

    Solve the discretized OZ/closure residual with quasi-Newton mixing when simple iteration is slow; enforce core conditions and inspect convergence.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    Evaluate radial correlation integrals or Fourier-Bessel transforms with controlled truncation and oscillatory-integration error.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Liquid-state physics

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Liquid-state physics259

Percus-Yevick closure

Closes the liquid integral equation using an approximate relation between pair correlations and interactions.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

c(r)=[e−βu(r)−1][1+γ(r)],γ=h−c,β=(kBT)−1c(r)=\left[e^{-\beta u(r)}-1\right]\left[1+\gamma(r)\right],\quad\gamma=h-c,\quad\beta=(k_{\mathrm B}T)^{-1}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Introduce the indirect correlation gamma=h-c.
  2. Approximate g=exp(-beta u)(1+gamma), retaining a linear indirect-correlation factor.
  3. Use c=g-1-gamma and solve the closure together with Ornstein-Zernike.

Symbols & assumptions

beta=1/(k_B T), u is pair energy. Approximate classical pair-potential theory; pressure routes can disagree. Hard cores require g=0 inside the core.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Liquid-state physics

Practical use

Fitting scattering from approximately neutral, hard-sphere colloidal dispersions.

Product / system examples

SasView hard-sphere structure-factor fitting

Named product or implementation route

SasView — Percus-Yevick hard spheres ↗

Documented built-in hard-sphere structure factor; check charge and polydispersity restrictions.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Fitting scattering from approximately neutral, hard-sphere colloidal dispersions.

Model-family limitations

Select an appropriate equilibrium, interaction, and transport regime. Closures and continuum limits have distinct validity ranges.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Percus-Yevick hard-sphere contact value

Percus-Yevick hard-sphere contact value

Problem & parameters. Use the analytical three-dimensional, monodisperse hard-sphere PY solution to evaluate its contact pair distribution as packing fraction varies.

g(σ+)=1+ϕ/2(1−ϕ)2g(\sigma^+)=\frac{1+\phi/2}{(1-\phi)^2}

Solution. The PY hard-sphere solution gives virial-route Z=(1+2φ+3φ²)/(1−φ)². The hard-sphere contact theorem Z=1+4φg(σ+) then gives g(σ+)=(1+φ/2)/(1−φ)² after subtraction and cancellation. At φ=0 use the limit g=1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.225, calculated vertical coordinate 1.8522. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.225, into the displayed formula to obtain 1.8522 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Contact-value evaluation of the PY approximation; the analytical OZ/PY solution is taken as the starting result. Thermodynamic routes are not identical.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Self-consistency / couplingFixed-point iteration ↗

    Iterates a rearranged equation until the state stops changing.

    Iterate the coupled OZ/closure equations with damping; check residuals and grid convergence, especially at high density.

  • Nonlinear solveBroyden method ↗

    Updates an approximate Jacobian from observed changes.

    Solve the discretized OZ/closure residual with quasi-Newton mixing when simple iteration is slow; enforce core conditions and inspect convergence.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    Evaluate radial correlation integrals or Fourier-Bessel transforms with controlled truncation and oscillatory-integration error.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Liquid-state physics

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Liquid-state physics260

Hypernetted-chain (HNC) closure

Approximates liquid pair structure by neglecting bridge diagrams in the exact closure.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

g(r)=exp⁡[−βu(r)+h(r)−c(r)],h(r)=g(r)−1g(r)=\exp[-\beta u(r)+h(r)-c(r)],\quad h(r)=g(r)-1

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Write the exact pair closure as g=exp(-beta u+gamma+B), with bridge contribution B.
  2. Set B=0 to obtain the HNC approximation.
  3. Combine h=g-1 with Ornstein-Zernike and iterate to self-consistency.

Symbols & assumptions

Classical equilibrium pair-potential fluid; beta=1/(k_B T). Bridge terms are omitted, which can impair dense, strongly correlated liquids. HNC is not an exact general liquid solution.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Liquid-state physics

Practical use

Estimating pair distributions in simple fluids with a specified pair potential.

Product / system examples

Custom liquid-structure calculations with Python/SciPy

Named product or implementation route

SciPy — custom HNC residual solver ↗

Custom implementation route: supply the discretized OZ/HNC residual, transforms, and convergence checks. SciPy does not supply a built-in HNC liquid model.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Estimating pair distributions in simple fluids with a specified pair potential.

Model-family limitations

Select an appropriate equilibrium, interaction, and transport regime. Closures and continuum limits have distinct validity ranges.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Dilute HNC Gaussian-core pair distribution

Dilute HNC Gaussian-core pair distribution

Problem & parameters. Take the zero-density limit of an equilibrium soft Gaussian-core fluid with beta epsilon=1. Find its pair distribution.

βu(r)=e−(r/σ)2,g(r)=exp⁡[−e−(r/σ)2]\beta u(r)=e^{-(r/\sigma)^2},\quad g(r)=\exp[-e^{-(r/\sigma)^2}]

Solution. As density tends to zero, OZ gives h=c and hence gamma=0. HNC reduces to the two-particle Boltzmann factor exp(−beta u); insert the specified Gaussian repulsion. At r=0, g=exp(−1).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.5, calculated vertical coordinate 0.89997. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.5, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.89997 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact dilute two-particle limit for this specified potential; at finite liquid density, solve the coupled HNC/OZ equations instead.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Self-consistency / couplingFixed-point iteration ↗

    Iterates a rearranged equation until the state stops changing.

    Iterate the coupled OZ/closure equations with damping; check residuals and grid convergence, especially at high density.

  • Nonlinear solveBroyden method ↗

    Updates an approximate Jacobian from observed changes.

    Solve the discretized OZ/closure residual with quasi-Newton mixing when simple iteration is slow; enforce core conditions and inspect convergence.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    Evaluate radial correlation integrals or Fourier-Bessel transforms with controlled truncation and oscillatory-integration error.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Liquid-state physics

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Liquid-state physics261

Carnahan-Starling hard-sphere equation of state

Approximates the compressibility factor of a monodisperse hard-sphere fluid from its packing fraction.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

Z=pρkBT=1+ϕ+ϕ2−ϕ3(1−ϕ)3,ϕ=πρσ36Z=\frac{p}{\rho k_{\mathrm B}T}=\frac{1+\phi+\phi^2-\phi^3}{(1-\phi)^3},\quad\phi=\frac{\pi\rho\sigma^3}{6}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Define the occupied-volume fraction phi for spheres of diameter sigma.
  2. Approximate virial coefficients by B_n=n^2+n-2 for n>=2 in the expansion in phi.
  3. Sum the resulting geometric-series derivatives to obtain the rational expression for Z.

Symbols & assumptions

rho is number density, sigma sphere diameter, T temperature. Monodisperse, nonattracting hard-sphere fluid. This is a highly accurate approximation, not an exact EOS or a model of crystallization.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Liquid-state physics

Practical use

Estimating excluded-volume pressure contributions in dense-fluid reference models.

Product / system examples

Hard-sphere reference calculations for fluid-property research

Named product or implementation route

Python / NumPy — custom Carnahan-Starling evaluation ↗

Custom implementation route: evaluate the displayed algebraic expression. The reference is the original equation, not a claim of a built-in commercial EOS.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Estimating excluded-volume pressure contributions in dense-fluid reference models.

Model-family limitations

Select an appropriate equilibrium, interaction, and transport regime. Closures and continuum limits have distinct validity ranges.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Hard-sphere pressure amplification

Hard-sphere pressure amplification

Problem & parameters. For a monodisperse hard-sphere fluid, compute pressure relative to ideal-gas pressure from packing fraction using Carnahan-Starling.

Z(ϕ)=1+ϕ+ϕ2−ϕ3(1−ϕ)3Z(\phi)=\frac{1+\phi+\phi^2-\phi^3}{(1-\phi)^3}

Solution. Insert φ into the numerator and denominator. For example, at φ=0.3 the numerator is 1.363 and denominator 0.343, giving Z=3.97376. The dilute limit is Z=1.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.225, calculated vertical coordinate 2.716. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.225, into the displayed formula to obtain 2.716 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Constitutive evaluation of the approximate fluid EOS; no attractive forces, mixture effects, or solid phase are included.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Scalar rootBrent root finding ↗

    Combines bracket reliability with interpolation-based acceleration.

    Invert the hard-sphere EOS for packing fraction at a specified pressure using a bracket within the fluid regime. Direct pressure evaluation requires no root solver.

  • Scalar rootBisection ↗

    Reliably narrows a continuous scalar root bracket.

    A robust bracketed alternative for EOS inversion; restrict the bracket to the physically intended fluid branch.

  • Data fittingPolynomial least squares ↗

    Fits basis coefficients by minimizing data residuals.

    Fit a limited-range surrogate to EOS evaluations only when repeated calls require it; verify the fit against the explicit formula.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Liquid-state physics

Specific connections

  • Related hard-sphere approximation Percus-Yevick closure

    Carnahan-Starling combines two thirds PY compressibility-route and one third PY virial-route hard-sphere pressures.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Liquid-state physics262

Stokes-Einstein diffusion relation

Connects Brownian translational diffusion to temperature, solvent viscosity, and hydrodynamic particle radius.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

D=kBT6πηRHD=\frac{k_{\mathrm B}T}{6\pi\eta R_{\mathrm H}}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. For slow translation of a no-slip sphere, Stokes drag gives friction zeta=6 pi eta R_H.
  2. Equilibrium fluctuation-dissipation gives D=k_B T/zeta.
  3. Substitute the drag coefficient to obtain the diffusion relation.

Symbols & assumptions

D is diffusivity, eta dynamic viscosity, R_H hydrodynamic radius. Dilute spherical probes in a Newtonian continuum solvent, low Reynolds number, no-slip boundary. Molecular-scale and concentrated systems may violate it.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Liquid-state physics

Practical use

Estimating hydrodynamic particle sizes from diffusion measurements in a dilute suspension.

Product / system examples

Diffusion-based particle sizing and Brownian-particle simulation

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS — viscous drag parameterization ↗

The documentation connects viscous friction with Stokes-Einstein diffusion. Consistent random forcing is also required for Brownian dynamics.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Estimating hydrodynamic particle sizes from diffusion measurements in a dilute suspension.

Model-family limitations

Select an appropriate equilibrium, interaction, and transport regime. Closures and continuum limits have distinct validity ranges.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Brownian sphere diffusion in a viscous solvent

Brownian sphere diffusion in a viscous solvent

Problem & parameters. Take T=298 K and solvent viscosity eta=0.001 Pa s. Estimate D for dilute no-slip spherical probes with radii between 10 and 200 nm.

D(R)=(1.380649×10−23)(298)6π(10−3)(R×10−9)  m2 s−1D(R)=\frac{(1.380649\times10^{-23})(298)}{6\pi(10^{-3})(R\times10^{-9})}\;\mathrm{m^2\,s^{-1}}

Solution. Convert radius from nm to m and substitute into Stokes-Einstein. At R=100 nm, D=2.18273×10⁻¹² m²/s. Doubling radius halves diffusivity.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 105, calculated vertical coordinate 2.0788e-12. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 105, into the displayed formula to obtain 2.0788e-12 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Chosen constant solvent viscosity, not a measured water-property curve. Continuum, no-slip, dilute-sphere assumptions apply.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Statistical estimationMonte Carlo integration ↗

    Estimates an integral by averaging independent random samples.

    Propagate uncertainty in temperature, viscosity, and radius through D=kBT/(6πηR); no numerical integration is needed for the nominal value.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    Fit a positive hydrodynamic radius or viscosity to diffusion measurements; parameters may be unidentifiable if fitted together.

  • Tabulated dataCubic spline interpolation ↗

    Joins piecewise cubic polynomials with continuity constraints.

    Interpolate tabulated solvent viscosity versus temperature before evaluating diffusivity; avoid extrapolation and preserve positive viscosity.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Liquid-state physics

Specific connections

  • Supplies diffusivity for Brownian dynamics

    Applies to dilute spherical probes under the stated continuum no-slip assumptions.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Liquid-state physics263

Green-Kubo viscosity relation

Obtains equilibrium shear viscosity from the time integral of microscopic shear-stress fluctuations.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

η=VkBT∫0∞⟨δPxy(0) δPxy(t)⟩ dt\eta=\frac{V}{k_{\mathrm B}T}\int_0^\infty\left\langle\delta P_{xy}(0)\,\delta P_{xy}(t)\right\rangle\,dt

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Linear response relates the shear response to equilibrium momentum-flux fluctuations.
  2. Form the stationary autocorrelation of the off-diagonal intensive pressure tensor component P_xy.
  3. Integrate the correlation and multiply by V/(k_B T); independent shear components can improve sampling.

Symbols & assumptions

Equilibrium isotropic liquid in volume V at T. P_xy is an intensive pressure (Pa), not a volume-integrated virial. Subtract any nonzero mean. Finite trajectories require convergence and tail-error checks.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Liquid-state physics

Practical use

Predicting liquid viscosity from an equilibrium molecular-dynamics trajectory.

Product / system examples

LAMMPS equilibrium viscosity calculations for simulated liquids

Named product or implementation route

LAMMPS — Green-Kubo viscosity workflow ↗

The documentation provides an equilibrium liquid-argon viscosity example using pressure autocorrelation and integration.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Predicting liquid viscosity from an equilibrium molecular-dynamics trajectory.

Model-family limitations

Select an appropriate equilibrium, interaction, and transport regime. Closures and continuum limits have distinct validity ranges.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Viscosity integral for an exponential stress correlation

Viscosity integral for an exponential stress correlation

Problem & parameters. Assume the equilibrium intensive shear-pressure autocorrelation C(t)=C0 exp(−t/τ), with C0>0. Calculate the running Green-Kubo viscosity integral.

C(t)=C0e−t/τ,η(t)η∞=1−e−t/τ,η∞=VC0τkBTC(t)=C_0e^{-t/\tau},\quad\frac{\eta(t)}{\eta_\infty}=1-e^{-t/\tau},\quad\eta_\infty=\frac{VC_0\tau}{k_{\mathrm B}T}

Solution. Integrate C0 exp(−s/τ) from 0 to t to obtain C0τ[1−exp(−t/τ)]. Multiply by V/(kBT) and divide by its infinite-time limit. At t=3τ, 95.0213% of the assumed total is recovered.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 3, calculated vertical coordinate 0.95021. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 3, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.95021 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Analytical exponential-correlation benchmark; real liquid stress correlations may oscillate or have long tails. This is not a molecular-dynamics measurement.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    Generate equilibrium MD trajectories and shear-pressure samples with a compatible ensemble and force field; this time integrator alone does not estimate viscosity.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    Integrate a smooth fitted stress-autocorrelation function; account separately for finite sampling and the unobserved long-time tail.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    Check time-step or correlation-integration refinement where a regular error expansion holds; it does not remove statistical trajectory noise.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Liquid-state physics

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Solid-state physics264

Einstein crystal heat-capacity model

Treats crystal vibrations as independent quantum oscillators at a single frequency.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

CV=3NkBx2ex(ex−1)2,x=ΘET,ΘE=ℏωEkBC_V=3Nk_{\mathrm B}\frac{x^2e^x}{(e^x-1)^2},\quad x=\frac{\Theta_{\mathrm E}}{T},\quad\Theta_{\mathrm E}=\frac{\hbar\omega_{\mathrm E}}{k_{\mathrm B}}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assign 3N identical quantum oscillators to N atoms.
  2. Sum their mean energies using Bose occupation, including a temperature-independent zero-point term.
  3. Differentiate energy with respect to T at fixed volume to obtain heat capacity.

Symbols & assumptions

Theta_E=hbar omega_E/k_B. Independent harmonic oscillators with one frequency; ignores dispersion, acoustic low-frequency modes, anharmonicity, and electronic heat capacity.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Solid-state physics

Practical use

Estimating an optical-mode contribution to crystal heat capacity.

Product / system examples

Cryogenic crystal calorimetry and optical-phonon heat-capacity fits

Named product or implementation route

Python / NumPy — custom Einstein oscillator evaluation ↗

Custom single-frequency evaluation of the documented oscillator heat-capacity law. Phonopy normally uses a full phonon spectrum rather than an Einstein crystal.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Estimating an optical-mode contribution to crystal heat capacity.

Model-family limitations

Idealized crystalline-solid models. Check dimensionality, temperature range, interactions, disorder, and parameter validity before material-specific use.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Einstein oscillator heat capacity

Einstein oscillator heat capacity

Problem & parameters. For 3N identical oscillators, calculate the normalized heat capacity versus temperature.

θ=T/ΘE,CV3NkB=θ−2e−1/θ(1−e−1/θ)2\theta=T/\Theta_{\mathrm E},\quad\frac{C_V}{3Nk_{\mathrm B}}=\frac{\theta^{-2}e^{-1/\theta}}{(1-e^{-1/\theta})^2}

Solution. Each oscillator has thermal energy hbar omega/[exp(hbar omega/kBT)−1]. Differentiate and divide the total by 3NkB. At T=ThetaE, the result is e/(e−1)²=0.920674.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.05, calculated vertical coordinate 0.92772. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.05, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.92772 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact evaluation within the single-frequency harmonic Einstein model; the acoustic low-temperature cubic law is absent.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    Use fitting for an Einstein temperature, interpolation for tabulated responses, or refinement to check derived quantities; the displayed formula itself is explicit. For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

  • Tabulated dataCubic spline interpolation ↗

    Joins piecewise cubic polynomials with continuity constraints.

    Use fitting for an Einstein temperature, interpolation for tabulated responses, or refinement to check derived quantities; the displayed formula itself is explicit. For smooth interpolation of coefficients or responses; ordinary splines do not guarantee positivity or monotonicity.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    Use fitting for an Einstein temperature, interpolation for tabulated responses, or refinement to check derived quantities; the displayed formula itself is explicit. For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Solid-state physics

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Solid-state physics265

Debye phonon model

Approximates acoustic phonons by a continuum spectrum with a mode-count cutoff.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

CV=9NkB(TΘD)3∫0ΘD/Tx4ex(ex−1)2 dxC_V=9Nk_{\mathrm B}\left(\frac{T}{\Theta_{\mathrm D}}\right)^3\int_0^{\Theta_{\mathrm D}/T}\frac{x^4e^x}{(e^x-1)^2}\,dxCV∼T≪ΘD12π45NkB(TΘD)3C_V\underset{T\ll\Theta_{\mathrm D}}{\sim}\frac{12\pi^4}{5}Nk_{\mathrm B}\left(\frac{T}{\Theta_{\mathrm D}}\right)^3

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Assume three acoustic branches with linear dispersion and a density of modes proportional to omega².
  2. Choose the Debye cutoff so the integral of the density of states contains 3N modes.
  3. Integrate oscillator energies over this spectrum and differentiate at fixed volume.

Symbols & assumptions

Theta_D=hbar omega_D/k_B, N atom count. Isotropic harmonic continuum approximation with an effective sound speed; optical modes and anharmonic effects require extensions.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Solid-state physics

Practical use

Estimating low-temperature lattice heat capacity in crystalline solids.

Product / system examples

Low-temperature solid heat-capacity estimates for cryogenic components

Named product or implementation route

Python / NumPy — custom Debye quadrature ↗

Custom implementation of the Debye integral or its stated low-temperature limit; not a claim of a built-in materials package.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Estimating low-temperature lattice heat capacity in crystalline solids.

Model-family limitations

Idealized crystalline-solid models. Check dimensionality, temperature range, interactions, disorder, and parameter validity before material-specific use.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Debye low-temperature cubic law

Debye low-temperature cubic law

Problem & parameters. In the regime T much smaller than ThetaD, estimate lattice heat capacity using the leading Debye asymptote.

CVNkB≃12π45(TΘD)3\frac{C_V}{Nk_{\mathrm B}}\simeq\frac{12\pi^4}{5}\left(\frac{T}{\Theta_{\mathrm D}}\right)^3

Solution. Extend the Debye integral upper limit to infinity. Its value is 4pi⁴/15, so multiplying by 9(T/ThetaD)³ gives 12pi⁴(T/ThetaD)³/5. Doubling temperature multiplies this leading term by eight.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.0275, calculated vertical coordinate 0.0048619. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.0275, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.0048619 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Low-temperature analytical asymptote only; the plotted range stops at T/ThetaD=0.05. Use the finite-cutoff integral outside this regime.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    Use quadrature for the full Debye integral and fitting for a Debye temperature; the cubic law is only a low-temperature asymptote. For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    Use quadrature for the full Debye integral and fitting for a Debye temperature; the cubic law is only a low-temperature asymptote. For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    Use quadrature for the full Debye integral and fitting for a Debye temperature; the cubic law is only a low-temperature asymptote. For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Solid-state physics

Specific connections

  • Continuum spectrum approximation to Harmonic lattice dynamics

    Replace acoustic phonon branches by linear dispersions with a mode-count cutoff.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Solid-state physics266

Sommerfeld free-electron model

Describes conduction electrons as a degenerate, noninteracting Fermi gas.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

EF=ℏ22m(3π2n)2/3,TF=EFkBE_{\mathrm F}=\frac{\hbar^2}{2m}(3\pi^2n)^{2/3},\quad T_{\mathrm F}=\frac{E_{\mathrm F}}{k_{\mathrm B}}Ce≃π22NkBTTF(T≪TF)C_e\simeq\frac{\pi^2}{2}Nk_{\mathrm B}\frac{T}{T_{\mathrm F}}\quad(T\ll T_{\mathrm F})

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Fill free-electron momentum states with two spin states per wavevector up to the Fermi sphere.
  2. State counting gives k_F=(3pi²n)^(1/3) and E_F=hbar²k_F²/(2m).
  3. A Sommerfeld expansion at fixed electron number gives the leading heat capacity proportional to T.

Symbols & assumptions

N is electron count, n=N/V, T_F=E_F/k_B. Three-dimensional noninteracting spin-1/2 electrons with parabolic dispersion; the heat-capacity expression requires T much smaller than T_F.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Solid-state physics

Practical use

Estimating electronic heat capacity and Fermi energy in simple metals.

Product / system examples

Normal-metal electronic calorimetry and simple-metal reference calculations

Named product or implementation route

Python / NumPy — custom free-electron calculation ↗

Custom implementation of the ideal free-electron reference equations; real band structure and many-body renormalization require extensions.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Estimating electronic heat capacity and Fermi energy in simple metals.

Model-family limitations

Idealized crystalline-solid models. Check dimensionality, temperature range, interactions, disorder, and parameter validity before material-specific use.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Sommerfeld electronic heat capacity

Sommerfeld electronic heat capacity

Problem & parameters. Find the leading electronic heat capacity of a three-dimensional free-electron gas at fixed electron number and low temperature.

CeNkB≃π22TTF\frac{C_e}{Nk_{\mathrm B}}\simeq\frac{\pi^2}{2}\frac{T}{T_{\mathrm F}}

Solution. The fixed-number Sommerfeld expansion gives U/N=(3/5)EF+(pi²/4)(kBT)²/EF to this order. Differentiate with respect to temperature, and use EF=kB TF. At T/TF=0.01, Ce/(NkB)=0.0493480.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.0255, calculated vertical coordinate 0.12584. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.0255, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.12584 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Leading low-temperature contribution of ideal electrons only; excludes lattice heat capacity, band corrections, interactions, and superconductivity.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    Integrate the free-electron density of states with Fermi occupations at finite temperature, or fit a low-temperature heat-capacity coefficient; preserve electron number. For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

  • Integral evaluationAdaptive quadrature ↗

    Subdivides intervals according to local integration-error estimates.

    Integrate the free-electron density of states with Fermi occupations at finite temperature, or fit a low-temperature heat-capacity coefficient; preserve electron number. For deterministic low-dimensional integrals; identify singularities and verify error estimates.

  • CalibrationLevenberg-Marquardt ↗

    Regularizes a Gauss-Newton step to balance stability and progress.

    Integrate the free-electron density of states with Fermi occupations at finite temperature, or fit a low-temperature heat-capacity coefficient; preserve electron number. For nonlinear least-squares fitting with damping; standard LM does not handle arbitrary constraints.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Solid-state physics

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Solid-state physics267

Tight-binding electronic model

Builds crystal electronic bands from localized orbitals and intersite hopping.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

H^=∑iϵici†ci−∑⟨ij⟩tij(ci†cj+cj†ci)\hat H=\sum_i\epsilon_i c_i^\dagger c_i-\sum_{\langle ij\rangle}t_{ij}(c_i^\dagger c_j+c_j^\dagger c_i)E(k)=ϵ0−2tcos⁡(ka)E(k)=\epsilon_0-2t\cos(ka)

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Expand electronic states in localized orbitals centered on lattice sites.
  2. Retain on-site energies and selected hopping matrix elements.
  3. For a uniform one-dimensional nearest-neighbor chain, insert a Bloch wave to obtain the cosine band.

Symbols & assumptions

Displayed chain uses an orthonormal single orbital per site and real positive hopping t. Multiorbital materials require calibrated matrix elements and possibly overlap and spin-orbit coupling. Electron correlations are excluded unless added explicitly.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Solid-state physics

Practical use

Modeling semiconductor nanowire and crystalline-device electronic bands.

Product / system examples

QuantumATK Slater-Koster calculations for silicon nanowires

Named product or implementation route

QuantumATK — Slater-Koster tight binding ↗

The vendor documents silicon nanowire calculations with parameterized orbital models; the displayed one-orbital chain is an educational specialization.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Modeling semiconductor nanowire and crystalline-device electronic bands.

Model-family limitations

Idealized crystalline-solid models. Check dimensionality, temperature range, interactions, disorder, and parameter validity before material-specific use.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Nearest-neighbor tight-binding band

Nearest-neighbor tight-binding band

Problem & parameters. Use a one-dimensional chain with one orbital per site and positive nearest-neighbor hopping t. Find its band over half the Brillouin zone.

E(k)−ϵ0t=−2cos⁡(ka)\frac{E(k)-\epsilon_0}{t}=-2\cos(ka)

Solution. Insert amplitudes c_n=exp(ikna) into E c_n=epsilon0 c_n−t(c_(n+1)+c_(n−1)). Divide by c_n and combine the two exponentials as 2cos(ka). The band runs from epsilon0−2t to epsilon0+2t.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.5708, calculated vertical coordinate -1.2246e-16. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.5708, into the displayed formula to obtain -1.2246e-16 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. One-orbital, orthonormal, noninteracting chain. The other half-zone follows by inversion symmetry; real semiconductor bands generally need multiple orbitals.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Rank / inverse analysisSingular value decomposition ↗

    Separates matrix directions by their amplification strengths.

    Use SVD on H(k)-E I to check null states, condition analysis to assess sensitivity, and quadrature for Brillouin-zone averages. General bands require a Hermitian eigensolver, not SVD singular values interpreted as signed energies. For reduced bases, rank diagnosis, or regularized inverse fitting; select truncation using the data and error budget.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    Use SVD on H(k)-E I to check null states, condition analysis to assess sensitivity, and quadrature for Brillouin-zone averages. General bands require a Hermitian eigensolver, not SVD singular values interpreted as signed energies. For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    Use SVD on H(k)-E I to check null states, condition analysis to assess sensitivity, and quadrature for Brillouin-zone averages. General bands require a Hermitian eigensolver, not SVD singular values interpreted as signed energies. For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Solid-state physics

Specific connections

  • Complementary band approximation to Nearly-free-electron model

    Localized-orbital and weak-periodic-potential descriptions apply in different limits.

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Solid-state physics268

Nearly-free-electron model

Predicts band gaps by perturbing free electrons with a weak periodic potential.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

E±=ϵk+ϵk−G2±(ϵk−ϵk−G2)2+∣VG∣2,ϵk=ℏ2k22mE_\pm=\frac{\epsilon_k+\epsilon_{k-G}}{2}\pm\sqrt{\left(\frac{\epsilon_k-\epsilon_{k-G}}{2}\right)^2+|V_G|^2},\quad\epsilon_k=\frac{\hbar^2k^2}{2m}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Expand the periodic lattice potential in reciprocal-lattice Fourier components.
  2. Near a Bragg degeneracy, keep the two coupled plane waves k and k-G.
  3. Diagonalize their 2 by 2 Hamiltonian; at exact degeneracy the energy gap is 2 abs(V_G).

Symbols & assumptions

epsilon_k=hbar²k²/(2m); a mean potential can be absorbed into the energy origin. Weak periodic potential, two-state approximation near a Bragg plane; remote states and strong correlations are omitted.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Solid-state physics

Practical use

Explaining Bragg-plane band gaps in weak-potential crystalline conductors.

Product / system examples

Custom weak-periodic-potential electronic band calculations

Named product or implementation route

NumPy eigh — custom plane-wave Hamiltonian ↗

Custom implementation route: assemble a Hermitian plane-wave Hamiltonian and diagonalize it. NumPy supplies linear algebra, not a built-in solid-state model.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Explaining Bragg-plane band gaps in weak-potential crystalline conductors.

Model-family limitations

Idealized crystalline-solid models. Check dimensionality, temperature range, interactions, disorder, and parameter validity before material-specific use.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Nearly-free-electron avoided crossing

Nearly-free-electron avoided crossing

Problem & parameters. Let ER=hbar²(G/2)²/(2m) and a real lattice Fourier coupling VG=0.1 ER. Calculate the lower branch near k=G/2.

HER=((1+q)20.10.1(q−1)2),E−ER=1+q2−4q2+0.01\frac{H}{E_R}=\begin{pmatrix}(1+q)^2&0.1\\0.1&(q-1)^2\end{pmatrix},\quad\frac{E_-}{E_R}=1+q^2-\sqrt{4q^2+0.01}

Solution. The two free plane-wave energies are ER(1+q)² and ER(q−1)². Diagonalizing their 2 by 2 matrix gives the displayed lower eigenvalue. At q=0 the energies are 0.9 ER and 1.1 ER, separated by 0.2 ER.

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 0.15, calculated vertical coordinate 0.70627. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 0.15, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.70627 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. Exact two-state diagonalization, approximate nearly-free-electron physics. Only the lower branch on one side of the Bragg plane is plotted; remote plane waves are omitted.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Rank / inverse analysisSingular value decomposition ↗

    Separates matrix directions by their amplification strengths.

    Use SVD for null-state diagnostics, sensitivity checks for small gaps, and quadrature for band averages. Diagonalize the Hermitian plane-wave Hamiltonian for actual energies. For reduced bases, rank diagnosis, or regularized inverse fitting; select truncation using the data and error budget.

  • Sensitivity diagnosisCondition-number analysis ↗

    Measures how perturbations in inputs can affect a computed solution.

    Use SVD for null-state diagnostics, sensitivity checks for small gaps, and quadrature for band averages. Diagonalize the Hermitian plane-wave Hamiltonian for actual energies. For assembled linear systems or fitting matrices; separate problem conditioning from algorithm stability.

  • Integral assemblyGaussian quadrature ↗

    Chooses nodes and weights to integrate high-degree polynomials efficiently.

    Use SVD for null-state diagnostics, sensitivity checks for small gaps, and quadrature for band averages. Diagonalize the Hermitian plane-wave Hamiltonian for actual energies. For smooth element, energy, or moment integrals; singular or discontinuous integrands need special rules.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Solid-state physics

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider
Solid-state physics269

Harmonic lattice dynamics

Computes phonon modes from a quadratic expansion of crystal potential energy.

Atomic / molecularPhysical model
Mathematical model & short derivation

Representative formulation

D(q)eqν=ωqν2eqνD(\mathbf q)\mathbf e_{\mathbf q\nu}=\omega_{\mathbf q\nu}^2\mathbf e_{\mathbf q\nu}ω(q)=2Km∣sin⁡qa2∣(monatomic chain)\omega(q)=2\sqrt{\frac Km}\left|\sin\frac{qa}{2}\right|\quad\text{(monatomic chain)}

Derivation / construction sketch

  1. Expand crystal potential energy to second order in atomic displacements about equilibrium.
  2. Fourier-transform the force-constant equations and mass-weight them to form the dynamical matrix.
  3. Diagonalize the matrix at each wavevector to obtain squared phonon frequencies and polarizations.

Symbols & assumptions

D is the mass-weighted dynamical matrix; e is polarization, nu branch index. The displayed one-dimensional chain has nearest-neighbor spring constant K, mass m, and spacing a. Harmonic approximation excludes phonon scattering and thermal expansion.

For empirical models, the sketch explains construction or fitting rather than a first-principles derivation. See the entry’s references for the complete formulation.

Practical applications & products

Application area

Solid-state physics

Practical use

Predicting phonon dispersion, harmonic stability, and vibrational thermodynamics.

Product / system examples

Phonopy phonon spectra and harmonic thermodynamic calculations

Named product or implementation route

Phonopy — harmonic lattice dynamics ↗

Documented dynamical-matrix and thermodynamic implementation. Material force constants are required from an appropriate external calculation or fitted model.

Product categories above illustrate application areas; they do not assert an undocumented manufacturer’s design workflow.

Example, limitations & references

In practice

Predicting phonon dispersion, harmonic stability, and vibrational thermodynamics.

Model-family limitations

Idealized crystalline-solid models. Check dimensionality, temperature range, interactions, disorder, and parameter validity before material-specific use.

References & further reading

3 worked examples & graphs
Example 1: Monatomic harmonic-chain dispersion

Monatomic harmonic-chain dispersion

Problem & parameters. Take identical masses m separated by a, joined by nearest-neighbor springs K. Find the normal-mode dispersion over half the Brillouin zone.

ω(q)2K/m=sin⁡qa2(0≤qa≤π)\frac{\omega(q)}{2\sqrt{K/m}}=\sin\frac{qa}{2}\quad(0\le qa\le\pi)

Solution. Insert u_n=A exp[i(qna−omega t)] into m u_n″=K(u_(n+1)+u_(n−1)−2u_n). This gives omega²=(4K/m)sin²(qa/2). Select the nonnegative frequency. At small q the sound speed is a sqrt(K/m).

Open this section to load its graph, or use the full-size example link below.

Orange point: horizontal coordinate 1.5708, calculated vertical coordinate 0.70711. Axis labels specify the quantities and units or normalization.

Worked evaluation. Substitute the marked horizontal coordinate, 1.5708, into the displayed formula to obtain 0.70711 on the vertical axis. Values are rounded for display.

Scope. One-dimensional harmonic monatomic chain; no optical branch, anharmonic scattering, or measured material parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

Example 2: Two-condition response comparison
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Example 3: Intermediate-condition prediction and exact check
Open to load the problem, calculation, and graph.
Suggested numerical techniques

Conditional starting points, not automatic solver selections. Check the actual equations, constraints, stiffness, and matrix structure. Some linked atlas entries are methods or frameworks rather than physical laws. See the linked entries’ assumptions and references.

  • Rank / inverse analysisSingular value decomposition ↗

    Separates matrix directions by their amplification strengths.

    Fit force constants with SVD, cross-check real-time harmonic motion with Verlet, and test displacement/time-step refinement. Obtain phonon frequencies with a Hermitian dynamical-matrix eigensolver. For reduced bases, rank diagnosis, or regularized inverse fitting; select truncation using the data and error budget.

  • Mechanical time integrationVelocity Verlet ↗

    Advances positions and velocities with a symmetric force update.

    Fit force constants with SVD, cross-check real-time harmonic motion with Verlet, and test displacement/time-step refinement. Obtain phonon frequencies with a Hermitian dynamical-matrix eigensolver. For compatible position-dependent conservative forces; constraints, thermostats, and stochastic forces require specialized extensions.

  • VerificationRichardson extrapolation ↗

    Cancels a leading discretization-error term using two resolutions.

    Fit force constants with SVD, cross-check real-time harmonic motion with Verlet, and test displacement/time-step refinement. Obtain phonon frequencies with a Hermitian dynamical-matrix eigensolver. For systematically refined computations in an established asymptotic error regime; use consistent geometry and boundary data.

Relationships to other models

Atomic / molecular → Solid-state physics

Specific connections

Other entries in this discipline

Editorial connections and subject grouping, not a complete dependency graph. Assumptions matter; consult the linked entries’ formulations and references.

↑ Find this model in the tree
Search Google ↑ Go back to the slider

FROM A QUESTION TO A MODEL

Choose the simplest model
that answers your question.

01

Define the outcome

Choose the quantities, length and time scales, operating conditions, and accuracy you need. A molecular trajectory and a system-level estimate answer different questions.

02

Check the assumptions

Decide which physics matter. Check continuum assumptions, equilibrium, linearity, material laws, boundary conditions, and whether multiple scales must be coupled.

03

Verify, then validate

Check units, conservation, numerical convergence and limiting cases. Compare predictions with independent measurements and report uncertainty and model limitations.

ABOUT THIS ATLAS

A starting point for discovery.

Modeling brings together physical laws, constitutive models, empirical approximations, experimental analogs, numerical methods, and modeling frameworks. Entry types keep these roles visible: a finite element method, for example, is a way to solve a model rather than a physical law.

This release includes 269 entries across 25 subject areas. Named families may contain many variants; software names appear in references, not as claims that all implementations are equivalent. New and specialist models continue to emerge.

References at the point of use

Open any entry’s “Example, limitations & references” section for linked papers, author-written textbooks, or official technical documentation. A technical manual can support several related entries; use the model name to find the relevant section. Some publisher-hosted papers require access.

Descriptions and examples are concise editorial summaries. This educational catalog is not a simulation service, engineering certification, or substitute for validating a design. Follow the licensing and citation requirements of each original source.

Catalog release: September 23, 2026 · Version 1.0

THE PHYSICAL MODELING COMMUNITY

Cumulative visitor map

115Site visitors
Distinct daily visits, cumulative

Counting since 2026-09-23 (UTC). As on To the Infinity, one IP address counts once per UTC day; this is not a count of registered accounts or unique people across all time. Shared networks and automated traffic can affect totals.

Santa Clara, US: 13 cumulative daily visits13Tracy, US: 10 cumulative daily visits10Singapore, SG: 9 cumulative daily visits9Frankfurt am Main, DE: 7 cumulative daily visits7Yongsan-dong, KR: 7 cumulative daily visits7Los Angeles, US: 7 cumulative daily visits7New York, US: 7 cumulative daily visits7São Paulo, BR: 6 cumulative daily visits6Livermore, US: 5 cumulative daily visits5Hong Kong, HK: 4 cumulative daily visits4Council Bluffs, US: 4 cumulative daily visits4Mountain View, US: 4 cumulative daily visits4London, GB: 3 cumulative daily visits3Your current approximate location (shown only to you)
115 geolocated cumulative daily visits · 13 locations meet the public threshold

Cumulative location countYour approximate current location

Your approximate current location: Columbus, US. This blue marker is shown only in your response.

Locations are approximate IP-derived city/region estimates, never GPS. Public markers require at least three cumulative daily visits. Physical Modeling stores aggregate locations and short-lived keyed daily identifiers outside the public site, not raw IP addresses. Map boundaries are for orientation, not a statement of jurisdiction.

Visitor locations & map sources
  • Santa Clara, US — 13 cumulative daily visits
  • Tracy, US — 10 cumulative daily visits
  • Singapore, SG — 9 cumulative daily visits
  • Frankfurt am Main, DE — 7 cumulative daily visits
  • Yongsan-dong, KR — 7 cumulative daily visits
  • Los Angeles, US — 7 cumulative daily visits
  • New York, US — 7 cumulative daily visits
  • São Paulo, BR — 6 cumulative daily visits
  • Livermore, US — 5 cumulative daily visits
  • Hong Kong, HK — 4 cumulative daily visits
  • Council Bluffs, US — 4 cumulative daily visits
  • Mountain View, US — 4 cumulative daily visits
  • London, GB — 3 cumulative daily visits

Basemap: World Atlas, derived from Natural Earth public-domain map data. IP geolocation uses the same local database as To the Infinity.